Business Data Services in an Internet Protocol Environment; Technology Transitions; Special Access for Price Cap Local Exchange Carriers; AT&T Corporation Petition for Rulemaking To Reform Regulation of Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier Rates for Interstate Special Access Services, 25660-25713 [2017-10713]
Download as PDF
25660
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Synopsis
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 0, 1, 61, 63, and 69
[WC Docket Nos. 16–143, 05–25, GN Docket
No. 13–5, and RM–10593; FCC 17–43]
Business Data Services in an Internet
Protocol Environment; Technology
Transitions; Special Access for Price
Cap Local Exchange Carriers; AT&T
Corporation Petition for Rulemaking
To Reform Regulation of Incumbent
Local Exchange Carrier Rates for
Interstate Special Access Services
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
In this document, a Report
and Order provides a new framework
for deregulating Business Data Services
in areas where competitive forces are
able to ensure just and reasonable rates.
Acknowledging the presence of
increased competition evidenced by the
record in this proceeding, the Federal
Communications Commission amends
its rules to reflect changes in the
business data services marketplace. By
adopting this framework the
Commission acts to further bolster
competition and investment in business
data services, and takes further steps to
decrease the cost of broadband
infrastructure deployment.
DATES: Effective August 1, 2017, except
for the amendments to §§ 1.776, 61.45,
61.201, 61.203, and 69.701, which shall
become effective after OMB approval of
those amendments. The Federal
Communications Commission will
publish documents in the Federal
Register announcing the effective dates.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Joseph Price, Wireline Competition
Bureau, Pricing Policy Division at (202)
418–1423 or Joseph.Price@fcc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a
summary of the Commission’s Report
and Order, FCC 17–43, adopted April
20, 2017, and released April 28, 2017.
The summary is based on the public
redacted version of the document, the
full text of which can be found at the
following internet address: https://apps.
fcc.gov/edocs_public/attachmatch/FCC–
17–43A1.pdf. To request alternative
formats for persons with disabilities
(e.g., accessible format documents, sign
language, interpreters, CARTS, etc.),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call
the Commission’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202–
418–0530 (voice) or 202–418–0432
(TTY).
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
I. Introduction
1. After more than ten years of
studying the business data services (also
referred to as BDS) market, numerous
requests for comment, and a massive
data collection, we at long last recognize
the intense competition present in this
market and adjust our regulatory
structure accordingly. The record in this
proceeding demonstrates substantial
and growing competition in the
provision of business data services in
areas served by incumbent local
exchange carriers (LECs) subject to price
cap regulation. By adopting a framework
which accounts for these dynamic
competitive realities, we will create a
regulatory environment that promotes
long-term innovation and investment by
incumbent and competitive providers
alike which well-serves business data
services customers.
2. The record indicates the market for
business data services is dynamic with
a large number of firms building fiber
and competing for this business. The
2015 Collection identified 491 facilitiesbased companies providing business
data services in the enterprise market.
Competitive LECs such as Zayo and
Birch continue to invest and expand
their competitive fiber networks with
very successful results. Competitive
LECs earned $23 billion of the $45
billion in business data services revenue
in 2013. Cable providers have also
emerged as formidable competitors in
this market. Cable business data services
are reported to have grown at
approximately 20 percent annually for
the past several years and, increasingly,
they have emphasized Internet access
and managed services, which directly
compete with the products being offered
by the incumbent and other competitive
LECs.
3. Although incumbent LECs once
dominated the business data services
market selling circuit-based DS1s and
DS3s, such technology is becoming
obsolete. Significant increases in
bandwidth demand are being driven by
bandwidth-hungry applications, mainly
video services (teleconferencing,
training, etc.) as well as by web and
cloud-based services. These rapidly
increasing bandwidth demands will
place an ever increasing demand for
services such as Ethernet, especially
over fiber, which can scale bandwidth
to meet these requirements more
effectively than can the old legacy
services. Packet-based services, which
include Ethernet, already make up a
large part of the business data services
marketplace. In 2013, more than 40
percent of the approximately $45 billion
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
in dedicated service revenues were for
packet-based services. Based on
provider and analyst forecasts, we
expect this shift from circuit-based to
packet-based services to continue at a
rapid pace.
4. Against this competitive backdrop,
we now move away from the traditional
model of intrusive pricing regulation for
incumbent LECs, recognizing that ex
ante pricing regulation is of limited
use—and often harmful—in a dynamic
and increasingly competitive
marketplace. Indeed, there is a
significant likelihood ex ante pricing
regulation will inhibit growth and
investment in many cases. In such
circumstances, we should not continue
unnecessary regulations, much less
extend them to new services or
providers. Instead, we adopt a
framework based on our market analysis
and a careful balancing of the costs and
benefits of ex ante pricing regulation
that deregulates counties where the
provision of price cap incumbent LECs’
business data services is deemed
sufficiently competitive.
5. This Report and Order (Order),
therefore, provides a new framework for
business data services that minimizes
unnecessary government intervention
and allows market forces to continue
working to spur entry, innovation, and
competition. Our decisions stem from
careful consideration of the data
submitted in the proceeding and the
thoughtful comments and ex parte
communications submitted into the
record. Our thinking on how to evaluate
competition and design pricing
regulation evolved as we engaged with
economists, advocates, and others to
develop an administrable approach to
deregulate in areas where competitive
forces are able to ensure just and
reasonable rates. To a large extent in the
business data services market, the
competition envisioned in the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 (1996
Act) has been realized, and this Order
is an important step in updating our
rules to adequately reflect such market
developments. We reach these
conclusions aware of the increased
investment in facilities and service
deployment that has occurred in
response to similar deregulatory action
by the Commission. In tandem with
adoption of this new, more appropriate
framework designed to maximize
competition and investment in business
data services, we are also taking further
steps to decrease the costs of deploying
our nation’s broadband infrastructure.
II. Background
6. Business data services refers to the
dedicated point-to-point transmission of
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
data at certain guaranteed speeds and
service levels using high-capacity
connections. Henceforth, we refer to
special access services as a subset of
business data services that we continue
in some circumstances to subject to ex
ante pricing regulation. Specifically,
special access services include DS1 and
DS3 interoffice facilities and channel
terminations between an incumbent
LEC’s serving wire center and an
interexchange carrier (IXC), and end
user channel terminations, although ex
ante pricing regulation would only
apply to certain end user channel
terminations. Businesses, non-profits,
and government institutions use
business data services to enable secure
and reliable transfer of data, for
example, as a means of connecting to
the Internet or the cloud, and to create
private or virtual private networks.
Business data services support
applications that require symmetrical
bandwidth, substantial reliability,
security, and connected service to more
than one location. Business data
services are significant to our nation’s
economy—revenues reported by
providers in response to the 2015
Collection total almost $45 billion for
2013, and revenues for the broader
market for enterprise services, which
include voice, Internet, private network,
web-security, cloud connection, and
other digital services, could exceed $75
billion annually. Moreover, these
numbers do not capture the indirect
contribution of business data services to
the nation’s economy as business
customers rely on these services for
their commercial operations.
7. The Commission has historically
subjected the provision of business data
services by incumbent LECs to
dominant carrier safeguards. The focus
of this proceeding is on areas where
incumbent LECs are subject to price cap
regulation in setting their business data
services rates. Beginning in 1999,
through a series of Commission actions,
the Commission: (1) Began granting
price cap incumbent LECs pricing
flexibility by establishing both Phase I
relief (which permitted the provision of
volume and term agreements and
contract tariffs) and Phase II relief
(which relieved the carrier of price cap
regulation) through ‘‘triggers’’ using
collocation as a proxy for competition;
(2) adopted the ‘‘CALLS plan,’’ which
separated business data services into its
own basket and applied separate ‘‘Xfactors;’’ (3) initiated a rulemaking to
examine a number of aspects of the
business data services market, including
whether to apply and how to calculate
a productivity-based X-factor and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
whether to maintain or modify the
pricing flexibility rules; and (4) granted
a number of price cap incumbent LECs
forbearance from dominant carrier
regulation, including tariffing and price
cap regulation for their newer packetbased and higher bandwidth optical
transmission broadband services,
including a ‘‘deemed grant’’ for Verizon
from application of Title II to these
services.
8. In August 2012, the Commission
suspended its pricing flexibility rules
because they were ‘‘not working as
predicted, and . . . fail[ed] to accurately
reflect competition in today’s special
access markets.’’ In December 2012, the
Commission released the Data
Collection Order and FNPRM, to collect
data, analyze how competition,
‘‘whether actual or potential, affects
prices, controlling for all other factors
that affect prices,’’ and ‘‘determine what
barriers inhibit investment and delay
competition, including regulatory
barriers, . . . and what steps the
Commission could take to remove such
barriers to promote a robust competitive
market and permit the competitive
determination of price levels.’’ The
Commission planned to use the results
of its analysis to evaluate whether to
change its existing pricing flexibility
rules ‘‘to better target regulatory relief in
competitive areas’’ and evaluate
remedies to address potentially
unreasonable terms and conditions. The
Bureau released the Data Collection
Implementation Order on September 18,
2013, clarifying the scope of the
collection. Pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act (PRA), the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB)
approved the data collection subject to
modifications which the Bureau
implemented in an order released on
September 15, 2014. By February 27,
2015, the last group of filers were
required to respond to the 2015
Collection.
9. Most recently, the Commission
released the Tariff Investigation Order
and Further Notice on May 2, 2016. The
Order and Further Notice declared
certain terms and conditions in the
tariffs of the four largest incumbent
LECs unlawful, proposed to replace the
existing business data services
regulatory structure with a new
framework, and sought comprehensive
comments on the proposed new
framework.
III. Competitive Conditions for Business
Data Services
10. In this section we consider
competition among traditional and nontraditional providers of end-to-end
business data services and the
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25661
circumstances under which market
conditions warrant a deregulatory
approach for certain business data
services consistent with our obligation
to ensure that the rates for services
offered by common carriers are just and
reasonable. In the present rulemaking,
the Commission has already determined
that significant aspects of the pricing
flexibility regulatory regime have failed.
Thus, we must now decide whether to
allow that failure to continue or to
implement changes. As is often the case
with complex problems, there is no
ideal dataset available or which we
could collect in a reasonable timeframe
or expense, which would answer all
doubts. Although the 2015 Collection
was critical to our analysis of
competition in BDS markets, it was not
the only data, or data analysis, relied
upon to reach the conclusions here.
Analysis of varying data and market
realities in the record also are relied
upon as part of the determination of
where competitive pricing pressure
exists, and the fuller analysis is
considered within the context of our
commitment to implement
administrable regulatory changes. As
such, we have carefully parsed the
available evidence and apply reasoned
judgment to decide the questions before
us.
11. The Commission is charged with
ensuring that the rates, terms, and
conditions for services offered by
common carriers are just and reasonable
and that services are not offered on an
unreasonably discriminatory basis
pursuant to sections 201(b) and 202(a)
of the Communications Act. We ‘‘may
prescribe such rules and regulations as
may be necessary in the public interest
to carry out the provisions of this Act.’’
In addition, section 706(a) of the 1996
Act states that the Commission:
shall encourage the deployment on a
reasonable and timely basis of advanced
telecommunications capability to all
Americans (including, in particular,
elementary and secondary schools and
classrooms) by utilizing, in a manner
consistent with the public interest,
convenience, and necessity, price cap
regulation, regulatory forbearance, measures
that promote competition in the local
telecommunications market, or other
regulating methods that remove barriers to
infrastructure investment.
12. Our public interest evaluation
‘‘necessarily encompasses . . . among
other things, a deeply rooted preference
for preserving and enhancing
competition in relevant markets [and]
accelerat[ing] private sector deployment
of advanced services.’’ A competition
analysis is critical to our public interest
evaluation and is informed by, but not
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25662
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
limited to, traditional antitrust
principles designed to protect
competition. The Commission, in
conducting an analysis, may ‘‘consider
technological and market changes as
well as trends within the
communications industry, including the
nature and rate of change.’’ Analyzing
the competitive nature of the market for
business data services will allow us to
make a determination about the
appropriate way to balance the costs
and benefits of applying ongoing
regulation to particular business data
services.
13. For business data services
provided over DS1s and DS3s supplied
by the incumbent LEC we find that a
nearby potential business data services
supplier, in the form of a wired
communication network provider,
generally tempers prices in the short
term and results in reasonably
competitive outcomes over three to five
years (the medium term). For example,
a cable company that has fiber nodes
nearby, and hence the ability to provide
both Ethernet-over-fiber and, even more
readily Ethernet-over-Hybrid Fiber Coax
(EoHFC), if a profitable opportunity
arises, is particularly relevant to pricing
decisions of a business data services
provider wishing to retain a customer.
14. Our conclusion is based in part on
record evidence indicating a cost
structure for business data services that
incentivizes suppliers with existing
networks to compete vigorously for
customers. We also base our conclusion
on findings that the impact of the first
entrant on price will be substantially
higher than the impact of subsequent
entrants and business data services
pricing is often determined by a
customer bidding or request for
proposal (RFP) process in which even
an uncommitted, though usually nearby,
entrant can compete for the customer’s
business, and then build out to the
customer. Consequently, the presence of
nearby competitive facilities tempers
pricing as competitors are generally
aware of competitive facilities that can
be expanded to reach an additional
customer with reasonable costs should
the incumbent’s pricing exceed
competitive levels (supracompetitive
prices). Furthermore, where an
incumbent sets supracompetitive prices
it is vulnerable to competitors vying for
customers.
15. Together the evidence
demonstrates how even a single
competitor exerts competitive pressure
which results in just and reasonable
rates. This evidence demonstrates that
the significant network investment
required to provide business data
services to end users is increasingly
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
being leveraged in ways that prevent
substantial abuses of market power.
Given such incentives, the presence of
two current competitors or providers
with their own fiber nodes within a half
mile, hereafter referred to as mediumterm entrants, or that will serve over the
medium term, are sufficient to provide
competitive pressure to adequately
discipline prices. Our finding is also
based on evidence of competition that is
currently in place or likely to arise over
the medium term.
16. In addition, we find that business
data services with bandwidths in excess
of the level of a DS3 generally
experience reasonably competitive
outcomes, and to the extent they do not
today, will do so over the medium term
even where a facility-based competitor
has no nearby facilities. We come to this
conclusion based on a record that shows
almost no evidence of competitive
problems in the supply of these higher
bandwidth services, and which shows
higher bandwidth opportunities are
particularly attractive to competitive
LECs. We make a similar finding for
transport services, where the record
presents little evidence of competitive
problems, and where low bandwidth
demand is quickly turning into high
bandwidth demand. We make a similar
finding for lower bandwidth packetbased services. We reach these
conclusions because, compared with
time division multiplex (TDM) services,
competitive LECs are considerably more
active in the supply of packet-based
services, are on a considerably more
level playing field in supplying these
new services against incumbent LECs,
and have better incentives to supply
such future-proof services where
demand is growing rapidly.
A. Introduction
17. We analyze the 2015 Collection,
and look to analyses and other evidence
submitted in this proceeding, to reach
findings concerning competiveness in
the business data services industry. In
conducting our analysis, we consider
market concentration as highly relevant,
but do not find it determinative absent
consideration of market dynamics. We
also look at specific market-based
circumstances when considering actual
and potential sources of competition.
18. In this section, we review the
competitiveness of business data
services, in general, as well as issues
raised by commenters. We reach
findings as to the degree of
competitiveness in the business data
services industry and consider industry
trends on competitive entry. We look to
see if services are reasonably
substitutable to determine an
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
appropriate product market, and, in the
case of geographic markets, we look to
areas ‘‘in which the seller operates and
to which the purchaser can practicably
turn for supplies.’’ As part of that
analysis we observe high barriers to
entry, but also observe a significant
penetration of competitive business data
services facilities being deployed and
upgraded with a number of technologies
throughout the country, particularly in
areas with significant customer demand.
Moreover, we observe a strong
willingness on the part of providers to
extend their networks half a mile to
meet demand, especially over the
medium term.
19. Consistent with antitrust
principles, we distinguish product
markets by generally looking at whether
various services are reasonably
interchangeable, with differences in
price, quality, and service capability
being relevant. In the case of geographic
markets, we look at both supply and
demand substitution. For both product
and geographic markets, it is
conventional to undertake a
hypothetical monopolist test to
determine market definitions. That
approach begins with the smallest
plausible market definition and
considers likely consumer substitution
if a hypothetical monopolist in that
market imposed a small but significant
and non-transitory increase in price
(SSNIP). We do not have data that
would enable a more formal application
of such a test, but our market analysis
considers purchasers’ willingness and
ability to substitute services, suppliers,
and geographies. The extent to which
supply is broadly competitive wherever
the incumbent LEC also faces a facilitybased rival is strengthened by our
findings as to specific product markets,
and refined by our analysis of
geographic markets.
B. Product Market
20. When defining a product market,
to ensure our action affects an
appropriate group of services, we look
to which services are sufficiently similar
to reasonably be considered substitutes.
We consider a number of factors,
including the ‘‘practical indicia’’
identified by the Supreme Court, such
as ‘‘industry or public recognition of the
submarket as a separate economic
entity, the product’s peculiar
characteristics and uses, unique
production facilities, distinct customers,
distinct prices, sensitivity to price
changes, and specialized vendors.’’ Not
all of these factors must be present to
define the relevant product market.
Perfect substitutability is not required as
part of our broad review of business
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
data services markets and our narrow
consideration of certain special access
service inputs that comprise a full
business data services customer circuit.
21. A product that substitutes for
another demonstrates a possibility that
consumers will purchase the competing
service of a competitor, including a
potential entrant. Consequently, we
consider providers with facilities used
to supply one service that could be used
to provide another. For example, we see
not only substitution between circuitand packet-based business data services,
but the capacity to supply both services
over the same underlying facilities,
indicating the two services are likely in
the same market, and more importantly,
that suppliers of either service are in the
same market, as they could readily
provide the other service over their
facilities. Similarly, while best-efforts
services do not generally appear to be a
good substitute for business data
services (and vice versa), legacy hybridfiber-coaxial (HFC) and copper (in fact,
generally hybrid-fiber-copper) facilities
are commercially used to provide low
bandwidth business data services (if not
always at the highest commercially
available quality standards). Unbundled
network elements (UNEs), dark fiber,
and fixed wireless services and facilities
used to provision business data services
also play competitive roles in business
data services markets.
1. Circuit- and Packet-Based Business
Data Services
22. The legacy technology for
providing business data services is
circuit-based using TDM. Incumbent
LECs are the primary facilities-based
suppliers of TDM-based services,
including DS1s and DS3s with
symmetrical capacities of 1.5 Mbps and
45 Mbps, respectively. For decades,
these workhorses were the only options
available to meet the high-capacity
needs of users. TDM circuits provide
dedicated, secure, reliable and lowdelay transmission service for moving
voice, data, and video traffic, but do not
effectively scale for data intensive
applications. To increase bandwidth for
DS1s/DS3s, providers must bond
multiple circuits together. For example,
providers can bond up to eight DS1s to
achieve a maximum bandwidth of 12
Mbps. DS3s are rarely bonded, however,
because with the increased cost, the
more logical option is to use a newer
technology, such as a packet-based
service. In contrast, packet-based
services have bandwidth options
ranging from 2 Mbps up to 100 Gbps,
depending on the connection medium,
and are easily scaled over fiber to meet
increasing data demands.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
23. Because packet-based networks
move packets over a shared transport
channel, they are more efficient than a
circuit-based network where
transmission capacity is reserved even
when not used. The routing and
reassembling of data packets, however,
can lead to packet loss, jitter, and
latency, affecting the quality of service
needed to support certain applications
desired by users, e.g., real-time and
mission critical applications. Providers
can mitigate these delays through packet
prioritization and setting performance
parameters, like assigning different
classes of service and quality of service
levels (with, for example, Service Level
Agreements (SLAs)). In this way,
providers can shape and differentiate
networks to improve performance to
meet the specific needs of users. Backed
by performance guarantees, packetbased business data services can
provide the same, if not better, level of
security, reliability, and symmetrical
speeds as a DS1 or DS3 service. Packetbased business data services can also
accomplish this with greater efficiency
and scalability to satisfy a user’s
growing bandwidth demands.
24. Functionally, TDM and packetbased services are broadly
interchangeable in the business data
services realm as both are used to
provide connectivity for data network
and point-to-point transmissions and
both services can be delivered over the
same network infrastructure. Incumbent
and competitive LEC providers offer
both types of services to similar types of
customers and their marketing materials
juxtapose these two technologies against
each other. Customers of TDM-based
services are also switching to packetbased services. And commenters
representing suppliers agree, with
limited exception, the services, whether
circuit-based or packet-based, are
substitutes and in the same product
market.
25. Substitution between these two
services, however, is generally one
directional. New customers, more likely
than not, are choosing to purchase
Ethernet services, subject to their
availability and pricing, and existing
customers of TDM-based service are
switching to Ethernet. There is no
evidence suggesting Ethernet customers
are switching to DS1s and DS3s. Nor as
a policy matter would we want that to
occur as the technology transition is
moving towards the eventual
termination of TDM service offerings
altogether. We want to encourage that
migration, while mitigating disruptions
to existing customers, to help unleash
the benefits of network innovation for
American businesses and consumers.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25663
We note, however, that adopting a
framework that promotes deployment of
competitive services, as we do here,
benefits even those customers who
maintain TDM services due to static
needs—or for whatever reason—because
increased competition for these services
is likely to place downward pressure on
prices.
26. We find circuit- and packetswitched business data services that
offer similar speed, functionality, and
quality of service characteristics fall
within the same product markets for the
purposes of action taken here, even
though there is evidence suggesting the
two technologies have important
distinctions. Indeed, the Commission
has long considered TDM and packetbased business data services as
functionally interchangeable at
comparable capacities and has
consistently included both types of
business data services in its orders and
forbearance decisions. Courts, in turn,
have upheld the Commission’s view.
Although commenters have pointed out
some differences between these
technologies, there is considerable
evidence in the record indicating that
the Commission’s view on sufficient
substitutability of circuit and packet
business data services still holds. We
believe that legacy TDM business data
services suppliers would be constrained
by the threat of potential customer loss
to packet-based business data services
suppliers.
2. Ethernet Over Hybrid-Fiber Coax
27. Packet-based business data
services over fiber are the gold standard
for the industry because they provide
the greatest flexibility to efficiently scale
bandwidth to the highest speeds at the
highest performance levels. There is
debate in the record, however, on
whether we should include the packetbased Ethernet services provided by
cable companies using their HFC
networks in the product market for
business data services. Our review of
the record now confirms that
competitive pressure on low bandwidth
packet-based services carried on fiber
and legacy TDM services is significant,
and should be taken into account as part
of any competitive market test.
28. In many ways, EoHFC is much
like other modes of business data
services. Ethernet-over-HFC technology
provides point-to-point wireline
connection at symmetrical speeds, albeit
limited to 10 Mbps. Although EoHFC is
not as reliable as circuit-switched or
fiber connections, some cable
companies are able to guarantee 99.9
percent availability (as compared to
fiber’s 99.99 percent). In addition to
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25664
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
availability, some cable companies offer
further performance guarantees,
addressing jitter, latency, packet loss,
availability, and mean time to repair
their Ethernet over Data over Cable
Service Interface Specification (DOCSIS)
service. Comcast targets its EoHFC
service to ‘‘[c]ustomers with low to
medium bandwidth requirements that
need enterprise features.’’ Wholesalers,
for instance, are increasingly leaning on
the cable industry’s vast EoHFC network
to address the needs of their multiregional customers. AT&T ‘‘has certified
both fiber-based and HFC-based
Ethernet offerings from cable companies
for use in [its business data] services, as
well as for use in [its] backhaul
services.’’ Similarly, Sprint has
announced that it now provides
business data services over cable
company facilities, including EoHFC.
29. Cable network architecture is
constantly evolving to meet bandwidth
needs. Yet, some cable providers
contend that their EoHFC business data
services are not substitutable with fiber
business data services because they do
not offer SLAs, or where they do so,
they are limited, for example,
guaranteeing only repair intervals and
availability for their Ethernet over
DOCSIS service. Some wholesalers echo
this view, reporting that they do not
consider EoHFC (DOCSIS 3.0) as
competitive with their services mainly
because of limited availability,
performance issues, and inadequate
SLA guarantees. However, the record
shows that while these performance
levels may be undesirable for some
customers, many others readily accept
lower performance guarantees in
exchange for lower prices. We believe
that a significant tipping point has been
reached in the evolution of these
services when even incumbent LECs
such as Verizon and AT&T are using
these services for their own business
customers out-of-region.
3. ‘‘Best-Efforts’’ Internet Access
Services
30. Best-efforts Internet access
services describe basic Internet access as
generally marketed to residential and
small business subscribers. At the mostbasic level, best-efforts and dedicated
business data services appear to be
interchangeable: End users can use both
services to access the Internet or create
virtual private networks. However, bestefforts Internet access is provided with
asymmetrical speeds and without
service performance guarantees.
Whereas dedicated packet-based
business data services allow for packet
prioritization and quality of service
priority tiers, best-efforts services do
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
not. Also, while dedicated business data
services commonly provide at least 99.9
percent network reliability, with higher
guarantees being available for fiber
services, and guarantees for latency and
jitter, best-efforts services generally do
not offer any reliability guarantees,
although some cable providers offer
some non-binding performance
‘‘assurances.’’
31. In the Further Notice, the
Commission stated that ‘‘it is likely that
best effort services may not be in the
same product market or markets as
BDS,’’ and sought comment on its
analysis. However, the record includes
evidence of incumbent LECs losing
small- and medium-sized customers to
cable’s best-efforts offerings, despite
noticeable differences in performance
and prices between business data and
best-efforts services. In many
circumstances, customers are willing to
trade guaranteed service levels for
higher bandwidth and better prices
while receiving some symmetricity.
Cable providers routinely pitch their
best-efforts business broadband services
to customers as substitutable for legacy
TDM services. Charter, for example,
markets its Business Internet
Essentials16 services as ‘‘more than 13
times faster than T1.’’ And the record
shows cable has been largely successful
in growing its best-efforts business
broadband services: ‘‘Comcast reports a
[REDACTED] increase for best efforts
business broadband services from 2014–
2015’’ and ‘‘TWT reports a [REDACTED]
from 2014 to 2015 increase in its BIA
(its best-efforts HFC service).’’
Incumbent LECs are noticing this
competition. For example, AT&T
explains that its sales team has
discovered that ‘‘for the thirteen-month
period from November 2014 through
November 2015, a very substantial
portion of AT&T’s competitive losses
were to cable companies and a
significant portion of those losses were
to best efforts cable services.’’ We,
therefore, observe substitution and bestefforts networks supporting business
data services for certain customers, but
we do not observe broad substitution or
substantial performance similarities
with fiber-based business data services
sufficient to determine that best-efforts
service and its underlying facilities are
in the same product market. In that
manner, best-efforts services can be
distinguished from other business data
services. Despite this, the underlying
facilities used to provision best-efforts
services, even over legacy media such as
HFC, can be and are being repurposed
to provide business data services.
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
4. Unbundled Network Elements
32. We find that the use of UNEs,
where available, allow competitive
providers to effectively compete in
lower bandwidth services, and are
particularly close substitutes for DS1s
and DS3s. However, use and availability
of UNEs is diminishing.
33. Incumbent LECs are required by
section 251(c)(3) of the Act and section
51.319 of the Commission’s rules to
provide requesting common carriers
with DS1s, DS3s, and bare copper loops
as UNEs. UNE rates, as determined by
the state public utility commissions, are
based on forward-looking costs not on
the incumbent LECs’ historical costs,
and are thus typically lower than the
incumbent LEC rates for regulated DS1
and DS3 services. UNEs are intended to
facilitate competition by lowering
barriers to stimulate facilities-based
entry into local markets, and the
Commission has imposed unbundling
obligations ‘‘in those situations where
[it] find[s] that carriers genuinely are
impaired without access to particular
network elements and where
unbundling does not frustrate
sustainable, facilities-based
competition.’’
34. The availability of UNEs from
incumbent LECs is limited based on the
‘‘impair’’ standard. DS1 and DS3 UNE
loops are allowed only in those
buildings located within the service area
of an incumbent LEC wire center that
falls below a certain business density
line and fiber collocation threshold. As
a practical matter, competitive LECs
cannot rely on UNEs at a wire center in
which the competitive LEC is not
collocated. Moreover, with incumbent
LECs increasingly retiring their copperbased infrastructure, the question also
arises as to the extent to which UNEs
will remain available in the future.
5. Dark Fiber
35. Dark fiber is a physical connection
with no transmission functionality. As
the Commission explained in the
Further Notice, ‘‘the supply of BDS over
dark fiber takes on significant aspects of
facility-based competition’’ and ‘‘is
particularly attractive for competitive
LECs seeking to expand their network
reach and mobile carriers needing cell
site backhaul.’’ Also, the record
indicates that mobile wireless service
providers are purchasing and then selfequipping dark fiber as a substitute for
a fiber-based Ethernet service.
Accordingly, we find dark fiber is a
substitute for special access services
purchased for wireless backhaul.
Similarly, dark fiber is a substitute
outside of backhaul, e.g., serving the
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
needs of retail business customers. The
2015 Collection includes all competitive
provider locations serviced over dark
fiber, and staff and key economists that
used that data considered competition
over it as essentially equivalent to
facility-based competition.
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
6. Satellite Services
36. Satellite providers also offer
business data services that are currently
relied upon by many end users as
acceptable substitutes for all or part of
their broadband demand requirements,
particularly for those that find best
efforts provisioning from competitors
acceptable. General Communications
(GCI), for example, reports that its
‘‘satellite network provides
communications services to small towns
and communities throughout rural
Alaska.’’ Hughes Network Systems, LLC
‘‘provides advanced broadband satellite
service throughout the United States,
including high-speed internet and voice
over internet protocol (‘VoIP’).’’ The
record indicates that ‘‘Globalstar, a low
Earth orbit satellite constellation for
satellite phone and low-speed data
communications, has proposed a service
that could help to relieve some Wi-Fi
congestion in anchor institutions.’’ And
there is evidence that satellite service
providers are increasingly competing for
lower bandwidth business data service
customers, which is a trend we
anticipate will continue in the future.
We do not find BDS provided by
satellite currently to be in the relevant
product market but note that its
presence underscores the conservative
nature of our approach. In that manner,
we believe satellite broadband offerings
have the potential to add competitive
pressure to the BDS market, especially
for customers that do not require high
bandwidth or symmetrical service with
significant service level or uptime
guarantees.
7. Fixed Wireless Services
37. We find fixed wireless services are
a substitute for cell site backhaul but
are, at most, a gap filler for special
access services providing last-mile
access to buildings. While mobile
wireless carriers have relied
substantially on fixed wireless, i.e.,
often self-provisioning microwave
point-to-point links to backhaul traffic
from their macro cell sites, the record on
providers viably using fixed wireless to
provide last-mile access to buildings is
not as clear. In the Further Notice, the
Commission found the record somewhat
mixed on the use of fixed wireless
technology to provide business data
services. But the Commission also noted
that the 2015 Collection included
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
locations served by fixed wireless
technology and mobile providers
‘‘reported that about 40 percent of their
cell sites have self-provisioned wireless
backhaul facilities.’’ In response,
commenters discussed at a high level,
whether or not to include fixed wireless
in the business data services product
market, or for a competitive market test
with few additional facts provided on
the subject of substitutability. The
record also indicates that XO and
Windstream use fixed wireless service
in their networks.
38. We continue to find fixed
microwave is a competitive backhaul
alternative for wireless providers. The
record, however, on using fixed wireless
to provide reliable last-mile access to
end users is mixed, especially in urban
areas where line-of-sight can be more of
a concern than in rural areas. We do
note the promise of 5G technology to
provide quality high-bandwidth fixed
wireless services to businesses in urban
areas. AT&T and Verizon are currently
engaged in 5G trials, but commercial
service is not expected to launch until
2020. That said, given the very high
capacity of 5G networks, they have the
potential to represent a significant
additional source of competition for the
provision of business data services. We
will continue to monitor these
developments. For now, at a minimum,
we consider fixed wireless an option for
last-mile building access when wireline
facilities are unavailable. Fixed wireless
can also serve as a viable backup
transmission option for business data
services purchasers to increase network
diversity. As such, for purposes of the
relevant business data services product
market, we find that fixed wireless
services should be included in the
product market discussion because they
may have a competitive effect on the
market.
C. Geographic Market
39. To determine an appropriate
geographic market for competitive
analysis purposes, we consider the area
to which consumers can ‘‘practically
turn for alternative sources,’’ and within
which providers can reasonably
compete. The geographic market ‘‘must
. . . both correspond to the commercial
realities of the industry and be
economically significant.’’ Yet, as with
product market delineation, a
geographic market ‘‘cannot . . . be
defined with scientific precision.’’ In
this section we conclude that a half mile
is the relevant geographic market for the
analysis of competition in the business
data services market.
40. In the Further Notice, the
Commission described the relevant
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25665
geographic market in the business data
services industry as likely being larger
than the average census block and
sought comment on its analysis.
Considering varying buildout distances
in the record, the Commission observed
in the Further Notice that competitors
are willing to extend their facilities to
reach potential customers ‘‘typically
rang[ing] from [REDACTED] to
[REDACTED] Commenters indicate that
incumbent LECs and competitive
providers have similar buildout criteria.
For larger competitive LECs, the
majority of buildouts are within
[REDACTED] from a splice point and
less commonly exceed [REDACTED]
away from the nearest splice point on
their fiber network. Accordingly, the
Commission suggested that the relevant
‘‘geographic market definition for lower
bandwidth BDS lies somewhere above
the average area of the Census block
with BDS demand and below’’ the
Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA).
41. While buildouts are common
within a half mile from a competitor’s
facilities, the subsequent record shows
buildouts of half mile and farther often
occur. However, such buildouts become
much less likely as the distance from a
cost-effective and viable fiber junction
point increases as well as due to
variation in entry barriers. Some
providers may be more risk tolerant and
will build out farther than others, as
they weigh location-specific factors,
including the identities of the nearby
competitors, the specifics of competing
local networks, local geographic features
(such as traversing rivers or highways),
local building codes, the density of local
demand, and bandwidth demanded.
However, we find risk tolerant
businesses and buildouts farther than a
half mile to be the exception.
42. The nature of the customer’s
demand is particularly relevant to
competitors’ build decisions. As the
Commission recognized recently when
considering the likelihood of a
competitor entering a building to
provide business data services, ‘‘[t]he
lower the demand in the building, the
closer another competitive fiber
provider must be to that building for
entry to be profitable and thus likely.’’
Nevertheless, even when demand is too
low to justify the buildout, competitive
providers often consider whether there
are any potential customers nearby and
may even take a more circuitous route
in anticipation of additional demand
from businesses along the route. The
2015 Collection indicates that in many
areas of the country competitive
facilities are sufficiently close to make
deployment to buildings with low
demand justifiable. In 2013, there was at
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25666
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
least one competitive provider in ‘‘more
than 95 percent of MSA census blocks
with BDS demand, and . . . those
census blocks represented about 97
percent of the total BDS connections
and 99 percent of business
establishments.’’ The average distance
between buildings with incumbent LEC
business data services customers and
competitive fiber was just 364 feet.
About half of these buildings were
within 88 feet of competitive fiber
facilities and 75 percent were within
456 feet.
43. We tested the sensitivity of our
finding that a location currently faces or
likely will face competitive choices over
the medium term if it is within a half
mile of a location served over the
facilities of at least one competitive
provider. For example, based on the
2015 Collection, 64.1 percent of all
locations with business data services
demand in price cap areas were within
a quarter mile of at least one
competitive provider, as compared to
79.5 percent that were within a half
mile, and 89.4 percent that were within
a mile. Thus, our approach lies
somewhat above the middle of these
two extremes, each of which had
limited record support. We also found
45.8 percent of locations with business
data services demand to be within a half
mile of at least two competitive
providers, and 64.6 percent of all
locations with business data services
demand to be within a mile of at least
two competitive providers. In addition,
as discussed, cable competition is
considerably more developed than it
was in 2013. Given the nature of cable
networks, we expect the percent of
locations within range of a quarter mile
of at least one facilities-based
competitor, to be more similar to the
percent of locations within a half mile
of one such competitor today.
44. As we detail more fully below,
there is strong evidence of rapid growth
in competitive investment. Because of
this ongoing investment, the average
building with business data services
demand over time will find itself closer
and closer to a competing facilitiesbased competitor’s network. The
declining distances between buildings
with business data services demand and
the fiber networks of competitive
providers in general, and those of cable
providers with extensive fiber networks
in particular, create a cycle of
investment and benefits within an area
outside of any particular building.
Because even small businesses’
bandwidth needs are constantly
growing, the demand for additional
investment is likely to be amplified.
Greater fiber investment leads to lower
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
costs of deploying facilities to
neighboring buildings, which in turn
leads to greater investment. As costs
continue to drop through further fiber
deployments, and potential revenues for
each building served increase with
growing demand for high bandwidth
services, these competitive providers
with significant legacy (in the case of
cable) and newer networks have
powerful economic incentives to enter
and price their services aggressively.
This effect will provide a strong
disciplining force to the incumbent
service providers of surrounding
locations, and will grow over time.
Importantly, all else equal, we expect
competitors will be particularly likely to
build out to locations where incumbents
have priced supracompetitively, to the
extent these are the most profitable
locations. In this manner, over time,
abuses of market power can be
addressed through localized competitive
pressures.
45. The record demonstrates that most
business data services providers are
willing and able to profitably invest and
deploy facilities within a half mile of
existing competitive facilities, and often
have the ability to build out after
winning a customer’s bid for business,
depending upon the scale of investment
required to reach the customer.
Accordingly, we conclude that the
relevant geographic market for purposes
of this market analysis is the region
within a half mile of a location with
business data services demand. We
make this determination by focusing on
the factors that influence suppliers of
business data services, as opposed to
customers, because in most instances a
customer is unlikely to impact service
pricing by moving its physical location
in response to a material increase in
price. This point is true for both singleand multi-location customers that seek
dedicated connections to each location.
46. We also find that business data
services providers commonly sell their
service in bidding markets, and this is
especially so for multi-site contracts.
Winning bidders then build out to the
customer within an agreed-upon
provisioning timeframe. Consequently,
competitors outside of the customer’s
location can affect pricing because the
winning bid represents the competitive
offer that others must beat, even if that
competitor does not already have
facilities in the customer’s building.
That competitor is increasingly relevant
the closer the competitor’s network
facilities, actual or potential fiber splice
points, are to the customer (because its
costs likely fall with proximity, making
its bid more likely to constrain the
winning bid). Thus, the geographic
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
range of the competition posed by a
business data services provider is not
limited to the specific locations of active
circuits sold at a particular point in
time.
47. Sprint and Windstream challenge
our assertion that business data services
markets are affected by bidding market
dynamics. However, business data
services contracts, being large-scale,
winner-take-all awards, closely
approximate the conditions laid out by
Klemperer of an ideal bidding market
environment. Moreover, nearby
competition has similar cost to
competition in the location itself (i.e.,
‘‘homogenous’’ products) and is
therefore likely to effectively constrain
prices.
D. Competitive Entry in Business Data
Services Markets
48. As part of our analysis, we
consider how varying market
characteristics impact entry by
competing providers in business data
services markets, along with evidence of
entry barriers being overcome by
traditional and non-traditional
competing providers. We then conclude
that, while there can be high barriers to
business data services entry, evidence
shows that firms frequently choose to
enter this market with significant
investments, particularly in areas of
significant demand, indicating sufficient
competitive conditions that do not
warrant direct regulatory intervention.
1. Barriers to Entry
49. Market analysis is incomplete
without an evaluation of entry barriers.
As antitrust principles explain, ‘‘[t]he
prospect of entry into the relevant
market will alleviate concerns about
adverse competitive effects only if such
entry will deter or counteract any
competitive effects of concern . . . .’’ In
evaluating the prospect of entry,
agencies ‘‘examine the timeliness,
likelihood, and sufficiency of the entry
efforts an entrant might practically
employ.’’
50. Timeliness. Entry must be rapid
enough to make an attempt by an
incumbent to set a price above
competitive levels unprofitable.
Depending on the distance, buildout
does not appear to take very long, about
three to four months, relative to the
typical multi-year contracts used in
selling these services. Thus, in cases
where demand is prospective and not
urgent, and where a competitive LEC
has existing facilities nearby, for
example, within a half mile, buildout or
even its threat would be timely enough
to restrain a dominant provider in the
relevant market. Instances in which
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
business data services are sold as part of
a bidding or similar process also allow
for timely entry, as providers are
typically afforded an opportunity to
provision a customer after a bid is
accepted and before service must begin.
Moreover, even if a competitor with a
nearby wireline network (for example,
perhaps a cable company) is not
presently capable of entry over the short
term, we expect it will become so over
the medium term.
51. Likelihood. ‘‘Entry is likely if it
would be profitable,’’ and profitability is
precisely what competitive LECs
consider when deciding whether to
deploy fiber to a customer’s location.
Profitability depends on projected
expenditures required for construction
and anticipated revenues from the
customer and potential customers.
Indeed nearby wireline network
providers are actively meeting nearby
demand, a process that can be expected
to accelerate over the next few years.
52. Competitive LECs rarely build on
speculation and instead prefer to have a
customer in place before undertaking
the costs associated with buildouts.
However, providers are also willing to
consider potential customers nearby or
along the route (and may even build a
more circuitous route to pass by more
potential customers). Providers
generally look to recover construction
costs within a certain period of time,
[REDACTED] while taking into account
potential customers. When the cost of
construction is high, providers may
lengthen the recoupment period.
53. Sufficiency. We found earlier that
the presence of a second competitor in
this industry is sufficient to place an
effective competitive constraint on
business data services supply. Given the
likelihood of entry wherever a
competitive wireline network is nearby,
this will also ensure a similar effect over
the medium term.
54. This evidence demonstrates that
providers find ways to enter nearby
geographic markets and win customers.
They consider nearby demand and build
circuitous routes, they lengthen the
terms of their contracts to recover the
cost of buildout, and they place spare
splice points along their network routes
to accommodate future demand. These
facts show that once providers have
sunk substantial costs into a network, it
is in their interest to build laterals to as
many customers as possible because the
relative cost of a lateral is much lower
than the cost of other network facilities.
And this conclusion is corroborated by
evidence of extensive competitive entry
into the business data services
marketplace.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
2. Entry and Investment in Business
Data Services Markets
55. Evidence of Competitive Entry by
Cable. The entry of cable into business
data services provisioning has been the
most dramatic change in the market
over the past decade. Cable companies
began serving business customers using
their ‘‘best-efforts’’ broadband networks
with asymmetric speeds in the mid2000s, but these services were not
generally competitive with incumbent
LECs’ business data services. Cable
companies now offer over fiber carriergrade reliability, scalability, and quality
of service functionality to compete for
the largest enterprise customers across
the country and also offer Carrier
Ethernet services with symmetrical
speeds up to 10 Mbps over their withinfootprint near ubiquitous DOCSIS 3.0
EoHFC networks. As a result, incumbent
LECs increasingly find themselves
competing with cable for business data
services customers. CenturyLink, for
example, ‘‘views cable providers to be
its primary special access competitors,
given their expansive networks and
rapid growth in business markets.’’
56. The growth in consumer
broadband demand has also lowered the
costs to cable companies of deploying
fiber to business locations. As consumer
bandwidth demand grew exponentially
over the past decade, cable providers
were required to invest billions of
dollars pushing fiber deeper into their
networks as they needed to continually
split nodes to keep pace with the
demand. Sprint and Windstream
challenge the reasonableness of relying
on past cable deployment in response to
growth in consumer broadband demand
to project future cable build out to meet
business data services demand.
However, it is not unreasonable to
acknowledge the fact that every
increment of additional investment in
cable networks brings fiber facilities
closer to nearby business data services
demand and lowers the cost of building
to meet that demand. Compared to just
ten years ago, fiber within the franchise
areas of cable providers that offer highspeed DOCSIS services has dramatically
lowered the cost of building out fiber to
the surrounding business locations due
to the shorter distances required to
reach any location. For example, as a
result of network expansion, in March
of 2015, ‘‘approximately [REDACTED]
percent of business locations [were]
within 500 feet of Comcast’s EoHFC
facilities, an increase from [REDACTED]
percent in 2013.’’
57. Like other competing providers,
cable companies have focused
investment on building fiber networks
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25667
for higher-bandwidth Ethernet services,
which is enabling them to overcome
limitations of traditional coaxial-based
cable systems that cannot meet higher
bandwidth demands. For example, after
first entering the marketplace in 2009,
Comcast ‘‘rolled out Metro Ethernet
services to 20 of the top 25 metropolitan
areas entirely over fiber, with plans
ranging from 1 Mbps to 10 Gbps’’ in
2011. Comcast has invested ‘‘more than
$5 billion since 2010’’ on network
infrastructure to provide business data
services. Comcast had connections,
largely using fiber, to approximately
[REDACTED] business locations in
2016, an increase of [REDACTED] since
2013. Comcast has also ‘‘added
[REDACTED] over the 2012–2015
period.’’
58. Charter, the second largest cable
company and the [REDACTED] largest
provider of fiber connections to
buildings, has invested more than
[REDACTED] annually, starting in 2013,
towards the provision of business data
services. In 2016, Charter acquired
fellow cable companies, Legacy Time
Warner Cable (TWC) and Bright House
Networks, LLC, for $90 billion. A stated
benefit of the merger was the increased
ability of the combined entities to
compete for ‘‘large enterprise and other
multi-location customers.’’ Post-merger
Charter plans to invest $2.5 billion into
serving commercial areas within its
footprint. Charter has ‘‘expanded its
provision of BDS to approximately
[REDACTED] new locations’’ since the
beginning of 2013. As of the second
quarter of 2016, Charter’s commercial
revenues driven by enterprise, small
and medium business growth rose to
over $2 billion, an increase of 12.6
percent over the prior-year period.
59. Cox, the third largest cable
company, was one of the first cable
companies entering the business data
services market and by June 2016 served
‘‘more than [REDACTED] locations with
dedicated point-to-point services,’’
primarily over its fiber facilities. Cox
has invested more than [REDACTED] in
fiber and equipment over the past 10
years, with [REDACTED] invested since
2013. In 2015, ‘‘Cox earned
approximately [REDACTED] in annual
revenue from its [business data services]
. . . and projects earnings of
[REDACTED] for 2016, up from
[REDACTED] in 2013.’’
60. In 2016, Altice, a European
company, completed its roughly $10
billion acquisition of Cablevision
Systems Corp. (Cablevision), which
includes Cablevision’s business service
unit, Cablevision Lightpath Inc., making
Altice the fourth largest cable provider.
As of the end of 2015, Cablevision’s
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25668
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Lightpath unit had 7,700 buildings
connected to its fiber network,
compared to the 4,400 buildings
serviced in 2010. Mediacom, the fifth
largest cable operator serving ‘‘rural and
exurban areas of the Midwest and
Southeast. . . . began deploying BDS on
a significant scale throughout its service
territories in 2011.’’ The company has
invested more than $4 billion on its
‘‘high capacity [fiber] network that
serves thousands of small rural
communities.’’ This network supports
over 1,000 macro cell sites, and
Mediacom is planning to expand its
network coverage in downtown areas
and commercial districts to connect tens
of thousands of new business customer
locations.
61. Even smaller cable operators are
entering the business data services
marketplace. ACA, representing a
substantial number of small cable
operators, estimates its members are
‘‘making at least tens of millions and
upwards of $300 million of investments
annually to deploy facilities to support
the provision of BDS.’’ ACA’s members
primarily offer Ethernet business data
services over fiber.
62. Cable business services are
reported to have grown at
approximately 20 percent annually for
the past several years, and increasingly,
they have emphasized Internet access
and managed services (i.e., security and
routing, controlled and secured access
to the cloud) showing a shift in demand
to higher (and more competitive)
bandwidths. Business services will
reportedly generate more than $12
billion for U.S. cable providers in 2015,
up 20 percent or so from their milestone
total of $10 billion in 2014. According
to one analyst, business revenues for
cable companies will almost double
their 2014 total by 2019.
63. Expansion by Other Competitive
Providers. Non-cable competitive LECs
and other non-traditional providers also
continue to invest and expand their
network reach. For example, Zayo,
founded in 2007, now has more than
25,000 buildings connected to its metro
fiber network. Network connectivity
makes up 45 percent of Zayo’s business
with 38 percent from dark fiber
solutions. Zayo committed to investing
an estimated $740 million in major
network expansion projects from March
2014 to December 2015. For the quarter
ending on June 30, 2016, Zayo reported
$506.7 million of consolidated revenue,
which includes $112 million from its
Canadian operations. Zayo recently
closed its purchase of Electric
Lightwave adding an estimated 12,100
route miles to its network as well as
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
connectivity to 3,100 enterprise
buildings.
64. We reject Sprint/Windstream’s
argument that the Commission has not
properly accounted for recent
consolidation, including the
CenturyLink/Level 3 and Verizon/XO
mergers. The CenturyLink/Level 3
proposed merger is still pending
regulatory approvals, and in approving
transfer of control applications related
to the Verizon/XO transaction, the
Commission found that ‘‘Verizon’s
acquisition of XO within Verizon’s
incumbent LEC territory will have a de
minimis impact on competition in the
provision of BDS.’’ Sprint/Windstream’s
criticism that the two largest
competitive LECs on the Vertical
Systems Group Leaderboard for Ethernet
providers will soon be incumbent LECs
fails to take into consideration that the
bulk of acquired facilities in these
transactions is outside the incumbent
LEC territory and in fact remains in the
category of a competitive provider for
the purposes of the Commission’s BDS
marketplace data. Moreover, our
analysis herein takes into account the
increased competition we have seen in
the market since our 2013 data
collection, including increased
competitive pressure from cable
providers.
65. Lightower has an all-fiber network
with service to over 22,000 locations
and more than 7,000 wireless towers
and small cells in 17 states in the
Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, and Midwest,
serving ‘‘enterprise, government, carrier,
and data center customers.’’ Lightower
acquired regional fiber provider,
Fibertech Networks, in 2015 for $1.9
billion, doubling its network reach, and
acquired Sidera Networks in 2013 for
$2 billion. The company spends about
[REDACTED] percent of its revenues on
capital investment. Lightower recently
added over 350 route miles of fiber in
North Carolina.
66. Industry Concentration. In the
Further Notice, the Commission
considered several measures of
concentration in varying geographies,
indicating ‘‘uniformly high levels of
concentration.’’ On a national level,
concentration among incumbent LECs
was observed, based on 2013 reported
business data services revenues. Degrees
of incumbent LEC concentration also
were observed at geographies of unique
building locations, census blocks, and
zip codes. The measures were difficult
to determine precisely by geography due
to certain biases. Putting the
concentration measures in context, the
Commission explained that it ‘‘d[id] not
yet know how much competitive
pressure different forms of supply place
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
on other suppliers, or how many
suppliers, accounting for their
differences, are sufficient to make prices
effectively competitive (matters we have
sought comment on above).’’ We find
the concentration measures alone are
largely poor indicators of whether
market conditions exist that will
constrain business data services prices,
and overstate the competitive effects of
concentration.
67. Traditional and non-traditional
providers of business data services
constrain an incumbent’s pricing
outside of immediate geographies used
to describe market concentration in the
Further Notice in three ways. First, with
nearby facilities, a business data
services provider is able to expand its
presence to timely reach a customer.
Second, a business data services
competitor does not need to be already
offering service in a given building to
constrain a supplier at that location. A
nearby business data services
competitor constrains pricing by
responding to RFPs and participating in
similar customer service bidding
requests, which creates a pricing floor
without any physical presence of the
potential competitor in the nearby
geography. Third, concentration is
greater for the declining legacy DS1 and
DS3 channel termination services, in
which incumbent LECs have a historical
advantage, compared to newer, and indemand, Ethernet business data
services, which are largely competitive.
We therefore conclude that concentrated
supplies of DS1s and DS3s in a
particular building or cell tower or
similar are not reliable indicators of
whether business data services pricing
decisions are made competitively.
E. Other Examples of Competitive
Effects in the Business Data Services
Market
68. Increasing Ethernet Revenue.
Comments show that, as a result of more
substitutes in the market, incumbent
LECs face declining sales in TDM
services, notably DS1s and DS3s,
including customer loss to cable
operators and other providers. A recent
report by Frost & Sullivan found that the
migration from TDM to Ethernet
business data services is fueling doubledigit revenue growth for Ethernet
business data services, and that this
growth rate is expected to increase as
Ethernet networks expand. In particular,
Ethernet-based services accounted for
more than 40 percent of total dedicated
service revenues in 2013, and Ethernet
business data services revenues have
been growing by over 20 percent a year
since then. The Ethernet bandwidth of
incumbent LECs grew by only 5.3
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
percent in 2013, while the bandwidth of
competitive providers grew by 31.6
percent. Incumbent LEC business data
services revenues also declined from
2013 to 2015, while competitive LEC
and cable competitor revenue grew
rapidly. Level 3 revenues increased 66
percent, Comcast revenues grew by 46
percent, and Time Warner cable
revenues increased by 73 percent over
the same time period. For cable overall,
business revenues have grown at a 20
percent compound annual growth rate.
Notably, this revenue growth came in
spite of falling prices, which likely
indicates expansion of market output
and/or demand shifts to higher
bandwidth and thus more competitive
services. Vertical Systems Group found
that Carrier Ethernet pricing fell by
double-digit rates for all services and
speed segments from 2010 to 2015.
69. Some of the growth in cable’s
competitive position has come at the
expense of incumbent and competitive
LECs. AT&T, for example, calculates it
‘‘lost more than [REDACTED] of its DS1
business from non-affiliates just
between January 2013 and October
2015, and the rate of loss is
accelerating.’’ In addition, ‘‘the number
of new DS1 purchases from AT&T (i.e.,
gross, not net, additions) declined by
nearly [REDACTED] since the end of
2013.’’ A degree of those losses were to
Ethernet, as AT&T reports ‘‘the number
of new Ethernet purchases (i.e., gross
additions) during this period has more
than [REDACTED]. Verizon reports that
it sees similar competitive effects
because of cable’s increased entry into
the business data services market. For
example, comparing the same threemonth period year-over-year Verizon
saw a [REDACTED] percent decrease in
Ethernet orders with its customers
‘‘telling Verizon that trend will continue
and worsen as they send more business
to cable.’’
70. Decreasing Ethernet Prices. There
is persuasive evidence of recent
decreases in the prices for packet-based
services across all bandwidths.
According to Cox, Ethernet prices have
declined [REDACTED] or more between
2012 and 2016.’’ ACA reports smaller
cable operators have over the past five
years ‘‘decreased prices for their
Ethernet services by approximately 50
percent on average across all geographic
areas and for all customer segments—
with some members reporting that
prices have decreased even more, by 70
percent.’’ Comcast observes ‘‘steady
year-over-year decline in [retail] pricing
for dedicated Internet access and
Ethernet transport services,’’ e.g., prices
for its Ethernet Dedicated Internet
service declined by [REDACTED]
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
percent over the past 12 months.
CenturyLink’s Ethernet prices have on
average, declined by [REDACTED]
percent over the past five years.
71. Charter’s monthly price for a 1
Gbps service as of the first quarter of
2016 [REDACTED]. Zayo reports price
per unit decreases for GigE full rate
(>1000 Mbps) from $3,300 to $2,800
from December 2013 to December 2015,
about a 15 percent change. Per unit
prices for fractional GigE (101–1000
Mbps) services decreased from $2,300 to
$1,700 over the same period, a 26
percent drop.
72. Comcast once expected a price of
between [REDACTED] per month in
2013 for its wholesale 100 Mbps fiber
service but now charges less than
[REDACTED] a month for the same
service. Charter reports its ‘‘average
regional price of a 100 Mbps dedicated
service’’ was [REDACTED] per month in
2013 but by the first quarter of 2016,
that per month price dropped to
[REDACTED]. ACS has similarly
experienced per month price declines
for its [REDACTED]. Zayo’s pricing
trends show the monthly price per unit
for Fast E Ethernet (10–100 Mbps)
service decreasing from $1,300 to $1,200
(7.6 percent) from December 2013 to
December 2015. CenturyLink reports
prices for a 100 Mbps Ethernet backhaul
circuit to a wireless tower have fallen
[REDACTED] percent on average over
the past five years.
73. There is also evidence that lower
bandwidth packet-based services are
experiencing price declines. For
example, Legacy TWC’s 10 Mbps service
fell from [REDACTED] per month on
average in 2013 to [REDACTED] per
month by the first quarter of 2016, a 23
percent decrease. The company’s 5
Mbps service decreased from a
[REDACTED] monthly average to a
[REDACTED] monthly average over the
same period, a 28 percent change.
F. Incumbent LEC Pricing Regulation
74. We consider a large quantity of
evidence in the record. A body of
evidence particularly relevant to the
foregoing discussion considered the
benefits of current incumbent LEC price
regulations. The evidence is mixed and
we find does not in most locations
support continued, much less
additional, price regulation.
Econometric studies performed by Dr.
Marc Rysman, Commission staff, and
commenters examined the relationship
between incumbent LEC prices and the
number of business data services
competitors they face near a customer
location. Based on the Commission’s
2015 Collection, the Revised Rysman
Paper showed that incumbent LEC DS1
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25669
and DS3 prices were a statistically
significant three percent and ten percent
lower, respectively, in census blocks
with one or more facilities-based
competitors. However, these price
changes often became statistically
insignificant after implementing
changes to the analysis in response to
peer reviewers, suggesting that the data
are too noisy to draw any firm
conclusions.
75. Furthermore, as recognized by Dr.
Rysman, and noted by peer reviewers
and other commenters in the record,
data and modeling limitations did not
allow for a definitive conclusion that
incumbent LECs were not pricing
competitively. Despite Dr. Rysman’s
detailed analysis, a causal relationship
could not be ascribed to his estimates
due to the possibility that some factor
not observed in the data (e.g., lower
costs of serving a given customer) could
be simultaneously producing both a
greater number of facilities-based
competitors and lower prices. Further,
while some (disputed) evidence was
presented of incumbent LEC prices
being lower where there was
competition, other evidence was
presented of dramatic increases in
competitive entry, rapid price declines,
and service growth. Moreover, analysts
and forecasters expect strong
competitive growth over the next
decade in business data services, and
we find that, all else equal, competitive
growth will occur exactly where
supracompetitive pricing is most
prevalent.
76. Current Prices at Cap. In the
Further Notice, the Commission
suggested that ‘‘the fact that the price
capped incumbent LECs have kept their
prices at the top of the cap is additional
evidence of market power.’’
Commenters are at odds over whether
the lack of or minimal headroom
between prices and the caps indicates
the possession of market power.
However, we disagree that prices at the
cap demonstrate that incumbent LECs
generally would have set materially
higher prices wherever their prices were
capped and that prices for business data
services will increase significantly as a
result of our actions in this Order. We
expect that competition will continue to
keep prices in check. Moreover, as we
explain in our analysis of potential
catch-up adjustments, the X-factors that
were in effect between 1997 and 2005
may have been unreasonably high and
therefore the current price cap indices
may be too low. In view of these
circumstances and our findings of
competition in the business data
services DS1, DS3, and transport
markets, we find any concern about a
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25670
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
lack of headroom between prices and
the caps to be unwarranted.
G. Competition in the Transport Market
77. Transport services are typically
higher volume services between points
of traffic aggregation which can more
easily justify competitive investment
and deployment. The Commission has
traditionally regulated TDM-based
special access services in two distinct
segments: End user channel
terminations and dedicated transport;
and other special access services. The
provision and sale of TDM-based special
access services has reflected, and
continues to reflect, the different
competitive dynamics that characterize
the two sets of services. When the
Commission adopted the Pricing
Flexibility Order, it distinguished
between these two sets of TDM special
access services and required price cap
LECs to make different levels of
competitive showings to obtain pricing
flexibility for each. The Commission’s
pricing flexibility rules also reflect this
distinction. Section 69.709 of the
Commission’s rules governs the grant of
pricing flexibility for special access
services other than the channel
termination between the LEC end offices
and customer premises, which includes
interoffice facilities and channel
terminations between an incumbent
LEC’s serving wire center and an IXC.
Section 69.711 of the Commission’s
rules governs the grant of pricing
flexibility for channel terminations
between LEC end offices and customer
premises. All of these elements
comprise the service provided to the
end user. The Further Notice followed
the Commission’s precedent by defining
dedicated service as a service that
‘‘transports data between two or more
designated points’’ and aspired to create
a ‘‘framework [that] reflect[s] how the
market operates today.’’
78. Commenters, including
competitive providers, support
maintaining this distinction. Dr.
Rysman also acknowledged the
relevance of this distinction in his
paper. This distinction is rooted both in
the different functionalities these sets of
services deliver and in the different rate
elements price cap carriers use to price
these services. We find that this
distinction remains valid in the current
special access marketplace and employ
it in our approach to reforming our
regulation of TDM transport services.
79. In analyzing the competitiveness
of TDM transport services, based upon
the 2015 Collection and the record, we
find strong evidence of substantial
competition, as well as market
conditions that suggest regulation of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
TDM transport and other non-end user
channel termination services is not
justified. Indeed competition for such
services has been robust since a large
proportion of TDM transport services
were deregulated. As Frontier explains,
a ‘‘substantial majority of transport
revenue has been covered by Phase II
pricing flexibility since the early
2000s.’’ AT&T further states that ‘‘the
data collection strongly supports
nationwide Phase II relief for transport.’’
It cites data showing the widespread
deployment of competitive transport
networks, including the fact that ‘‘as of
2013, competitive providers have
deployed competing transport networks
in more than 95% of census blocks with
special access demand (and about 99%
of business establishments are in these
MSAs).’’ Although INCOMPAS asserts
that Commission rules requiring certain
incumbent LECs to provide unbundled
transport services is evidence of
underlying market power, the record
overall reflects a competitive landscape
where customers often combine
competitive transport with channel
terminations supplied by incumbents.
According to CenturyLink, it uses
incumbent LEC transport facilities for
‘‘less than half’’ of the end user channel
terminations it purchases as a
competitive provider outside of its
incumbent footprint. Moreover, data
from the 2015 Collection show that ‘‘the
vast majority of locations with special
access demand have’’ competitive fiber
within close proximity. AT&T identified
a number of major urban areas that had
as many as 28 competitive transport
providers and cited a number of second
tier MSAs which commonly have ‘‘over
a dozen separate competitive transport
providers.’’
80. Competitive providers are split on
the question of whether the transport
market is competitive. XO, before
becoming part of Verizon, found
‘‘considerable competition for
transport’’ and that ‘‘numerous CLECs
frequently are collocated in the offices
where XO is located.’’ Other
competitive providers dispute the
competitive nature of transport services
and assert that incumbent LECs are able
to charge supracompetitive rates for
TDM transport services and should
therefore be price regulated. For
example, Sprint alleges that ‘‘along
many routes, competitive providers are
simply unavailable’’ and asserts that
competition for transport service is the
exception rather than the rule. However,
Sprint provides no data or anecdotal
evidence to support its assertion and to
rebut the evidence from the 2015
Collection and from incumbent LEC
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
commenters that show that competitive
transport is available in the vast
majority of census blocks in MSAs. As
AT&T states, ‘‘[n]o party to this
proceeding has attempted specifically to
make a case that there is a lack of
competition for transport, and certainly
not on a national basis.’’
81. Evidence of competitive providers
investing in transport services, rather
than purchasing from incumbent
carriers, reinforces our observations.
While business data services providers
may choose to purchase transport—
either as a long-term solution to reach
a customer or a temporary cost while
implementing self-provisioning plans—
many have deployed transport instead
of buying the service.
82. More broadly, we understand that
transport service represents the ‘‘lowhanging fruit’’ of the business data
services circuit, which makes it
particularly attractive to new entrants.
In the Pricing Flexibility Order, the
Commission noted that competitors
often enter the transport market before
the channel termination market, and we
continue to adhere to that view. The net
present value of the cash flows
associated with the relatively high
expected per-unit cost of deploying a
new, relatively low-capacity channel
termination and the expected revenue
derived from the sale of that channel
termination, especially for DS1 and DS3
channel terminations, would be
expected to be significantly less than the
relatively low expected per-unit cost of
deploying a new, relatively highcapacity inter-office transport facility,
and the expected revenue derived from
the sale of that facility. Thus, in the face
of increased demand for transport
services, we observe responsive market
conditions that support the deployment
of competitive facilities, through either
new entry or conversion.
H. Conclusions
83. Packet-based Services. Packetbased services represent the future of
business data services. We believe the
higher bandwidth capabilities of these
services will lead to greater returns on
investment and in turn, greater
incentives for facilities-based entry into
the business data services market. In
contrast, DS1s and DS3s are legacy
services that now compete against
packet-based broadband services such
as EoHFC services in the same
geographic market. We find this
competition, or potential competition
between legacy and packet-based
services, sufficient enough to discipline
pricing. In many instances, incumbent
LECs are now on similar footing to
entrants (even if they may still on
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
average be advantaged), as they often
also deploy new facilities to meet
customer demand (because even a
relatively low demand customer today
may not be a low demand customer
tomorrow, and copper loop generally is
incapable of meeting higher demands).
As a result, we find the marketplace for
packet-based business data services is
competitive.
84. TDM-based DS1s and DS3s.
Within the broader record, we
acknowledge that, by the nature of
legacy services, incumbent LECs have a
degree of concentration in certain
geographies for DS1 and DS3 services.
We also recognize a changing industry
with increasingly competitive options,
particularly at higher bandwidths, and a
decreasing demand for these legacy
services. Our analysis suggests that any
prior advantage an incumbent might
have enjoyed at lower bandwidths is
now less competitively relevant in light
of customer demand that attracts a
number of traditional and nontraditional competitors that are
improving legacy cable networks and
expanding with new facilities to meet
demand. This is further supported by
the degree of sunk investment made by
traditional and non-traditional
providers of business data services to
compete. We conclude that incumbent
LEC market power has been in many
cases largely eliminated, and elsewhere
is declining thanks to increased
competition in business data services
markets.
85. Transport. Based on the 2015
Collection, the record, and our market
observations, we find substantial
evidence of competition in TDM-based
transport markets, which, accordingly,
suggests that price regulation is not
required. For these reasons, we
conclude that TDM-based transport is
competitive.
IV. An Administrable Framework for
Business Data Services Grounded in
Our Market Analysis and the Record
86. We intend to apply ex ante rate
regulation only where competition is
expected to materially fail to ensure just
and reasonable rates. As a matter of
policy we prefer reliance on
competition rather than regulation,
wherever purchasers can realistically
turn to a supplier beyond the incumbent
LEC. Based on these principles and our
market analysis, we find regulation is
unnecessary for packet-based services,
TDM transport services, and higher
bandwidth (i.e., above DS3) TDM end
user channel terminations. We also
conclude that we should refrain from ex
ante pricing regulation for TDM enduser channel terminations in areas
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
deemed competitive. We then outline a
bright-line competitive market test for
initially determining whether a given
price cap area will be treated as
competitive in the provision of DS1 and
DS3 end user channel terminations and
certain other business data services by
the incumbent LEC. This test will treat
as competitive a particular county if 50
percent of the locations with BDS
demand in that county are within a half
mile of a location served by a
competitive provider based on the 2015
Collection or 75 percent of the census
blocks in that county have a cable
provider present based on the
Commission’s Form 477 data. Any price
cap incumbent LEC serving special
access customers within that county
will be relieved of ex ante pricing
regulation. Furthermore, we adopt a
process for regularly updating the list of
competitive counties in a way that
accounts for changing competitive
conditions but also avoids the need to
undergo burdensome data collections.
A. Regulatory Framework Applicable to
Packet-Based Business Data Services
and to TDM-Based Services Providing
Bandwidths in Excess of a DS3
87. After reviewing the record and
considering the Commission’s goals to
ensure that rates for business data
services are just and reasonable, while
also encouraging facilities-based
competition and facilitating technology
transitions, we decline to re-impose any
form of price cap or benchmark
regulation on packet-based business
data services or on TDM-based services
providing bandwidths in excess of the
level of a DS3, and we eliminate that
regulation to the extent it exists today.
In so doing, we impose no new
regulation on the packet-based and
higher capacity TDM-based business
data services marketplace, which will be
free from ex ante pricing regulation,
regardless of the type of entity providing
the service. Our market analysis does
not show compelling evidence of market
power in incumbent LEC provision of
these services, particularly for higher
bandwidth services. Moreover, even if
the record demonstrated insufficiently
robust competition, proposals to apply
price cap regulation to packet-based
services were complex and not easily
administrable and did not reflect the
fact that costs to serve individual
customers vary. Likewise, we decline to
impose benchmark pricing regulation on
incumbent LEC packet-based business
data services or on TDM-based services
of bandwidths in excess of the level of
a DS3. Because our market analysis
shows that such services are subject to
competition, anchor or benchmark
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25671
pricing is unnecessary and could in fact
inhibit investment in this dynamic
market by preventing providers from
being able to obtain adequate returns on
capital. Additionally, the benchmark
pricing proposals in the record were
administratively complex and unlikely
to reliably result in just and reasonable
rates.
88. We further find that packet-based
services are best not subjected to
tariffing and price cap regulation, even
in the absence of a nearby competitor.
Packet-based services represent the
future of business data services and are
readily scalable, so competitive LECs
are generally very willing to deploy
such services beyond their footprints
because they can expect to earn
increasing revenues from their initial
investment with few additional costs. In
contrast, the record shows that
competitive LECs are generally
unwilling to extend their legacy TDM
networks, especially beyond a half mile
to provide DSn services. Consequently,
entrants are better placed to win
customers in packet-based markets than
in those for TDM services. Packet-based
services are new services, experiencing
both rapid growth, and rapid change in
standards, throughput and usage, and so
regulation is more likely to impose longterm costs by dissuading providers of
packet-based services from entering.
89. We do, however, remind
stakeholders that packet-based
telecommunications services remain
subject to the Commission’s regulatory
authority under sections 201, 202, and
208 of the Act. These statutory
provisions allow the Commission to
determine whether rates, terms, and
conditions are just, reasonable, and not
unreasonably discriminatory in the
context of a section 208 complaint
proceeding.
B. Regulatory Framework Applicable to
TDM Transport Services
90. We eliminate all ex ante pricing
regulation of price cap incumbent LEC
provision of TDM transport and other
transport (i.e., non-end user channel
termination) special access services. The
2015 Collection and the record
demonstrate widespread competition in
the market for these services and
generally support using a deregulatory
approach for TDM transport and other
non-end user channel termination
services.
91. We conclude that competition for
TDM transport services is sufficiently
pervasive at the local level to justify
relief from pricing regulation
nationwide. Commission staff analysis
of competitive provider responses to
question II.A.5. of the 2015 Collection
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25672
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
shows that in all price cap territories,
92.1 percent of buildings served were
within a half mile of competitive fiber
transport facilities. Additionally, for all
census blocks with business data
services demand, 89.6 percent have at
least one served building within a half
mile of competitive LEC fiber. As we
concluded in the foregoing market
analysis, the presence or reasonable
proximity of a single competitor’s
facilities represents competition given
the high sunk cost nature of the
business data services market. Our data
are conservative given the fact that the
2015 Collection includes only a subset
of all hybrid fiber coax facilities
deployed by cable providers (i.e., only
Metro-Ethernet headend-connected fiber
feeder plant) and given that the 2015
Collection data are from 2013 and
therefore necessarily understate the
level of actual competition for transport
services by not including competitive
facilities that have since been deployed.
We find that the high percentage of
locations within a half mile of
competitive fiber and the high
percentage of census blocks with at least
one building within a half mile of
competitive fiber justify our refraining
from applying pricing regulation across
all price cap areas to TDM transport
services.
92. We recognize that our decision in
all likelihood will leave a relatively
small percentage of census blocks (with
an even smaller percentage of overall
demand) price deregulated and without
the immediate prospect of competitive
transport options. However, greater
harm—primarily manifested in the
discouragement of competitive entry
over time—would result if we were to
attempt to regulate these cases than is
expected under our deregulatory
approach. In contrast, lower entry
barriers for deploying transport services
than for end user channel termination
services and increasing demand for
transport means that regulatory relief
will provide incentives for competitive
providers to deploy additional transport
facilities to compete for this demand.
While competition may not be
universal, it is sufficiently widespread
for us to have confidence that a
combination of these factors will
broadly protect against the risk of
supracompetitive rates being charged by
price cap LECs over the short- to
medium-term. To the extent there are
points of aggregation that are not served
by competitors, the relatively high
demand at these points makes it likely
that a competitor could justify investing
in competitive transport facilities to
serve that demand.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
93. Moreover, our goal is not absolute
mathematical precision but an
administratively feasible approach that
avoids imposing undue regulatory
burdens on this highly competitive
segment of the market. Refraining from
pricing regulation for transport services
nationally achieves the proper balance
between precision and administrability.
It also avoids unnecessary disruption of
existing special access transport sales
arrangements. The alternative would be
to impose significant regulatory burdens
on all participants in the market with an
additional layer of regulatory
complexity that would undermine
predictability and ultimately hinder
investment, including in entry, and
growth. Instead, we believe that
providing regulatory relief in this
market segment will foster conditions
that will continue to encourage
competitive entry and provide incentive
for further investment in fiber transport
facilities. Finally, our section 208
complaint process represents a
continuing safeguard against unjust and
unreasonable rates.
C. Competitive Market Test Criteria for
DS1 and DS3 End User Channel
Terminations
94. As noted above, we decline to
impose ex ante pricing regulation for
packet-based business data services and
eliminate entirely ex ante regulation for
TDM-based services providing
bandwidths in excess of a DS3 and for
TDM-based transport services. Based on
the record, we have determined that
such forms of regulation are not
necessary because we expect that
competition will ensure just and
reasonable rates for those services.
95. At the same time, many
commenters have urged us to take a
different approach with respect to ex
ante regulation of DS1 and DS3 end user
channel terminations that use legacy,
circuit-based technology. They raise
various arguments about why they
believe this portion of the business data
services market requires that we not
eliminate ex ante price regulation
altogether. To the extent commenters
suggest that there are no circumstances
in which we should eliminate ex ante
pricing regulation, we disagree with
those contentions. Our decision in this
Order will promote investment,
deployment, and competition in the
business data services market in a way
that will benefit all end users, including
those that currently use DS1s and DS3s.
96. We determine it is appropriate to
take a different approach with respect to
the elimination of ex ante pricing
regulation of legacy, circuit-based DS1
and DS3 end user channel terminations.
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The market for these services is
declining as customers opt for more
flexible packet-based business data
service offerings. Moreover, the
economics of deploying facilities to end
user locations makes competitive entry
in response to demand less likely than
with the TDM transport market segment,
which is typically at higher-bandwidths
and requires less investment per unit of
traffic than required for channel
terminations. In light of these
considerations, we are providing
additional protections for this portion of
the business data services market as the
market transitions to new technologies
by not eliminating ex ante pricing
regulation in every area. Instead, we
adopt a competitive market test that will
preserve ex ante price regulation in
those limited number of areas where we
predict there is a substantial likelihood
that competition will fail to ensure just
and reasonable rates. In addition, even
in those areas where we eliminate ex
ante pricing regulation, the protections
of section 208 will continue to apply.
97. Specifically, the competitive
market test we adopt today assesses the
availability of actual and likely
competitive options in the provision of
last-mile services and subjects to ex ante
pricing regulation only circuit-based
DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations and certain other business
data services provided by price cap
incumbent LECs in areas the test finds
lack a competitive presence. We base
the competitive market test on the
geographic unit of a county or countyequivalent (hereinafter, county) which
significantly reduces the over- and
under-inclusivity issue posed by MSAs
which the Commission highlighted in
the Suspension Order and avoids the
administrability issues posed by smaller
geographic units of measure. The test
uses data demonstrating the presence of
competitive facilities from the 2015
Collection in combination with the most
recent data on cable deployment from
the Form 477 data collection to
determine which counties to regulate.
98. While there is no clear consensus
in the record on the right approach to
the competitive market test, we do see
a few points of general agreement. The
various proposals use bandwidth
demarcation points and competition test
criteria based on counting providers in
or near a geographic area using the 2015
Collection data. Beyond those few highlevel points of agreement, there are vast
differences of opinion among
commenters on the current state of
competition in the marketplace, on the
need for a competitive market test, and
on what a competitive market test
should entail. Generally, competitive
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
LECs needing to purchase business data
services as inputs at wholesale, mobile
wireless providers not affiliated with an
incumbent LEC, Windstream and
Verizon (both net buyers), and end-user
representatives, such as Ad Hoc,
interpret the 2015 Collection as largely
showing a non-competitive market,
requiring regulatory intervention at all
but the highest service bandwidth
levels, i.e., in excess of 1 Gbps. On the
other side, cable companies and
competitive fiber providers that do not
typically purchase business data
services at wholesale, AT&T, and other
incumbent LECs (net sellers) see a
highly competitive marketplace with no
need of regulatory intervention.
99. The test we adopt utilizes certain
core attributes of a test on which there
was consensus in the record, including
establishing a threshold number of
providers to find competition,
employing a defined geographic area of
measurement, and basing the test on
data from the 2015 Collection and
updating the results of the test to ensure
they continue to reflect the extent of
competition in the market. That said, it
also represents a departure from some of
the proposals in the Further Notice in
that rather than focus on burdensome
pricing regulation, it takes a dynamic
and forward-looking approach to
evaluating the benefits and costs of
regulation. The test will be updated
periodically by relying on data the
Commission routinely collects, so it
does not require additional and
potentially burdensome data
collections. We find this approach
strikes a reasonable balance between
precision and administrability, will
encourage continued investment in and
deployment of business data services,
and will foster a market-driven
transition from legacy circuit-based
services to newer packet-based services
and other technologies.
100. We take a pragmatic approach to
formulating a competitive market test by
considering what data are available to
us to evaluate competitive conditions
both at present and in the future. We
then determine what geographic unit is
sufficiently granular and at the same
time administrable for the Commission
as well as the industry. Finally, we
consider which criteria best reflect
competitive conditions in the market
while still furthering the Commission’s
policy objectives. The ultimate goal of
the test, however, is not to definitively
determine competitive market
conditions but rather to determine on
balance which areas are best positioned
to benefit from price deregulation and
which areas will benefit more from
continued price cap regulation.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
101. In determining where we can
appropriately avoid applying ex ante
price regulations for certain special
access services, we balance the benefits
and costs of such regulation. We
recognize that in counties where there
currently appears to be few competitive
alternatives for consumers of DS1 and
DS3 end user channel terminations that
the benefits of ex ante price regulation
likely outweigh the costs since this
likely indicates broad entry in such
regions may not occur. However, in
counties where the competitive
pressures are able to discipline prices
for a large fraction of customers, as
discussed in our market analysis, we see
the opposite to likely be the case. Ex
ante pricing regulation can have
negative features. For example, in a
county where entry is relatively
widespread, the absence of entry in
specific areas may be due to regulated
prices inadvertently being set below
competitive levels. Such prices make
entry unprofitable, are harmful to long
run incentives to invest, can lead to
inefficient short run levels of
production and consumption, and can
prevent entry indefinitely. This
counsels toward being especially wary
of imposing price caps except where
competitive service seems most unlikely
to be available within a reasonable time
horizon. This perspective of balancing
the benefits and costs of regulating
prices, as well as the importance of
having an administrable system, leads
us to adopt the framework discussed
below. In our judgment, we expect this
framework to appropriately balance our
desire for fostering a dynamic and
competitive marketplace with the need
to ensure rates that are just and
reasonable.
102. Some parties have expressed
concern about a potential spike in prices
in areas deregulated as a result of the
competitive market test. We believe,
however, the test adopted today strikes
the appropriate balance to apply ex ante
regulation where warranted and to
allow competitive forces to thrive absent
ex ante regulation where there is
adequate competition. If prices were to
rise following deregulation, then we
anticipate that competition will work to
drive these prices to competitive levels.
Moreover, customers are protected in
the near term from harm that would
result from any rates, terms, or
conditions that are unjust and
unreasonable or unjust and
unreasonably discriminatory because
the Commission’s section 208 complaint
process continues to be available for
common carriage services.
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25673
1. Availability of Data To Measure
Competition
103. 2015 Collection. The most
intuitively relevant dataset in our
toolbox is the one collected in response
to the Data Collection Order. That data
collection covered circuit- and packetbased business data services and
required responses from providers of
both dedicated and best-efforts last-mile
access services (albeit exempting small
providers of best-efforts services), as
well as purchasers of business data
services. In short, the data collection
came as close as practicable at the time
to providing a ‘‘clear picture of all
competition in the marketplace.’’
Despite this, some commenters question
the continued relevance of the data,
citing cable providers’ aggressive
expansion into business data services
since the data collection. These
criticisms overstate the limitations of
the 2015 Collection. It is unprecedented
in scope and remains a useful and
appropriate basis for our new regulatory
framework. That said, we acknowledge
that while the 2015 Collection is well
suited for the initial evaluation of
competition, it is unsuitable for
measuring competition going forward.
We also acknowledge that the 2015
Collection does not fully capture the
extent of cable deployment to date.
104. Although some commenters
propose refreshing the data with
periodic data collections, most
commenters strongly oppose the idea as
being too burdensome and even ‘‘an
obstacle to competition.’’ To comply
with the 2015 Collection, for example,
some carriers were ‘‘forced to pull data
manually from numerous billing and
data systems, diverting limited time and
resources from other critical projects.’’
For an uncertain number of years,
providers would be required ‘‘to
continuously track and maintain . . . all
company documents that may be
responsive . . . requiring business
employees and counsel to devote
significant resources to conduct broad
searches for such documents and
evaluate their responsiveness.’’ We
believe the costs of further data
collections would not justify the
benefits obtained from having updated
data. Below we find that an alternative
dataset can be used to update our
competitive market test with no
additional compliance burdens while
still effectively capturing market
competition as compared with a new
more comprehensive data collection.
We therefore decline to extend the 2015
Collection.
105. Form 477 Data. In 2013, as the
National Broadband Map data collection
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25674
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
was nearing its completion, the
Commission issued the Modernizing
Form 477 Order, which redesigned and
updated the requirements first spelled
out in the 2000 Data Gathering Order.
To comply with the Form 477 data
collection requirements, all facilitiesbased fixed broadband providers,
including cable operators, are required
to report data on all census blocks
where they make fixed broadband
services available to residential and
business customers at bandwidth speeds
exceeding 200 kbps in at least one
direction. Among other things,
providers also report ‘‘the maximum
advertised speed for each technology
used to offer service in each census
block.’’ The Commission collects these
data semi-annually and makes the data
available to the public.
106. We find the Form 477 data well
suited for supplementing the 2015
Collection in the initial analysis of
market conditions and a conservative
proxy for competitive deployment going
forward. Form 477 broadband service
availability data necessarily imply the
presence of broadband-capable cable
network facilities, which makes it an
ideal dataset to ensure the competitive
market test accounts for competition
from cable operators. We recognize,
however, that the Form 477 data do not
measure the presence of other
competitive providers. That being said,
given the long-term sunk cost nature of
competitive provision, it is unlikely that
locations that were previously
competitive (as evidenced in the 2015
Collection) would become
noncompetitive. The key question thus
becomes whether the Form 477 data can
be used as an updating mechanism, not
merely for the extension of cable
supply, but as a proxy for the extension
of competitive end user channel
terminations more generally. While the
measure is unlikely to be perfect, we
conclude the Form 477 portion of the
competitive market test is a good match
for the 2015 Collection as a means of
capturing future changes. Moreover,
given cable operators’ ongoing
aggressive deployment of end user
channel terminations, which dwarfs that
of non-cable suppliers, it is highly likely
the cable-only measure found in the
Form 477 data will capture the vast bulk
of additional deployments because it is
likely that most non-cable competitive
extension of business data services
networks will occur where cable is also
deploying or has already deployed.
Importantly, these data are updated on
a semiannual basis and, therefore, any
periodic re-evaluation of competition in
specific markets will always be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
relatively current. Moreover, because
these data are collected by the
Commission, we are confident in their
integrity.
107. In fact, some commenters used
Form 477 data to supplement the data
from the 2015 Collection in their
analyses and proposed that we use it
going forward. Other commenters, while
advocating using Form 477 data, also
suggested modifying Form 477 to
replicate the 2015 Collection going
forward. We are reluctant, however, to
impose additional reporting burdens on
providers for the same reasons we
rejected proposals to refresh the 2015
Collection, and therefore decline to
amend Form 477 to mirror the data
gathered by the 2015 Collection. We
believe the data currently collected by
the Form 477 is already well suited to
the needs of the competitive market test.
Further, we will implement sufficient
safeguards to allow us to use Form 477
in its present state.
2. Appropriate Geographic Measure
108. In terms of granularity, our goal
through the years of regulating the
business data services market has been
‘‘to define . . . geographic areas
narrowly enough so that the competitive
conditions within each area are
reasonably similar, yet broadly enough
to be administratively workable.’’ After
considering various possible geographic
areas to use for the competitive market
test, we conclude that basing the
competitive market test at the county
level strikes the best balance between
being sufficiently granular and
administratively feasible. We reject
other proposals raised in the record,
including use of MSAs, census blocks,
census tracts, and ZIP codes.
109. Counties. As suggested by
various commenters in the record, we
agree that the geographic area we use for
the competitive market test should be
larger than census blocks or census
tracks, but smaller than MSAs. We find
that counties are granular enough to
capture reasonably similar competitive
conditions yet large enough to be
administratively feasible and are
supported in the record. Counties are
significantly more granular geographic
units than MSAs and thus reduce the
risk of misidentifying competitive or
noncompetitive geographic areas.
Counties are subdivided into census
blocks. Presently, there are 3,233
counties in the U.S., as compared to 389
MSAs, of which 204 had been granted
pricing flexibility relief. Counties have
another advantage over MSAs, in that
MSAs do not cover all of the price cap
incumbent LEC study areas, while
counties do. Moreover, counties are a
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
more stable unit of regulation than
MSAs. While county boundaries
occasionally change, and sometimes
counties are split, or merged or new
ones are created, such changes are
relatively infrequent. For example, in
the decade ending 2010, there were only
two substantial county boundary
changes, both in rural Alaska, and a
merger of a county and a city. In
contrast, MSA boundary changes are
more frequent and far reaching. For
example, in 2003, 41 counties were
moved from an MSA to a micropolitan
statistical area, and changes were made
to statistical area boundaries in every
state.
110. The Commission’s 2015
Collection shows an average of 376
buildings with last-mile access demand
in a county, whereas the average
number of buildings with last-mile
access demand in an MSA is 2,713. This
statistic shows that counties are much
more granular geographic units for
administering the competitive market
test. Furthermore, using census data we
can compare the number of firms and
establishments and the employment
levels in counties and MSAs. Those data
also demonstrate that counties allow for
a more granular analysis of competitive
conditions than MSAs: [‘‘Table 1. MSACounty Size Comparisons’’ omitted].
111. Counties are also significantly
less granular than smaller geographic
units such as buildings, census blocks,
census tracks, and ZIP codes, and, thus,
significantly more feasible for the
Commission and industry to administer.
Use of counties has another advantage
as well: Counties do not cross MSAs.
Consequently, there is a ready
translation of the FCC’s pricing
flexibility regime to counties, which
will minimize disruption where a
county’s regulatory status is not
changed by this Order.
112. Counties provide a convenient,
natural administrative unit for capturing
competitive effects, and competitive
effects from cable operators in
particular. The competitive presence of
cable operators will generally conform
to county boundaries since cable
franchises have historically been
awarded, with some exceptions, on a
county-by-county basis. Cable operators
may not provide cable service without
a franchise from a franchising authority.
A franchise authorizes the construction
of a cable system over public rights-ofway, and through easements, within the
area to be served by the cable system.
Thus, a franchise license allows a cable
operator to overcome many entry
barriers associated with buildouts and
creates more certainty in anticipated
buildout revenues. With those hurdles
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
out of the way, it is in the cable
operator’s interest to build out an
extensive network in the jurisdiction.
Indeed, a cable operator’s franchised
cable system is often extensive
throughout the franchised county.
113. Metropolitan Statistical Areas
(MSAs). We conclude that MSAs are not
well suited to be used as the geographic
area for determining competitive effects.
The Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) developed MSAs for purposes of
compiling statistics for a set of certain
geographic areas, defining MSAs as
‘‘geographic entities that contain a core
urban area of 50,000 or more
population, and often includes adjacent
counties that have a high degree of
social and economic integration with
the urban core, as measured by
commuting to work.’’ Furthermore,
‘‘OMB may add counties or principal
cities to an MSA, remove them, or even
create new MSAs.’’ Although OMB
periodically updates its list of MSAs to
reflect changes in social and economic
integration between urban centers and
outlying areas, the Commission
‘‘adopted a list of 306 MSAs based
largely on data compiled from the 1980
census, and froze that list for use in all
pricing flexibility petitions.’’ Thus, even
if MSAs were an appropriate geographic
area for competitive analysis and
regulation, the Commission’s list of
MSAs does not reflect the current state
of population and business conditions.
This circumstance has caused confusion
among providers that have submitted
petitions to the Commission containing
data calculated using different MSA
definitions.
114. In addition, MSAs are too large
to reflect the scope of competition.
Competitive LECs have consistently
argued throughout this proceeding that
the Commission’s previous MSA
analysis ‘‘ignored the wide variability of
competitive conditions across a large
geographic area.’’ The Commission
agreed in the Suspension Order,
analyzing business density in six MSAs
and finding significant ‘‘variance of
competitive conditions within an MSA’’
because ‘‘[t]he resulting statistical entity
can be large, including the entirety of
distant counties if those counties
contain exurban areas linked to the core
by commuting behavior.’’ Even some
incumbent LECs that initially had
argued for the continued use of MSAs
eventually accepted the use of more
granular areas.
115. Buildings and Census Blocks.
Some commenters express a strong
preference for regulation focused on
individual buildings with special access
demand and, as a compromise, propose
to regulate on a census block level.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
While this level of granularity might be
more precise, it creates a range of other
problems. For one, buildings with
demand is a constantly changing
statistic as businesses expand or
downsize. Census blocks are also
subject to change as the Census Bureau
revises its measurements. Another issue
is the administrative burden metrics like
these are likely to impose on providers
and the Commission: There were
658,485 census blocks and 1,216,977
buildings with last-mile access demand
reported in our data collection. As a
practical matter, regulation at such a
granular level is not administratively
feasible, either for incumbent carriers,
competitive providers or the
Commission. It ‘‘would inevitably lead
to a patchwork of differing regulations
from census block to census block (or
from building-to-building).’’ It would
make it exceptionally difficult for
regulated carriers to set prices subject to
regulation in some areas and not in
others and for competitive providers to
analyze their opportunities to enter a
market. Finally, it would significantly
complicate the Commission’s efforts to
oversee business data services markets
or to conduct enforcement proceedings
that could potentially involve hundreds
or even thousands of individual census
blocks or buildings. We therefore
conclude that the geographic scope of
the competitive market test must be
larger than buildings and census blocks.
116. Census Tracts and ZIP Codes.
Others suggest the Commission use
census tracts or, alternatively, ZIP codes
to analyze markets in the competitive
market test. Census tracts are statistical
subdivisions of a county updated each
decennial census. Based on the 2015
Collection data, the median census tract
had a land area of 1.71 square miles.
U.S. Postal Service ZIP codes identify
the individual post office or
metropolitan area delivery station
associated with mailing addresses. ZIP
codes are also subject to periodic
updates, and zip code boundaries can be
difficult to obtain. Census tracts are less
granular than census blocks but more
granular than ZIP codes and MSAs;
census tracts and ZIP codes are
considerably more granular than MSAs.
As of the 2010 census, there were
73,057 census tracts in the U.S.
compared to 11,078,297 census blocks
and 389 MSAs. In 2016 there were
33,120 five digit ZIP CodeTM Tabulation
Areas (ZCTATM) in the U.S. As with
buildings and census blocks, the sheer
number of census tracts and ZIP codes,
along with their variability over time,
significantly undermine the
administrability of using them for the
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25675
competitive market test for incumbent
carriers, competitive providers and the
Commission.
3. Appropriate Level of Competition
117. Upon examining the structure of
the business data services industry and
the record before us, we find that a
combination of either one competitive
provider with a network within a half
mile from a location served by an
incumbent LEC or a cable operator’s
facilities in the same census block as a
location with demand will provide
competitive restraint on the incumbent
LEC that will be more effective than our
legacy regulatory regime in ensuring
rates, terms, and conditions are just and
reasonable. Our conclusion that a
‘‘nearby BDS competitor’’ provides
sufficient competition to forgo
regulation of an incumbent LEC’s
provision of BDS is based on three
findings: (1) A determination of the
geographic scope within which a likely
BDS provider can realistically compete
with an incumbent LEC; (2) a finding
that one such competitor in addition to
the incumbent LEC provides a
reasonable degree of competition in BDS
supply; and (3) a finding that the
benefits of such competition outweigh
the potential unintended costs of
regulation.
a. Effect of a Nearby BDS Competitor
118. The record in this proceeding
indicates that providers actively
compete for customers located within
about a half mile from their networks by
bidding on requests for proposals and
sending their sales personnel to offer
their services. When bidding on a
contract, providers often ‘‘have no way
of knowing with any reasonable degree
of certainty which other providers are
capable of serving that customer over
their own facilities’’ and, therefore,
when bidding on an RFP they ‘‘make
much rougher assessments of the
possibility of facing competitive bids’’—
a dynamic that ‘‘ensure[s] that the
benefits of competition redound to all
customers in an area where competitive
facilities have been deployed, not just
those who are located within a certain
distance of a network, or that offer a
certain level of revenues.’’ Accordingly,
we determine nearby competitive
network facilities exert competitive
pressure on incumbent LECs whether or
not their network is within a half mile
of a customer’s location.
119. We further find that wireline
providers of BDS are commonly willing
to extend their existing network out
approximately a half mile, and in some
instances further, to meet demand. That
is, the cost of meeting demand within
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25676
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
one-half mile, including the costs of
network extension and customer
connection, is usually less than the
present value of expected net revenues
that buildout to that location will entail.
This is true for cable companies who
today are major and aggressive business
data services suppliers. For example, in
2013 cable already supplied BDS,
largely over fiber facilities, to more than
one in ten locations with BDS demand,
and may well reach 23.5 percent of
locations today. We additionally assume
as a reasonable approximation that a
cable company competes for any BDS
demand, or will do so within a few
years, wherever it is supplying mass
market broadband services over its own
network, or will do so sometime over
the next few years. We find this is so
even for locations with BDS demand
that are not currently connected to the
cable company’s network, and which
may be more than a half mile from a
fiber-node (because cable companies are
actively driving fiber closer to all end
users, and so extending fiber to a new
location beyond that distance may be
economic given broader network
objectives). In sum, we find a wireline
supplier is an effective competitor in
meeting BDS demand at a location if it
either delivers BDS to a location or has
a network within one half mile of the
location with BDS demand, and/or is a
cable company with a widespread HFC
network that surrounds the location
with BDS demand. We hereafter refer to
such competitors as nearby competitors,
and to their networks as nearby
networks.
b. Effect of a Single BDS Competitor
120. We find that, in the market for
business data services, there is a
substantial competitive effect when a
wireline competitor is present to
discipline rates, terms, and conditions
to just and reasonable levels. We arrive
at this conclusion because there is a
general expectation that the largest
benefits from competition come from
the presence of a second provider, with
added benefits of additional providers
falling thereafter, in part because,
consistent with other industries with
large sunk costs, the impact of a second
provider is likely to be particularly
profound in the case of wireline
network providers. A wireline provider
is willing to cut prices to as low as the
incremental cost of supplying a new
customer, requiring minimal
contribution to its sunk costs. In
addition, we find that the presence of a
nearby competitor is likely to prevent
substantial abuse of market power,
whether through high prices or lack of
innovation, and equally that a lack of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
actual supply by a nearby competitor
likely arises when existing suppliers’
offerings are reasonable in both price
service characteristics. That is, active
supply occurs most rapidly in locations
where the most profits are likely to be
obtained, including where, for example,
the transition to packet-based services is
most valued. In other words, active
supply is most likely to occur where the
costs of missing competition are
greatest. Equally, active supply is most
likely to be postponed where the
benefits of additional competition are
small, because the potential profit
gained from extending supply is small.
121. We reject some commenters’
characterization of the Qwest Phoenix
Order as a blanket finding by the
Commission that two competitors are
insufficient to constrain incumbent LEC
pricing. Although the Commission
raised concerns about the competitive
nature of a duopoly in that order, it did
not categorically reject the possibility
that a market with two competitors
could represent sufficient competition
to restrain supracompetitive pricing by
providers. To the contrary, it
specifically recognized that ‘‘under
certain conditions duopoly will yield a
competitive outcome.’’ We find that the
high sunk cost nature of the BDS market
gives providers the incentive to extend
their network facilities to new locations
with demand even when those locations
contribute revenue only marginally
above the incremental cost of the
network extension. In their comments,
incumbent LECs substantiate this
conclusion by citing substantial losses
they have recently incurred, primarily
to new entrant cable operators. They
also provide examples of their responses
to cable competition involving both
price reductions and new service
offerings. Reports by cable providers of
significant year-over-year growth in
their BDS revenues corroborate this
story and show a shift in demand to
higher (and more competitive)
bandwidths.
122. We also distinguish our analysis
here from that which the Commission
employed in the Qwest Phoenix order.
Although our competitive market test
takes into account competition only
from providers of copper, fiber, and
coax last-mile facilities, in many
locations there are likely more
competitors present than the two
captured by the test, such as providers
of fixed wireless last-mile services,
including providers of emerging 5G lastmile transmission technology, which
promises to be widespread. Thus,
technological changes that have
occurred or are likely to occur in the
near future make the Commission’s
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
reasoning in the Qwest Phoenix decision
inapposite.
123. Some competitive LECs urge us
to deregulate only locations with four
providers (one incumbent LEC and three
competitors) with last-mile connections
in the building or in the census block.
We find that such an approach would
result in substantial overregulation of
the business data services market and
therefore we decline to adopt it. The
primary driver of the number of
connections at any location is the nature
of demand in the location. We fully
expect locations with a single customer
to typically have only one provider.
Even those locations with multiple
customers may only have a single
provider—the provider that won the
bidding process to supply the location.
However, as we explain above, the high
sunk network cost nature of this
industry indicates that even as few as
two nearby providers have the incentive
to undercut each other’s price to win
customers so long as they at least
recover the incremental cost of
extending supply to any customer.
Accordingly, requiring even two, let
alone three or four providers to be
already supplying a given location as
the rule for deregulation would result in
overregulation in numerous locations
that have competitive choice. This issue
would become even more pronounced
as wireline network providers compete
for more locations. On the basis of the
2015 Collection, deregulating locations
with at least three (an incumbent LEC
plus two other facilities-based
providers) or four (an incumbent LEC
plus three other facilities-based
providers) suppliers would mean less
than one percent of locations would be
price deregulated and would re-impose
price regulation on the vast majority of
locations. Such a radical change would
impose substantial regulatory costs on
incumbent LECs—and consequently on
small businesses, wireless carriers, and
other consumers—and would
dramatically reduce incentives for all
carriers to build out next-generation
infrastructure, which directly
contravenes our goal of encouraging
investment and innovation.
124. Though we believe the record is
convincing on the impact of one nearby
competitor ensuring reasonably
competitive outcomes in the medium
term (i.e., over several years), even if it
were not, the inability to draw firm
conclusions from the data permits the
Commission to make a predictive
judgment regarding the impact of
regulation on the market.
Notwithstanding whether one nearby
competitor is sufficient for a market to
realize the substantive benefits of
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
competition, we note that the 2015
Collection analysis did not permit a
definitive conclusion on incumbent LEC
market power. In addition, as
demonstrated by the market analysis in
this Order, the evidence in the record
suggests significant competition for
these business data services. We
conclude the best policy to encourage
competition is to refrain from ex ante
pricing regulation when the competitive
market test adopted in this Order is
satisfied. We find this policy to be
sound even if our market analysis does
not result in the perfect regulation of
every building in the country—for any
administrable rule will necessarily be
overinclusive in some cases and
underinclusive in others. Consistent
with our precedent, we conclude that
competition is the preferred method of
ensuring just and reasonable rates, terms
and conditions and preventing
unreasonable discrimination. Refraining
from ex ante pricing regulation in these
instances where we see active and likely
medium-term competition developing is
the most effective means of ensuring
continued development of actual and
robust competitive outcomes.
c. Potential Unintended Costs of
Regulation
125. Finally, we find that there are
substantial costs of regulating the
supply of BDS and these likely
outweigh any costs due to the residual
exercise of market power that may occur
in the absence of regulation. As a
baseline, the presumption that
‘‘[c]ompetition is best . . . because
competition is the single best way of
ensuring that customers benefit’’ and
the promotion of the same guides us.
The question is not whether today
nearby competition is everywhere fully
effective, or even whether it will
become so over the next few years. The
question is whether the costs of the lack
of fully effective competition, even as
these decline over time, are likely
smaller than the net costs of regulation.
126. Here we explain why we find
that the net costs of regulation in the
business data services industry are
likely to be large, most especially
because regulation is likely to
undermine entry, potentially
postponing the gains from competition
for many years. Even well-crafted
regulations have unintended
consequences, inhibiting competition,
reducing investment, and end user
benefits. This is especially true in
markets as highly dynamic and complex
as those for BDS. In general, regulation
discourages entry wherever it enforces
prices that do not allow firms full cost
recovery or raises the costs of entry. As
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
the record before us indicates, both of
these side effects are likely in BDS
supply. Moreover, regulation in rapidly
growing markets is riskier than in
otherwise similar stable or stagnating
markets.
127. First, it is very difficult for firms
to set efficient prices when they must
tariff and for a regulator to estimate the
efficient price level in a business with
the following characteristics: High
uncertainty due to frequent and often
large unforeseen changes in both
customer demand for services and
network technologies that are hard to
anticipate and hedge against in
contracts with customers; a complex set
of products and services, which are
tailored to individual buyers; costs of
provision that vary substantially across
different customer-provider
combinations; and large irreversible
sunk-cost investments that a provider is
required to make before offering service.
In these circumstances, efficient prices
are often tailored to individual
purchasers, and are often subject to
renegotiations that account for changing
circumstances. Moreover, in these
circumstances, the efficient price level,
which must be reflected in the price
cap, is extremely difficult to determine,
not least because it must reflect the
option value of sinking network
investments in a rapidly-changing
environment. Both of these sources of
regulatory error, especially failure in
setting a price cap, can lead to prices
that are too low which prevent entry (or
alternatively prices that are too high
which encourage excessive entry). For
example, an inability to quickly adjust
a tariff, means prices can be too low
where they otherwise would be
changed, while the restraints of tariffing
can force a provider to set prices that are
too low for some customers and too high
for others, simply because of barriers to
filing separate tariffs that allow such
different customers to self-select into
the option that suits them best.
Similarly, price caps can force, through
required averaging (such as the
geographic average required in our price
caps), prices that are too low in some
locations and too high in others. The
effect is to rule out entry in the former
case, and to sometimes encourage
inefficient entry in the latter. Moreover,
price caps that are overall too low
discourage entry (as well as long-run
network reinvestment), which can have
substantive knock-on effects on entry
decisions given that supply in BDS is
about recovering more than the
incremental cost of each customer to
pay for total network costs. Such
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25677
negative effects accumulate over the life
of the cap.
128. Second, given that most wireline
network costs must be sunk for periods
of between 20 years and sometimes two
or more times that length of time,
entrants and incumbents looking to
reinvest are extremely sensitive to any
increases in costs that might reduce
their capacity to recover these costs. In
particular, a small rise in costs that
remains in place over a long time period
can have a substantial impact on
whether a particular investment
opportunity is viewed positively. That
is exactly what regulation does. It
directly raises incumbent’s costs,
making them unwilling to invest and
hence making them less effective
competitors, and it creates an additional
source of uncertainty that entrants must
contend with when evaluating entry. If
there is a small probability that future
regulation will harm the entrant’s
projected income streams, then this can
materially discourage entry (because
over the course of the decades the
expected present value of the
accumulated harm can be large).
129. Lastly, we reiterate that ‘‘the
Commission should construct regulation
to meet not only today’s marketplace,
but tomorrow’s as well.’’ Available
metrics show the BDS market as
dynamic, evolving rapidly, and
becoming increasingly competitive
across all service offerings. When a
market is changing and growing, it
offers tremendous opportunities to new
entrants and therefore creates fewer
regulatory concerns. Rather than only
having the option of taking customers
from existing suppliers by offering them
very similar services, new entrants can
seek unaffiliated customers, or tempt
incumbents’ customers away by offering
new services that incumbents either do
not offer, or if they do, are no more
experts in it than the entrant (in fact,
incumbents may be hampered by fears
of cannibalizing their legacy services or
by their cultures and other factors that
suited the legacy world). In short,
competition is likely to be more
effective in dynamic growing markets
than regulation. In addition, a high
degree of flux greatly increases the
chances that regulatory error will stifle
competition and reduce welfare because
it is applied to a circumstance that,
without the regulation, may have
quickly been overtaken by innovation
and/or competition. Thus, regulation of
such markets is generally considered to
be counterproductive.
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25678
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
4. Competitive Market Test
Methodology
130. In this section, we adopt the
competitive market test methodology
that we will use to determine which
local markets are sufficiently
competitive to warrant deregulation of
price cap incumbent LEC provision of
DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations and certain other business
data services. As we note above, we take
a pragmatic approach to structuring the
competitive market test, with the goal of
promoting innovation and investment
and recognizing recent trends and
developments in the BDS marketplace.
Furthermore, as also discussed above,
we take a network-centric approach
which takes into account the high sunk
cost nature of BDS networks that gives
nearby competitors a significant
incentive to compete for potential
clients within an economically
buildable distance from their networks.
This is the case for traditional
competitive LECs and for newer
entrants such as cable providers with
extensive networks.
131. For the competitive market test
to most closely approximate the realities
of competition in the business data
services market, it ideally should
deregulate where there is competition
and regulate where there is not.
Accordingly, we can use the 2015
Collection to measure the relative
effectiveness of different competitive
market tests at that point in time by
assessing their respective error rates—
i.e., how often they fail to deregulate
locations or census blocks that are
competitive and how often they fail to
regulate locations or census blocks that
are not. A competitive market test with
an appropriately weighted combination
of such error rates will tend toward
maximizing competitive effects and
minimizing regulatory failure. However,
we also consider the importance of
minimizing regulatory disruption. In
particular, we seek to be conservative in
deregulation and reregulation, and we
specifically decline to re-regulate
counties that were previously granted
Phase II pricing flexibility.
132. Data. Our first step in
establishing a competitive market test is
to use data from the 2015 Collection to
identify areas that are competitive. First,
we use the location data in the 2015
Collection to determine which buildings
or locations with last-mile access
demand are within a half mile of a
location served by a competitor over its
own facilities. We use a half mile
distance based on our analysis of the
record, discussed above, that
determined that competitive providers
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
are actively competing for customers
located within that distance and are
generally willing to build out that
distance in response to business data
services demand. We previously
determined that two providers in the
relevant market are sufficient to ensure
competitive prices. Thus, all business
locations with demand for last-mile
access in a county that are within a half
mile of a competitive provider’s
facilities are deemed competitive.
133. We supplement the 2015
Collection data with additional and
more current data from the Form 477 on
broadband availability by cable
providers which offers the best available
and most current data on the sale of
broadband services by cable providers
and which is closely correlated with
physical presence of cable networks.
Data based on census blocks are very
granular and therefore provide an
appropriate measure on which to base
our calculations for cable networks.
Census blocks can be very small. If the
median census block ‘‘were a circle,
then it would be approximately 0.2
miles across’’—an area that can easily fit
(and often does fit) a single building.
Indeed, ‘‘half [of all census] blocks are
smaller than a tenth of a square mile
(6.4 acres).’’ Given the high sunk cost
nature of cable broadband networks, we
find when a cable provider is capable of
providing Internet broadband service
within any census block, then generally
they have the incentive to make the
incremental investment necessary to
serve locations with BDS demand in
that census block, especially over the
medium term. Accordingly, we treat as
competitive census blocks in price cap
incumbent LEC study areas that the
Form 477 data show have a cable
presence—whether serving business or
residential clients.
134. We conclude that it is necessary
to base the competitive market test on
data from both the 2015 Collection and
the Form 477 data collections since
neither collection captures the full
extent of competition. The 2015
Collection includes data on traditional
competitive LECs but only includes a
portion of cable competitive facilities
both because of the nature of the data
reported and the fact that it does not
capture cable competition that has
emerged since the collection. The Form
477 data includes reasonably
comprehensive data from which we can
infer the presence of cable network
facilities but does not provide
comprehensive data on traditional
competitive LECs. Because competitive
LECs do not typically have locally
ubiquitous networks, a report of supply
by such a provider in a census block is
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
less likely to mean they can extend their
network to cover demand anywhere in
the census block, so a traditional
competitive LEC’s Form 477 report of
presence in a census block often is not
a good indication whether it can readily
extend service to other locations in that
census block. Additionally, such
providers may offer business data
services in a block, but not supply
broadband service as defined in the
Form 477 data collection and not report
that service for Form 477 purposes.
Basing our test on both datasets will
most closely approximate the full
spectrum of competition in the business
data services market, including
competition from medium-term
entrants. As we explain above, recent
buildout by cable companies dwarfs that
of traditional competitive LECs and,
therefore, the 2015 Collection is likely to
closely reflect the state of traditional
competitive LEC deployment as of 2013.
To the extent the test does not capture
some recent deployment by traditional
competitive LECs, providers have
recourse through a section 208
complaint process.
135. Setting Appropriate Thresholds.
The next step in formulating the
competitive market test is to use the
highly granular data from both datasets
to assess the accuracy of different
combinations of thresholds we might
adopt for the test. These datasets
measure competition at very local
levels—individual locations and census
blocks. However, for administrative
purposes we have chosen to use
counties to apply regulation. Thus, we
use these more granular data to assess
competition at the county level. This
entails a higher degree of imprecision
than if we were to base the test on
locations or census blocks (which
would entail more burden and
administrative cost). In particular, we
do not require a county to be 100
percent competitive to deregulate it.
Were we to require this, few counties,
if any, would qualify. For similar
reasons, we do not require a county to
completely lack competition in order to
regulate it. We acknowledge that by
setting the percentage threshold at
something less than 100 percent
necessarily leaves a portion of
businesses at non-competitive locations
within a county deemed competitive
without the near-term potential for
competition. However, for the reasons
discussed above, it is important not to
overregulate, and thereby reduce
incentives for competitive entry. Indeed,
competitors, and particularly nearubiquitous competitors like cable
providers, have an incentive to build to
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
locations even beyond a half mile from
their facilities, depending on cost and
revenue opportunity. Conversely,
setting a percentage threshold too low
would also distort the results of the
competitive market test by deregulating
counties with only a relatively minor
competitive presence, leaving a higher
percentage of locations with business
data services demand without the
likelihood of a competitive option.
Consequently, we apply our judgment to
strike a balance in light of the data at
our disposal.
136. We set percentage thresholds that
result in a test that more accurately
approximates competitive conditions in
the county broadly. We set a separate
threshold for each of the two datasets
we use and note that, given the
differences in the two datasets, the
percentage thresholds will not be
identical. Given the interdependency of
the datasets, we analyze combinations
of thresholds to assess their impact on
the accuracy of our test and to
determine which combination yields
results with the lowest weighted error
rates.
137. Utilizing the data from the 2015
Collection and Form 477, we tested a
variety of thresholds for both datasets.
Any pair of thresholds regulates certain
price cap counties and deregulates all
others. This leads to two types of
regulatory error that we can
approximately measure using the 2015
Collection: the first type of error occurs
in regulated counties where there will
be locations as of 2013 that were within
a half mile of a location supplied over
the facilities of a competitor (i.e.,
wrongly regulated), while the second
type of error occurs in deregulated
counties where there will be locations
that were not within such a distance
(i.e., wrongly deregulated). We measure
these two types of errors by the number
of locations in each category. Given the
preceding, a natural way to proceed
would be to seek a pair of thresholds
that minimize some weighted sum of
these two error counts.
138. Following our competitive
analysis that revealed the high costs of
regulating this industry, we could, for
example, assign twice as much weight
to the first type of error of regulating
where we should deregulate (i.e.,
wrongly regulating) as to the second
type of error of deregulating where we
should regulate (i.e., wrongly
deregulating). Such a measure would
overstate the first type of error,
regulating locations that should be
deregulated. This would reflect the
scenario where one thought that the
burdens and costs of inappropriately
regulating were twice those of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
inappropriately deregulating. For
example, in Figure 2 a weight of 2/3 is
assigned to a competitive building that
is regulated and a weight of 1/3 is
assigned to a noncompetitive building
that is deregulated. The darkest blue
area shows the range in which the
weighted sum of errors takes its lowest
values, while the darkest red area shows
the range in which the weighted sum of
errors takes its highest values. Taking
this approach allows us identify the
thresholds that minimize the weighted
sum of these two errors. In particular,
the appropriate thresholds given these
weights would deregulate a county
where 32 percent of buildings with BDS
demand are within a half mile of a
location supplied over competitive
facilities or with 3 percent of census
blocks with cable presence. [‘‘Figure 2.
Threshold percentage combinations
(wrongly regulated locations given twice
as much weight): Sum of Number of
Buildings Deregulated without
Competition and Sum of Number of
Buildings Regulated with Competition’’
omitted].
139. We next reverse these weights
and instead assign twice as much
weight to wrongly deregulated noncompetitive buildings as to wrongly
regulated competitive buildings. As the
dark blue area of the contour map
indicates, the appropriate thresholds for
deregulating a county would be 48
percent for buildings with BDS demand
within a half mile of a location supplied
over competitive facilities and 23
percent for census blocks with cable
presence. [‘‘Figure 3. Threshold
percentage combinations (wrongly
deregulated locations given twice as
much weight): Sum of Number of
Buildings Deregulated without
Competition and Sum of Number of
Buildings Regulated with Competition’’
omitted].
140. Alternatively, we can assign
equal weight to both errors—that is, give
both types of errors equal importance—
then we would choose thresholds that
minimize the simple sum of the number
of buildings inappropriately regulated
or deregulated. Figure 4 demonstrates
that under this scenario the resulting
thresholds would deregulate a county
where about 47 percent of buildings
with BDS demand are within a half mile
from competitors’ facilities as
competitive or where about 11 percent
of census blocks have cable facilities.
[‘‘Figure 4. Threshold percentage
combinations (wrongly regulated and
wrongly deregulated locations equally
weighted): Sum of Number of Buildings
Deregulated without Competition and
Number of Buildings Regulated with
Competition’’ omitted].
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25679
141. This analysis suggests that
setting a threshold of 32 to 48 percent
for the 2015 Collection would be
reasonable. Out of an abundance of
caution—we want to ensure that
counties we deregulate will be
predominantly competitive—we select
the highest threshold—48 percent—and
round up to 50 percent, which only
slightly increases the error rate. Based
on this threshold alone, we find that
1,862 or 59 percent of all counties and
county equivalents in the United States
that have some census blocks that are
within a price cap study area would be
treated as competitive, resulting in the
deregulation of 91.1 percent of locations
with special access demand. If we were
to use this threshold alone, we estimate
that 89.5 percent of locations with
special access demand would be
appropriately regulated, with 77,900
locations potentially over regulated and
48,045 potentially under regulated.
142. Our analysis suggests that setting
a threshold of 3 to 23 percent would be
one reasonable means of setting the
trigger threshold for the Form 477 data.
Nonetheless, we believe a more cautious
approach is warranted for three reasons.
First, we recognize that all but 8.9
percent of locations with special access
demand are already deregulated by the
half mile test—and any test using the
Form 477 data will likely overlap
substantially with the locations already
targeted by that test. So any additional
deregulation using Form 477 must be
justified at the margin. Second, we
recognize that deployment in any
marginal counties targeted alone by the
cable census block test is likely to be
more sparse than in those targeted by
the half mile test, and so the facility of
cable deployment to any given location
is likely to be somewhat less than in
more concentrated areas. Third, we
want to ensure that counties we
deregulate—now and in future
competitive market test updates—will
be predominantly competitive in nature.
Accordingly, we choose a more
conservative approach and adopt a 75
percent threshold for the Form 477 data.
With that threshold, an additional 17 or
0.5 percent of all counties and county
equivalents would be treated as
competitive, resulting in the
deregulation of an additional 0.8
percent of locations with special access
demand. We estimate that adding that
threshold increases the percentage of
locations appropriately regulated to 90.2
percent, with 8,367 locations more
appropriately regulated. We note also
that because Form 477 data encompass
cable’s best-efforts business data
services, and this source of cable
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25680
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
competition is growing rapidly, we
expect setting even a conservative
threshold such as this one will result in
further deregulation going forward.
143. We acknowledge that this
competitive market test does not as
perfectly delineate areas as we would
like; yet we believe it strikes the right
balance. It balances the need for
precision against the need for a test that
is feasible to administer, and also
balances the benefits of appropriate
regulation of competitive and noncompetitive areas while seeking to avoid
the costs of inappropriate regulation. It
does not require additional data
collections and yet closely approximates
the results such data collections are
likely to yield. It ensures that we adopt
competitive thresholds that most closely
approximate actual competitive market
conditions and minimize regulatory
error. It deregulates areas with sufficient
potential for competitive entry in
response to significant profit
opportunities and retains ex ante
pricing regulation in areas where
competitors are less likely to be able to
enter and therefore creates appropriate
incentives for just and reasonable rates
and continued growth, innovation,
investment, and deployment in the
dynamic business data services market.
Lastly, it is conservative in deregulating,
reflecting a desire to not move too
quickly and recognizing the nascent
nature of cable competition not
captured in the 2015 Collection.
144. We find that it is not necessary
to create a special process or mechanism
for challenging the results of the
competitive market test. For
administrability purposes, any such
process would need to be limited to a
single criterion, for example, the
accuracy of the Form 477 data. The
Commission has designed the
competitive market test in a manner that
reduces the need for, and the
significance of, any post-decision
challenge process because it has
established very clear standards based
on data that is readily accessible. In
addition, we believe that parties can
rely on the accuracy of the Form 477
data because it is certified to by
company officials, compliance is subject
to enforcement actions, and filers are
required to submit revised data upon
discovery of a significant error.
Furthermore, commenters generally
agree that the Commission should avoid
establishing a separate process that is
burdensome on the parties and the
Commission. For example, NCTA urges
the Commission to forego any extensive
and involved challenge process such as
in the Connect American Phase II
universal service program that included
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
more than 140 parties challenging the
classification of nearly 180,000 census
blocks and that took the Commission
nine months to resolve. Accordingly,
consistent with our goal of eliminating
unnecessary administrative burdens, we
conclude, based on the substantial
administrative costs and apparently
minor benefit, there is no reason to
implement a challenge process here.
D. Updating Competitive Market Test
Results
145. To ensure the results of the
competitive market test continue to
reflect competitive conditions in the
business data services marketplace, we
adopt a process for updating those
results every three years using Form 477
data across all areas served by price cap
carriers.
146. The results of the competitive
market test offer a static snapshot of a
dynamic and constantly changing
business data services market. Most
commenters that support the use of a
competitive market test also support
updating the test periodically. We
therefore adopt an administratively
efficient process that will periodically
update the results of the test to govern
the transition of a county from noncompetitive to competitive status.
147. We base our initial application of
the competitive market test on the two
principle data sources we currently
have at our disposal, the 2015 Collection
and Form 477. The Form 477 data are
updated on a semi-annual basis and will
therefore continue to be useful in
measuring competition in subsequent
updates to the test. The data in the 2015
Collection, however, will become
increasingly stale and therefore less
relevant to actual market conditions in
subsequent updates of the test. We agree
with commenters that express concerns
about the burdens such new data
collections would entail. At this point,
we find that the costs of such
collections outweigh the benefits. The
2015 Collection was the most
comprehensive data collection the
Commission has conducted, and the
burden of conducting additional such
collections, even if streamlined, would
likely be considerable.
148. Moreover, we agree with
commenters that the Commission ‘‘does
not need to issue a request for a broad,
large-scale data collection as it did in
2012’’ in order to obtain updated market
data. We can instead use the existing
Form 477 data collection, which would
provide continuity with the initial test
that also relies on these data. The Form
477 data on broadband availability are
well suited to identify increases in
competitive broadband deployment,
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
particularly by cable providers which
are the most likely sources of
competitive growth. We conclude it is
not necessary, as some commenters
suggest, to modify Form 477 to request
additional information. The current
Form 477 data are sufficiently precise to
capture the changes in competitive
deployment that are likely to occur in a
three-year timeframe. Thus we are able
to achieve our goals of updating the
competitive market test results using
accurate data and at the same time avoid
imposing any additional burdens on
providers or the Commission.
149. We agree with commenters that
support the suggestion in the Further
Notice that the Commission reapply the
test every three years. We find that the
three-year period strikes the right
balance between ensuring the
competitive market test remains
reasonably accurate and avoiding
unnecessary disruption of sales
arrangements and administrative
burdens by overly frequent updates.
150. As Sprint explains, ‘‘[three years]
permits the Commission to evaluate
whether markets are changing to
become more competitive and will
ensure that the regulatory framework
reflects accurate information about the
BDS marketplace.’’ We disagree with
commenters arguing for more or less
frequent updates. More frequent updates
are likely to be unnecessarily disruptive
of longer-term business data services
sales arrangements, while less frequent
updates will be insufficient for the
Commission to properly assess changes
in the marketplace and to ensure the test
remains current.
151. We direct the Wireline
Competition Bureau to review Form 477
data on a regular three-year basis and
determine whether any additional
regulated counties meet the 75 percent
threshold. The Bureau shall release a
Public Notice that lists newly
competitive counties and shall also
provide this information on the
Commission Web site. Parties desiring
to challenge these results may file
petitions for reconsideration or seek full
Commission review through an
application for review.
152. While commenters may disagree
with how to update the initial
competitive market test results,
commenters widely note that the
Commission should select
administrative processes that are
efficient. We note there are more than
3,100 counties in the U.S. that are
included in our initial competitive
market test computations. About 40
percent of these are treated as noncompetitive and about 60 percent as
competitive. We have previously noted
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
that, given the sunk and irreversible cost
nature of business data services
provision, it is unlikely that locations
that were competitive, as evidenced in
the 2015 Collection and Form 477 data,
would become noncompetitive. Sunk
costs represent the biggest barrier to
entry, and these data demonstrate that
this barrier has been overcome. On the
other hand, given the recent pace of
technology, innovation, and the rollout
of more efficient products in the
business data services market, we are
confident that competition will
continue to grow in competitive
markets. As a result, we find that the
cost of reapplying the competitive
market test for nearly 2,000 counties
already treated as competitive would
outweigh the benefit, if any. We thus
decide we can achieve our objectives of
adopting an administratively efficient
process to update the competitive
market test by reducing the number of
counties subject to retesting. We shall
update our test calculations only for the
non-competitive counties to determine
whether customers in these locations
are benefitting from competition.
Consistent with this approach, once a
county is treated as competitive, it will
not be retested.
E. Altering Business Data Services
Forbearance
153. Prior forbearance actions and
deemed grants have created a situation
in which the statutory provisions and
rules that apply to a price cap
incumbent LEC or a competitive LEC in
its provision of business data services
vary depending on the provider’s
identity and the specific services being
provided. We expand upon and adjust
these prior actions and deemed grants to
the extent necessary to level the
regulatory playing field for all of these
business data services providers. We
also amend our rules as appropriate to
implement our light-touch regulatory
framework for business data services.
These actions flow from—and are
consistent with—our findings above on
the intense and growing competition in
business data services.
154. Our actions expanding
forbearance are taken pursuant to
section 10 of the Communications Act.
That provision, enacted as an integral
part of the ‘‘pro-competitive, deregulatory national policy framework’’
established in the 1996 Act, requires
that the Commission forbear from
applying any provision of the Act, or
any of the Commission’s regulations, if
the Commission makes certain findings
with respect to such provisions or
regulations. Under section 10(a), the
Commission is required to forbear from
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
any such provision or regulation if it
determines that: (1) Enforcement of the
provision or regulation is not necessary
to ensure the telecommunications
carrier’s ‘‘charges, practices,
classifications, or regulations’’ are ‘‘just
and reasonable and are not unjustly or
unreasonably discriminatory;’’ (2)
enforcement of the provision or
regulation is ‘‘not necessary for the
protection of consumers;’’ and (3)
forbearance is ‘‘consistent with the
public interest.’’ In making this public
interest determination, the Commission
must also consider, pursuant to section
10(b), ‘‘whether forbearance from
enforcing the provision or regulation
will promote competitive market
conditions.’’
1. Detariffing of Packet-Based Services
and Circuit-Based Services Above the
DS3 Bandwidth Level
155. We forbear from the application
of section 203 of the Communications
Act to each price cap LEC in its
provision of any packet-based business
data services or circuit-based business
data services above the DS3 bandwidth
level. This action expands upon prior
forbearance grants and deemed grants
applicable only to certain carriers and
certain packet-based and circuit-based
business data services.
156. In 2006, Verizon’s Broadband
Forbearance Petition was deemed
granted by operation of law after the
Commission did not act on it within the
statutory time limit. That petition had
sought forbearance from the application
of Title II common carrier and Computer
Inquiry requirements to ‘‘all broadband
services’’ that Verizon ‘‘does or may
offer.’’ But Verizon had subsequently
narrowed the scope of its forbearance
request to exclude DS1 and DS3
services. Following this deemed grant,
AT&T, legacy Embarq, legacy Frontier,
Qwest, and ACS filed petitions
requesting similar forbearance relief.
The Commission granted these petitions
in part, finding that forbearance from
the application of dominant carrier
regulation, including tariffing under
section 203, to the petitioning
incumbent LECs’ then existing packetbased and optical transmission
broadband data services met the
statutory forbearance criteria. These
partial grants reflected the
Commission’s predictive judgment that,
in comparison to traditional dominant
carrier regulation and for the carriers’
and services being addressed,
‘‘eliminating the extra layer’’ of
regulation provided by tariffing and the
Commission’s ex ante pricing rules,
‘‘while leaving in place basic Title II
common-carrier regulation’’ under
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25681
sections 201, 202, and 208, ‘‘will better
promote competition and the public
interest.’’ The record here confirms this
predictive judgment and supports
expanding the prior forbearance to
include additional carriers and services.
157. Currently the vast majority of
business data services providers are not
subject to section 203 in their provision
of business data services—nonincumbent LECs are not required to
comply with tariffing requirements, nor
are the price cap incumbent LECs that
have received forbearance to the extent
they provide services within the scope
of the forbearance grants and deemed
grants. We find that the lack of
regulatory parity that stems from the
prior applications of forbearance is
preventing competition and holding
back our efforts to ‘‘encourage the
deployment on a reasonable and timely
basis of advanced telecommunications
capability to all Americans.’’ Thus, our
determination is based on ‘‘what the
agency permissibly sought to achieve
with the disputed regulation,’’ that is, to
ensure that rates, terms, and conditions
for the provision of these business data
services are just, reasonable, and not
unreasonably discriminatory. We find
that ‘‘in light of an overwhelming record
of declining prices, it is simply not
credible to argue that rate regulation is
necessary to simulate competitive
pricing’’ for these services.
Additionally, the lack of regulatory
parity among broadband data services
providers created by the imbalanced
forbearance grants and deemed grants
over the years has created barriers to
entry and impeded competition.
Extending forbearance from tariffing
will lead to regulatory parity, and a
more level playing field among packetbased and optical transmission business
data services providers.
158. We further conclude that
disparate forbearance treatment of
carriers providing the same or similar
services is not in the public interest as
it creates distortions in the marketplace
that may harm consumers. Allowing
such disparate application of our
tariffing requirements undermines,
rather than promotes, competition
among telecommunications services
providers within the meaning of section
10(b).
159. We predict that competition in
the business data services market, along
with the statutory and regulatory
requirements that remain, is sufficient
to ensure just, reasonable, and not
unjustly or unreasonably discriminatory
rates, terms, and conditions by business
data services providers and to protect
business data services consumers. We
therefore find that application of section
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25682
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
203 is not necessary within the meaning
of sections 10(a)(1) and 10(a)(2). Those
same considerations, plus our desire to
promote competition and broadband
deployment, likewise persuade us that
such forbearance is in the public
interest. Therefore, consistent with the
Commission’s prior findings, we find
that forbearing from these regulations in
an equal manner is consistent with the
public interest within the meaning of
section 10(a)(3).
2. Detariffing of Other Special Access
Services
160. We also forbear from the
application of section 203 to each price
cap incumbent LEC in its provision of
business data services elements that
comprise transport pursuant to section
69.709(a)(4) of the Commission’s rules,
and to DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations services and any other
special access services currently tariffed
in competitive counties or in noncompetitive counties previously subject
to Phase II pricing flexibility.
161. The Commission has previously
recognized that ‘‘tariffs originally were
required to protect consumers from
unjust, unreasonable, and
discriminatory rates in a virtually
monopolistic market, and that they
become unnecessary in a marketplace
where the provider faces significant
competitive pressures.’’ We find above
that business data services transport is
competitive throughout the nation and
that DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations services and other tariffed
special access services are competitive
in certain counties. Where a price cap
LEC provides these services in
competitive markets, application of
section 203, including its tariffing
requirement, is not necessary to ensure
that the LEC’s charges, practices,
classifications, or regulations are just,
reasonable, and not unjustly or
unreasonably discriminatory. Nor is
application of section 203 necessary to
protect consumers.
162. We recognize that in some
discrete geographic areas, including
portions of non-competitive counties
previously subject to Phase II pricing
flexibility, some customers may not
have access to competitive transport
services during the near-term. Similarly,
in some portions of the counties that we
classify as competitive, some end users
may not have viable alternatives to the
incumbent LEC’s DS1 and DS3 end user
channel terminations services and other
special access services within that time
frame. But even in these areas, we
believe tariffing may reduce incentives
for competitive entry and ultimately
inhibit growth in the market and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
competition over the longer term.
Additionally, price cap LECs will
remain subject to sections 201 and 202,
and to our enforcement of those
provisions through the section 208
complaint process. In these
circumstances, we find that the
additional contribution that tariffing—
and other ex ante regulation—of price
cap LECs’ special access services
provides to protection against unjust,
unreasonable, and unreasonably
discriminatory rates, terms, and
conditions is not necessary within the
meaning of sections 10(a)(1) and
10(a)(2).
163. Those same considerations, plus
our desire to promote competition and
business data services deployment,
likewise persuade us that forbearance is
in the public interest. In competitive
markets, tariffing has several adverse
consequences, including reducing a
carrier’s incentives to offer price
discounts and ability to respond quickly
to changes in demand or costs, delaying
and increasing the costs of innovation,
and preventing a carrier from tailoring
service arrangements to meet its
customers’ specific needs. Tariffing also
imposes significant administrative costs
on carriers and the Commission, and
ultimately inhibits competitive entry in
discrete areas where a price cap LEC
currently may be the only provider.
Given these costs, we find that
forbearance from the application of
section 203 to price cap LECs’ business
data services elements that comprise
transport pursuant to section 69.709(4),
and to DS1 and DS3 end user channel
termination and any other tariffed
special access services in competitive
counties, is consistent with the public
interest within the meaning of section
10(a)(3). We note that the record was
supportive of detariffing services in
competitive markets.
164. A small number of counties that
had been regulated under Phase II
pricing are now deemed noncompetitive pursuant to our competitive
market test. Incumbent LECs in these
counties have been providing DS1 and
DS3 end user channel termination and
other special access services free of
price cap, but not tariffing, regulation.
Like we do for other services, we
conclude that for these incumbent LECs
tariffing’s costs generally outweigh its
benefits to consumers, and that
forbearance from the application of
section 203 to DS1 and DS3 end user
channel termination and other tariffed
special access services by these
incumbent LECs in these counties is
consistent with the public interest.
165. In contrast, we conclude it is not
practical to detariff carriers that are now
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
subject to—and will remain subject to—
price cap regulation, where the tariff is
the tool the Commission has used—and
will continue to use—to enforce that
regulation. This is not a concern with
the counties now subject to Phase II
pricing to the extent an incumbent LEC
has not been subject to price cap
regulation and, as we decide below, will
not be subject to such regulation goingforward.
3. Transition Mechanisms
166. Our detariffing actions in this
Order will be mandatory after a
transition that will provide price cap
incumbent LECs sufficient time to adapt
their business data services operations
to a detariffing regime. We also require
that competitive LECs, which are
currently subject to a permissive
detariffing regime, detariff their
business data services by the end of this
transition.
167. The transition will begin on the
effective date of this Order (sixty (60)
days after Federal Register publication)
and will end thirty-six (36) months
thereafter, a period that we find
sufficient for carriers to adapt to a
detariffing regime. In addition, for six
(6) months after the effective date of this
Order, we require price cap incumbent
LECs to freeze the tariffed rates for enduser channel terminations in newly
deregulated counties, as long as those
services remain tariffed. We adopt these
transition mechanisms in light of the
need for an adequate transition to
ensure that small businesses will have
time to adjust to the new regulatory
conditions.
168. During this transition, tariffing
for these services will be permissive—
the Commission will accept new tariffs
and revisions to existing tariffs for the
affected services. Apart from the rate
freeze noted above, carriers will no
longer be required to comply with price
cap regulation for these services, and
once the rules adopted in this Order are
effective, carriers that wish to continue
filing tariffs under the permissive
detariffing regime are free to modify
such tariffs to reflect the new regulatory
structure outlined in this Order for the
affected services. This will allow
carriers to respond to competitive
pressures and introduce new business
data services as they adapt to
detariffing.
169. Carriers, including nonincumbent LECs, may remove the
relevant portions of their tariffs for the
affected services at any time during the
transition, and the rate freeze does not
apply to services that are no longer
tariffed. Once the transition ends, no
price cap incumbent LEC or competitive
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
LEC may file or maintain any interstate
tariffs for affected business data
services. This will prevent carriers from
obtaining ‘‘deemed lawful’’ status for
tariff filings that are not accompanied by
cost support and invoking the filed-rate
doctrine in contractual disputes with
customers. Business data services
providers will also be prevented from
picking and choosing when they are
able to invoke the protections of tariffs.
170. We recognize that our detariffing
actions will change the legal framework
for existing service arrangements for
business data services, many of which
assume a tariffing environment and may
not expire until after the end of the
transition to mandatory detariffing. We
do not intend our actions to disturb
existing contractual or other long-term
arrangements—a contract tariff remains
a contract even if it is no longer tariffed.
In that vein, contract tariffs, term and
volume discount plans, and individual
circuit plans do not become void upon
detariffing. Instead, we expect all
carriers to act in good faith to develop
solutions to ensure rates are just and
reasonable.
4. Verizon Deemed Grant
171. In this section of the Order, we
conform the forbearance provided to
Verizon and its successors in interest,
Hawaiian Telcom, and the legacy
Verizon portions of FairPoint and
Frontier (together the Verizon Legacy
Companies), to the forbearance provided
other price cap carriers. This action,
when coupled with our other
forbearance actions in the Order, levels
the playing field among price cap
carriers providing packet-based and
optical transmission business data
services as telecommunications
services.
172. In 2006, Verizon’s 2004 petition
seeking forbearance from the
application of Title II and Computer
Inquiry requirements to certain of its
enterprise broadband services was
deemed granted by operation of law
after the Commission did not act on that
petition within the statutory time limit.
We agree with those commenters that
argue that we have statutory authority to
reverse the deemed grant. Section 10
directs the Commission to ‘‘forbear from
applying’’ statutory provisions and
regulations to a telecommunications
carrier when certain statutory criteria
are met. We read the statute as giving us
the authority to modify or reverse
forbearance that has been deemed
granted when we determine that one or
more of those forbearance criteria are no
longer met. Otherwise, forbearance
based on the lack of a need to apply a
statutory provision or regulation, and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
the public interest in such nonapplication, under one set of
circumstances would remain locked in
place even when circumstances change.
Congress would not have intended to
create such rigidity in enacting statutory
provisions requiring ‘‘Regulatory
Flexibility,’’ as section 10(a) is
captioned. As the D.C. Circuit has
observed, the Commission’s forbearance
actions—and the forbearance relief
‘‘deemed granted’’ to Verizon—are ‘‘not
chiseled in marble.’’ Instead, the
Commission may ‘‘reassess’’ that
forbearance as it ‘‘reasonably see[s] fit
based on changes in market conditions,
technical capabilities, or policy
approaches to regulation’’ of business
data services.
173. We reject certain commenters’
argument that statutory silence means
that we lack authority to modify or
withdraw forbearance once it is deemed
granted, or that only Congress can
modify or reverse forbearance received
through a deemed grant. That argument
largely rests on the D.C. Circuit’s
holding in Sprint Nextel v. FCC that the
Verizon deemed grant ‘‘did not result in
reviewable agency action’’ because
‘‘Congress, not the Commission, [had]
‘granted’ Verizon’s forbearance petition’’
In so holding, the D.C. Circuit did not
address the Commission’s authority,
under section 201(b), to adopt rules
necessary ‘‘to carry out the ‘provisions
of this Act,’ ’’ which include each Title
II provision encompassed within the
Verizon deemed grant. Congress’s
determination in section 10(c) that
forbearance will be ‘‘deemed granted’’
in the absence of timely agency action
does not in any way limit our authority
to later ‘‘reassess’’ the deemed grant as
we ‘‘reasonably see fit.’’
174. We recognize that modifying or
reversing forbearance once granted by
the Commission or by operation of law
is a step that should be taken with great
care. We find this narrowly tailored
action is appropriate in this case
because such reversal is consistent with
the substance of the statutory
forbearance requirements. Verizon’s
forbearance from core Title II
obligations came from the highly
unusual circumstance of a deemed
grant. Our partial reversal is consistent
with the Commission’s unanimous
commitment, in the AT&T Forbearance
Order, ‘‘to avoid persistent regulatory
disparities between similarly-situated’’
carriers by issuing ‘‘an order addressing
Verizon’s forbearance petition . . . on
grounds comparable to those set forth’’
in the AT&T Forbearance Order.
175. Notably, in its own comments in
this proceeding, Verizon has recognized
the importance of a level playing field
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25683
in the business data services arena. The
forbearance relief ‘‘deemed granted’’ to
Verizon encompasses economic
regulation that applies to all other
common carriers, economic regulation
that applies to all other incumbent LECs
or Bell Operating Companies (BOCs),
and public policy regulation that
applies to all other common carriers.
Continued forbearance from this
regulation would be inconsistent with
the statutory forbearance criteria. For
example, as we find above, the
protections provided by sections 201
and 202(a), coupled with our ability to
enforce those provisions in a complaint
proceeding pursuant to section 208, are
necessary to protect against unjust,
unreasonable, and unjustly or
unreasonably discriminatory rates,
terms, and conditions for those business
data services. Similarly, section 251(b)
imposes a number of duties on LECs,
including the duty to implement
number portability and the duty to
provide competing telecommunications
service providers with access to the
LECs’ poles, ducts, and conduits under
just and reasonable rates, terms, and
conditions. Acting to bring the Verizon
Legacy Companies’ forbearance into line
with the forbearance granted to other
carriers is necessary to ensure just,
reasonable, and not unreasonably
discriminatory rates, terms, and
conditions for business data services
provided on a common carrier basis,
and is consistent with the Commission’s
decisions granting more tailored
forbearance to other carriers.
176. Other provisions and
requirements forborne from by the
deemed grant promote access to
telecommunications services by
individuals with disabilities, protect
customer privacy, and increase the
effectiveness of emergency services,
among other objectives. As the
Commission previously found, these
and other public policy requirements
under Title II ‘‘advance critically
important national objectives’’ and thus
are necessary to protect consumers.
Indeed, continued forbearance from
these requirements would be
inconsistent with the critical consumerprotection goals that led to their
adoption.
177. We further conclude that
disparate treatment of carriers providing
the same or similar services is not in the
public interest as it creates distortions
in the marketplace that may harm
consumers. Allowing Verizon and its
successors in interest, but not its
business data services competitors, to
continue to avoid compliance with
obligations applicable to other business
data services providers would
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25684
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
undermine, rather than promote,
competition among telecommunications
services providers within the meaning
of section 10(b). Therefore, consistent
with the Commission’s repeated
findings, we find that applying these
obligations to the Verizon Legacy
Companies to the extent they provide
business data services on a common
carrier basis is consistent with the
public interest.
V. Regulation in Non-Competitive
Counties
178. We now turn to the question of
what ex ante regulation, if any, we
should apply to special access services
in counties that are classified as noncompetitive pursuant to our competitive
market test. To ensure affordability of
DS1 and DS3 services without
unnecessarily constraining incumbent
LECs’ incentives to invest and innovate,
we will apply price cap regulation in
the form of Phase I pricing flexibility
(Phase I pricing) to DS1 and DS3 end
user channel terminations and certain
other business data services provided by
incumbent LECs in counties that we
determine are non-competitive.
Allowing Phase I pricing will enable
incumbent LECs to timely and
effectively respond to any competition
that develops in these markets through
contract tariffs and volume and term
discounts. We also prohibit the use of
overly restrictive non-disclosure
agreements in contract tariffs for
business data services sold in noncompetitive areas.
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
A. Retaining Price Cap Regulation in
Non-Competitive Counties
179. We conclude that, subject to the
exception discussed below, we should
continue to apply price cap regulation,
as modified in this Order, to price cap
LECs’ DS1 and DS3 end user-channel
terminations and certain other noncompetitive business data services in
non-competitive counties to ensure the
rates, terms and conditions for such
services are just and reasonable. We
agree with the commenters—including
Verizon, INCOMPAS, Sprint,
Windstream, Ad Hoc, Birch et al.,
NASUCA et al., and Public
Knowledge—that argue that price cap
regulation is the most effective regime
for ensuring that rates for noncompetitive services are just and
reasonable. The price cap system, as
modified by the measures we adopt in
this proceeding, will limit the extent to
which price cap LECs can exercise their
market power over the rates for TDMbased end user channel terminations in
non-competitive counties.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
180. When properly applied, price
cap regulation replicates some of the
beneficial incentives of competition in
the provision of business data services
while balancing ratepayer and
stockholder interests. Price caps
encourage LECs to become more
productive and innovative by permitting
them to retain reasonably higher
earnings while discouraging wasteful
investment. At the same time, price cap
regulation offers regulated firms
flexibility in setting relative prices,
instead of relying on uniformed
regulatory direction. In sum, price cap
regulation helps ensure just and
reasonable prices for customers in noncompetitive markets while affording
providers good incentives to reduce
costs and an opportunity to earn a
reasonable return on their investments.
181. We do not, however, require
incumbent LECs that were previously
granted Phase II pricing flexibility to
reinstitute price caps in noncompetitive counties that are within
former Phase II pricing areas because we
find that the costs of doing so exceed
the benefits as described above.
Incumbent LECs that have previously
been granted Phase II pricing flexibility
in these counties have been providing
DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations and other business data
services free of price cap regulation for
a number of years and have adapted
their internal systems accordingly.
Bringing these services back into price
caps would require that incumbent
LECs revamp their billing, information
technology, and third-party
management systems, at significant cost.
Additionally, reinstituting price cap
regulation would require the carrier to
recreate what the price cap would be
had it never received pricing flexibility,
which would involve burdensome and
complicated calculations. According to
the 2015 Collection, only 69 counties in
former Phase II pricing areas are deemed
non-competitive pursuant to our
competitive market test, and these
counties collectively have only
[REDACTED] buildings with demand for
end user channel terminations (only a
portion of which is for DS1s or DS3s).
We find that the costs of reinstituting
price caps for carriers previously
granted Phase II pricing flexibility in
these counties outweigh the potential
benefits. We also recognize that
incumbent LECs in non-competitive
counties that were not previously
granted Phase II pricing flexibility
would not have to bring services back
into price caps, and therefore would not
have the same costs. Therefore, these
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
carriers will remain within the revised
price cap system adopted in this Order.
182. To encourage competitive entry
into the counties we have identified as
non-competitive, we will not apply
price cap regulation to DS1 and DS3 end
user channel terminations provided by
non-incumbent LECs. When a nonincumbent LEC provides DS1 or DS3
services in a non-competitive market, it
typically does so in competition with an
incumbent LEC that enjoys marketplace
advantages, including a ubiquitous
network and significant economies of
scale. Extending price cap regulation to
non-incumbent LECs would impose
significant costs while generating few, if
any, benefits. These costs would include
administrative compliance costs that, by
their very nature, would reduce the
amount of capital available for the nonincumbent to upgrade its network and
expand its business data services
footprint to additional locations within
the non-competitive county. Of greater
concern, such regulation would reduce
the non-incumbent’s capacity to
efficiently set prices and increase its
exposure to regulatory risk, further
leading to less competitive entry and
investment. And, any benefits would be
minimal since the incumbent LEC’s
price cap rates typically will set a
ceiling on the rates the non-incumbent
can charge for its DS1 and DS3 end user
channel terminations.
B. Expanding Pricing Flexibility in NonCompetitive Counties
183. In 1999, the Commission
established a process for granting price
cap LECs pricing flexibility for special
access services when specified
regulatory triggers were satisfied. The
pricing flexibility framework separates
special access services into two
segments, end user channel
terminations and dedicated transport
and special access services other than
end user channel terminations, and
provides two levels of pricing flexibility
relief for each segment. Phase I relief
gives price cap LECs the ability to lower
their rates through contract tariffs and
volume and term discounts, but requires
that price cap LECs maintain their
generally available price capconstrained tariff rates to ‘‘protect[ ]
those customers that lack competitive
alternatives.’’ Phase II relief permits a
price cap LEC to raise or lower its rates
throughout an area, unconstrained by
price cap regulations.
184. Business data services remaining
within price caps after this Order will
consist largely of incumbent LECs’ DS1
and DS3 end user channel terminations
in non-competitive counties, but will
also include various other price cap
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
services that carriers decide to keep
regulated pursuant to price caps during
the transition to mandatory detariffing.
Consistent with the proposal the
Commission made in the Further Notice,
we transition all business data services
that remain subject to price caps into
Phase I pricing. This will provide price
cap LECs with flexibility while
precluding them from charging abovecap rates in non-competitive counties.
Price cap LECs in non-competitive areas
will be able to negotiate individualized
rates through contract tariffs and
volume and term discounts. Those LECs
must maintain generally available tariff
rates subject to price cap regulation for
end user DS1 and DS3 channel
terminations, and other special access
services included in their price cap
tariffs in non-competitive counties that
are not subject to the regulatory relief
provided in this Order.
185. The record is clear that contract
tariffs benefit both customers and price
cap LECs. As Ad Hoc observes, Phase I
pricing flexibility allows price cap LECs
to respond to competition by negotiating
lower contract rates. This flexibility,
when coupled with our requirement
that price cap LECs choosing to exercise
Phase I pricing flexibility remove
contract revenues from the relevant
price caps basket for purposes of
determining their price cap indices and
actual price indices, will protect
customers that do not negotiate contract
tariffs from cross-subsidizing those that
do. And the requirement that carriers
maintain generally available price capconstrained tariff rates will ‘‘protect
those customers that lack competitive
alternatives’’ against unreasonably high
rates. We therefore amend our price cap
rules to allow all price cap LECs in noncompetitive counties to lower their rates
through contract tariffs and volume and
term discounts in a manner consistent
with the Commission’s current Phase I
pricing flexibility rules. Accordingly,
these incumbent LECs will be required
to maintain generally available tariffs
offering price cap regulated rates
available to all subscribers.
186. These requirements will not
apply to carriers within former Phase II
pricing areas that are deemed noncompetitive pursuant to our competitive
market test that were previously granted
Phase II pricing flexibility. Instead,
current Phase II price cap LECs in these
non-competitive counties will be
required to continue offering its current
generally available rates for end user
DS1 and DS3 channel terminations and
for the other special access services as
long as those services remain under
tariff. This requirement will cease once
the services are detariffed.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
C. Prohibiting Non-Disclosure
Agreements in Non-Competitive Areas
187. In order to ensure that
purchasers of business data services can
fully participate in Commission
proceedings and that the Commission
can conduct appropriate oversight of
business data services, we adopt a rule
prohibiting the use of non-disclosure
agreements in tariffs, contract tariffs,
and commercial agreements for business
data services provided in noncompetitive areas that forbid or restrict
disclosure of information to the
Commission. In the interest of
protecting sensitive information, a
provider may require that information
related to its business data services be
submitted to the Commission subject to
a Commission protective order or, if
there is none, with a request for
confidential treatment pursuant to the
Commission’s rules.
188. We agree with commenters that
argue that non-disclosure agreements
affecting the provision of business data
services in non-competitive areas that
restrict parties from disclosing
commercially sensitive information to
the Commission deter parties from
sharing information with the
Commission. The use of such nondisclosure agreements has been
described as ‘‘ubiquitous’’ and their
impact significant. Such non-disclosure
agreements hinder the Commission’s
access to data important to its oversight
of the business data services market and
its ability to effectively discharge its
core statutory responsibilities under
sections 201 and 202. The Commission
previously observed in another
proceeding that ‘‘overly broad,
restrictive, or coercive nondisclosure
requirements may well have
anticompetitive effects’’ and explained
that ‘‘demands by incumbents [for such
non-disclosure agreements] . . . are of
concern and any complaint alleging
such tactics should be evaluated
carefully.’’
189. We find misplaced AT&T’s
assertion that the Further Notice fails
‘‘to identify a single instance where it
has actually requested a contract
pertaining to BDS and the parties
refused to provide it.’’ To the contrary,
the record demonstrates that the risks of
inhibiting the flow of information about
the business data services market to the
Commission are real and have at times
impacted the conduct of this
proceeding. Indeed, as the Commission
observed in the Further Notice, nondisclosure agreements likely precluded
some parties from responding fully to
the voluntary data requests issued by
the Bureau in 2010 and 2011,
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25685
contributing to delay in analyzing and
resolving the questions at issue in this
proceeding. Parties acknowledged that
non-disclosure agreements had this
effect. Moreover, it is not the instances
where the Commission has sought
information and been denied that are
our chief concern, but rather the
instances where the Commission has
been unaware of potentially important
information about the business data
services market and stakeholders have
been precluded by non-disclosure
agreements from sharing that
information in the first place.
190. AT&T also expresses concern
that public release of information
subject to a non-disclosure agreement
will result in ‘‘significant competitive
harm.’’ Disclosure to the Commission,
however, is clearly distinguishable from
disclosure to the public generally. We
routinely adopt protective orders to
protect parties’ interests in maintaining
the confidential nature of information
submitted. As Level 3 explains,
‘‘AT&T’s claim that such a rule would
undermine parties’ confidentiality
[interests] is without merit because the
Commission’s rules and procedures
prohibit disclosure of information that
has been made subject to confidentiality
requirements.’’ In this proceeding, the
Commission has sought confidential
data and information on multiple
occasions and has consistently adopted
protective orders limiting access to the
information to certain individuals in
order to ensure the confidentiality of
these data and information.
191. We agree with commenters that
recognize that the solution for concerns
about inappropriate disclosure of
sensitive information submitted to the
Commission is to ensure such
information is submitted subject to a
protective order or to a request for
confidential treatment pursuant to the
Commission’s rules. We conclude that
because the information in question will
not be made generally available to the
public, our action here does not
undermine parties’ interest in insulating
confidential or commercially sensitive
information from the public. We
therefore require that parties submitting
to the Commission confidential
information that is subject to a nondisclosure agreement seek confidential
treatment of that information under the
relevant protective orders, or otherwise
pursuant to the Commission’s rules.
192. We address two types of
restrictions non-disclosure agreements
impose and determine that both are
precluded by the action we take here.
First, we find that there is no
justification for non-disclosure
agreements that contain provisions that
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25686
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
prohibit outright the disclosure of
confidential information to the
Commission. Such agreements are
expressly intended to obstruct parties’
ability to disclose information to the
Commission and the Commission’s
ability to access information necessary
to oversee and evaluate the business
data services market. They undermine
our ability to render fact-based
decisions informed by a complete
record, and are generally contrary to the
public interest.
193. We also find that non-disclosure
agreements that require a direct request
or legal compulsion prior to allowing
disclosure also inhibit the Commission’s
conduct of its core regulatory and
oversight functions and are therefore
contrary to the public interest. By
precluding the voluntary disclosure of
information, such agreements render it
impossible for the Commission to be
aware of information in business data
services sales agreements or even the
existence of such sales agreements, and
effectively preclude the Commission’s
ability to seek that information or those
sales agreements.
194. Allowing voluntary disclosure to
the Commission, subject to the
Commission’s protections for
confidential information where
necessary, will allow parties to disclose
relevant information in a more timely
fashion, which will in turn make the
Commission’s oversight and regulatory
work more timely and efficient. The
Commission’s protective orders and
confidentiality regulations will
effectively insulate against the risk of
inappropriate disclosure by ensuring
confidential treatment of such
information.
195. We agree with commenters that
argue that restrictions on non-disclosure
agreements for business data services
are unnecessary in markets treated as
competitive under the competitive
market test. In these areas, market forces
should be sufficient to protect
purchasers of business data services
from unreasonable practices. NASUCA
et al. asserts, however, that prohibiting
overly restrictive non-disclosure
agreements is necessary to facilitate
competitive conditions in the BDS
marketplace generally. We agree that
imposing a prohibition on such nondisclosure agreements will foster
competitive conditions in areas that our
data show are not yet competitive. We
do not, however, see a need to impose
this prohibition in competitive areas. In
those areas, the Commission will still
have access to relevant industry data
through mandatory requests or data
collections if needed. We therefore limit
our restrictions on business data
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
services-related non-disclosure
agreements to those that apply to noncompetitive areas as we define them in
this Order. This reasoning applies to all
non-disclosure agreements that govern
business data services sales—whether
they are contained in tariffs, contract
tariffs, or commercial agreements. The
presumption should be that competitive
market dynamics would characterize the
majority of sales in any arrangements
that governed sales in both types of
areas. Additionally, the bulk of sales of
TDM based business data services in
non-competitive areas would
presumably be effected through TDMonly tariffs and contract tariffs. Parties
are of course free to structure their sales
arrangements in such a manner as to
avoid including sales of services for
both types of areas in a single
agreement.
196. Accordingly, we adopt a general
rule prohibiting the use of nondisclosure agreements in or related to
tariffs or contract tariffs for the sale of
business data services in areas treated as
non-competitive by our competitive
market test to the extent they forbid or
impose any restriction on a party’s
ability to voluntarily disclose
information to the Commission
pursuant to appropriate safeguards for
confidential information. No provider of
business data services in areas treated as
non-competitive may enter into or
enforce a non-disclosure agreement that
in any way forbids or prevents any party
to that agreement from disclosing any
information relevant to the
Commission’s business data services
proceedings to the Commission. The
rule we adopt today applies to all forms
of agreements for the sale of TDM-based
business data services, including price
cap tariffs and contract tariffs in noncompetitive areas. Parties submitting
confidential information to the
Commission that is subject to a nondisclosure agreement must either submit
such information subject to the relevant
protective orders governing this
proceeding or, in the absence of a
relevant protective order, seek
confidential treatment for such
information pursuant to sections 0.457
and 0.459 of the Commission’s rules.
D. Adjustments to Price Cap Levels
197. Pursuant to the framework
adopted in this Order, the primary
services that will remain under price
cap regulation will be the DS1 and DS3
end user channel terminations that
incumbent LECs provide in noncompetitive counties. To help ensure
just and reasonable rates for these
services, we adopt an X-factor of 2.0
percent that reflects our best estimate of
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the productivity growth that incumbent
LECs will experience in the provision of
these services relative to productivity
growth in the overall economy. We
retain Gross Domestic Product-Price
Index (GDP–PI) as the measure of
inflation that incumbent LECs will use
in their price cap index calculations,
continue to make a low-end adjustment
available to price cap LECs in certain
circumstances, and decline to adopt
other changes that would affect price
cap rates. In particular, we find that that
no catch-up adjustment to the price cap
indices is warranted.
1. Background
198. The core component of the
Commission’s price cap system is the
price cap index, which is designed to
limit the prices that a price cap LEC
may charge for services. Each price cap
LEC’s price cap index historically has
been adjusted annually based primarily
on a productivity factor or ‘‘X-factor’’
and a measure of inflation (GDP–PI).
The X-factor initially represented the
amount by which LECs could be
expected to outperform economy-wide
productivity gains. The X-factor serves
as an adjustment to the price cap
indices to account for these productivity
gains, and is subtracted from GDP–PI in
the Commission’s price cap formula.
199. The Commission last set Xfactors for special access services in the
2000 CALLS Order. These X-factors,
unlike prior X-factors, were not
productivity-based but collectively
acted as ‘‘a transitional mechanism . . .
to lower rates for a specified time
period’’ based on an industry
agreement. The CALLS X-factor for
special access services increased from
3.0 percent in 2000 to 6.5 percent for
2001 through 2003 but was set equal to
inflation beginning in 2004. This frozen
X-factor was intended to be an interim
measure, lasting only until the
expiration of the CALLS plan on June
30, 2005, yet the Commission has not
acted to replace it with a productivitybased measure. As a result, price cap
LECs’ special access rates have
remained frozen at 2003 levels,
excluding any necessary exogenous cost
adjustments.
2. Adopting a Productivity-Based XFactor
200. The Commission’s price cap
system has been running on autopilot
since June 30, 2005, with no analysis as
to why rate levels from 2003 might have
remained reasonable despite
widespread changes in the business data
services marketplace. We end this freeze
by replacing the CALLS era frozen X-
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
factor with a productivity-based Xfactor.
201. Our analysis includes several
steps. We begin by deciding to use a
total factor productivity (TFP)
methodology in calculating business
data services productivity gains or
losses relative to growth in the general
economy. We then decide to use the
U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics’ Capital,
Labor, Energy, Materials, and Services
data for the broadcasting and
telecommunications industries (KLEMS
(Broadcasting and
Telecommunications)) in applying our
methodology. We use KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
data to establish a zone of reasonable Xfactor estimates. From that zone, we
select an X-factor of 2.0 percent. Price
cap LECs will apply this X-factor
annually to help ensure that their price
cap indices incorporate future
productivity growth.
a. Selecting a Methodology for
Calculating Productivity Gains or Losses
202. A price cap is intended to mimic
competitive-market outcomes. One
aspect of a competitive market is that
output price growth over time matches
the difference between industry input
price growth and industry productivity
growth. Another aspect of a competitive
market is strong cost-reduction and
investment incentives. A price cap that
grows at a rate equal to the difference
between the growth rate of input prices
and industry productivity growth might,
at least initially, hold prices to
competitive levels, but if it were
frequently updated on the basis of the
regulated firms’ behavior, quickly taking
away any additional profits obtained
either by implementing productivity
increases or by negotiating lower input
prices, the regulated firms would have
little incentive to invest in cost and
input price reduction. Consequently, in
the Further Notice, the Commission
proposed to use a proxy for the
difference between the growth rate of
input prices and industry productivity
growth in setting allowed price growth
under the cap. That proxy is a measure
of the economy-wide rate of inflation,
based on a national price index (i.e.,
GDP–PI), that is adjusted, through an
infrequently updated X-factor chosen to
account for systematic differences
between the growth rates of national
prices and the difference between
telecommunications industry input
price growth and industry productivity
growth. This proxy approach provides
regulated firms with good incentives to
reduce costs.
203. Under the approach outlined
above, steps that a firm takes to lower
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
its costs will not immediately affect the
price cap. To see why, note that the
price cap is adjusted based on two
quantities: the national rate of inflation
(GDP–PI) and the X-factor. The firm’s
cost-lowering actions will have, at most,
a negligible effect on the national
inflation rate. As for the X-factor, while
the regulator periodically will assess the
extent to which the regulated firms have
lowered their costs (and thus might
adjust the X-factor and price cap
accordingly), this process typically
occurs with substantial delays. Between
X-factor adjustments, firms can keep
any additional profits that they achieve
through cost reductions; hence, the
price-cap regime provides material
incentives for firms to reduce their
costs.
204. In summary, our proposed
approach is to estimate an X-factor to be
subtracted from the annual change in
the GDP–PI to determine the annual
change, c, in the price cap index: c =
P¥(D + t) (Equation 1), where P is the
economy-wide rate of inflation (i.e., the
GDP–PI), D is the projected difference
between the economy-wide rate of
inflation and the growth rate of industry
input prices, and t is the projected
growth rate of the industry’s
productivity level. The X-factor, which
is the sum of D and t, may be interpreted
as a correction term by which the
projected growth rates of economy-wide
prices are adjusted to account for
systematic differences between the
broader economy and the regulated
industry. Several commenters agree that
this approach is sound, no commenters
oppose it, and we adopt it.
205. In the past, the Commission has
relied on staff studies of the historical
total factor productivity (or TFP) growth
rate of incumbent LECs to estimate
future productivity growth. TFP is the
relationship between the output of
goods and services to inputs, and is
commonly used to measure productivity
in the economy as a whole. TFP studies
typically measure productivity using the
ratio of an index of the outputs of a firm,
industry, or group of industries to an
index of corresponding inputs.
Productivity growth is measured by
changes in this ratio over time. In a TFP
model, output is typically measured in
terms of physical units (e.g., minutes or
calls) of the good or service produced.
In a case in which more than one good
or service is supplied (i.e., there are
multiple outputs), a standard practice is
to create an index (e.g., an average that
weights by output revenue shares) that
aggregates the output levels. The
resulting output index shows changes in
the level of output over time; in other
words, it provides the growth rate of the
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25687
measured output. Similarly, the growth
rate of the aggregate input index
depends on the combined growth rates
of the individual input indices—such as
indices for capital, labor, energy,
materials and services—weighted, for
example, by input expenditure shares.
206. In the Further Notice, the
Commission proposed to calculate the
X-factor by subtracting from the
historical rate of change in GDP–PI the
historical rate of change in industry
input prices and adding to it the
historical rate of change in industry
TFP. The calculation can be expressed
by the following formula: X = % D GDP–
PI¥% D Industry Input Prices + % D
Industry TFP (Equation 2). No
commenter challenges this basic TFP
methodology. The X-factor analyses
presented by the parties generally
follow this approach. Consistent with
past practice, we conclude that we
should apply this TFP methodology in
our X-factor calculations.
b. Selecting an Appropriate Data Source
207. Having settled on a methodology
for calculating the X-factor, we need to
identify an appropriate data source.
Upon review of the record, we find that
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) is the only
reliable and internally consistent dataset
in the record for measuring incumbent
LEC productivity and input prices. We
select that dataset for our X-factor
calculations.
(i) Available Data Sources
208. The KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) database was one
of three datasets on which the
Commission invited comment. The
other two consist of: (a) Data from the
peer review process in connection with
the development of the Connect
America Cost Model (CACM); and (b)
those data in combination with cost data
that TDS Metrocom (TDS) submitted in
this proceeding (CACM–TDS). All three
datasets are described more fully in
Appendix B to the Report and Order.
The Commission asked whether these
datasets would provide a reasonable
basis for estimating business data
services productivity growth relative to
growth in the general economy.
209. The Commission also asked the
parties to suggest adjustments to these
datasets that might improve their utility
as a measure of business data services
productivity growth and requested that
the parties suggest additional datasets
that might better balance precision with
administrative feasibility. Only one
party, Sprint, suggests an additional
dataset—a version of KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25688
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
that purportedly is restricted to data
from the telecommunications industry
(KLEMS (Telecommunications)). Sprint
also suggests refinements to the CACM
dataset that, in Sprint’s view, improve
it. We discuss these datasets in turn.
210. KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications). This dataset
provides yearly industry-level measures
of input prices and total factor
productivity. This dataset has many
merits because, as commenters point
out, it relies on ‘‘publicly available,
annual industry-level data on industrylevel measures of input prices and total
factor productivity’’ and was
‘‘developed using rigorous total factor
productivity principles and is a valid
source of measuring total factor
productivity and input price trends for
various industries.’’ It also is ‘‘reliable
and internally consistent,’’ and based on
‘‘well-accepted economic theory and
publicly available data.’’ But instead of
being restricted to business data services
or wireline telecommunications, this
dataset provides data for the
broadcasting and telecommunications
sectors, which collectively have annual
revenues approximately twelve times
those for business data services. These
sectors include broadcasting, cable
television, and satellite television
distribution services, wireless
telecommunications, mass market
Internet access services, and the Voiceover-Internet Protocol (VoIP) industries,
each of which has a cost structure and
produces outputs different from the
business data services industry.
211. The parties dispute the effect of
this broad scope on BDS productivity
growth estimates that are derived from
the KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) dataset. Ad Hoc
and Sprint contend that this broad
scope creates a downward bias in those
estimates. AT&T and CenturyLink
maintain, however, that any bias would
overstate BDS productivity growth
relative to productivity growth in the
overall economy. AT&T argues that
‘‘wireless services, broadband Ethernet
services, and cable and wireline Internet
access services’’ supply are more
productive than legacy DSn and that the
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) dataset therefore
may overstate productivity growth for
the TDM-based services to which the Xfactor will apply. CenturyLink asserts
that growth in labor productivity has
been significantly higher in
broadcasting and wireless
telecommunications than in wireline
telecommunications, and that it is
therefore unlikely that broadcasting and
wireless telecommunications have
experienced lower overall productivity
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
growth than wireline
telecommunications. Although the
record falls short of providing the
information we would need to resolve
whether the KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) dataset overstates
or understates BDS productivity growth,
we find that this dataset provides the
best available information under the
circumstances.
212. CACM and CACM–TDS. The
CACM and CACM–TDS datasets, even
with the refinements suggested by
Sprint, are less than ideal. As explained
more fully in Appendix B to the Report
and Order, the CACM dataset combines
CostQuest cost share data from the
CACM peer review process with labor
cost data from the Bureau of Labor
Statistics (BLS), and real estate price
data from Moody’s Investor Service and
Real Capital Analytics. While this
dataset provides a more direct focus on
business data services than KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
provides, we find it neither reliable nor
internally consistent. Sprint’s
refinements to this database do not cure
these fundamental problems. Both of
these datasets rely in part on data from
the CACM peer review process that was
developed to determine the forwardlooking economic costs of providing
broadband Internet access services.
Those data provide at best a clumsy tool
for determining historical total factor
productivity growth for business data
services. In addition, as refined by
Sprint, the CACM dataset includes
company-specific data that we and the
parties to this proceeding are unable to
fully evaluate and, therefore, may be
unreliable. We therefore reject the
CACM dataset as well as that dataset as
refined by Sprint as potential data
sources for our X-factor calculations.
213. The CACM–TDS dataset adds
historical cost data from TDS’s
incumbent LEC operations to the CACM
dataset. While the addition of the TDS
data further tightens the focus on
business data services, those data do
‘‘not address or eliminate any of the
fundamental shortcomings with the
CACM data’’ because they are
‘‘proprietary, unvalidated data from a
single competitor that is seeking
regulation.’’ We therefore reject the
CACM–TDS dataset as a potential data
source for our X-factor calculations.
214. KLEMS (Telecommunications).
To address, in part, the alleged
overbreadth of the KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
dataset, Sprint proposes a dataset that
purportedly excludes broadcasting
industry data and therefore, as asserted
by Sprint, is preferable to KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
as a tool for measuring business data
services productivity growth. The
KLEMS (Telecommunications) dataset,
however, suffers from many of the scope
problems of the KLEMS (Broadcasting
and Telecommunications) dataset with
several additional problems. As an
initial matter, excluding broadcasting
data from the KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) dataset would
reduce, but not eliminate, any
overbreadth problem. And we are
unable to verify Sprint’s assertion that
the KLEMS (Telecommunications)
dataset excludes broadcasting industry
data. Indeed, AT&T and CenturyLink et
al. make credible arguments that the
KLEMS (Telecommunications) dataset
‘‘comingle[s] broadcasting and
telecommunications data.’’ This
uncertainty over which industries are
reflected in the KLEMS
(Telecommunications) dataset precludes
any finding that it provides a more
narrow focus on business data services
productivity growth than that provided
by the KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) dataset. We are
unable to determine what methodology
the European Union used to translate
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) data into KLEMS
(Telecommunications) data and whether
that data source is indeed restricted to
telecommunications data.
215. Even if it does exclude
broadcasting, the KLEMS
(Telecommunications) dataset is
problematic for at least two additional
reasons. First, that dataset only provides
a price index for energy, non-energy
materials, and purchased services
inputs, and omits critical input prices
for capital and labor, which means that
it provides only an incomplete picture
of the industries within its scope.
Second, the KLEMS
(Telecommunications) dataset also
provides a value-added, rather than a
gross output, measure of productivity
growth, which precludes an apples to
apples comparison of that growth to
input prices, which are based on gross
input. Each of these problems—lack of
transparency, omission of critical
inputs, and employing a value-added
methodology—provides an independent
basis for not using KLEMS
(Telecommunications) in our X-factor
calculations. We therefore reject this
dataset as a potential data source for
those calculations.
(ii) Selection of Data Source
216. None of the datasets before us
allow us to estimate with precision
business data services productivity
growth relative to growth in the general
economy, and indeed of those datasets
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
only KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) is reliable and
internally consistent. In these
circumstances, we conclude that the
better course is for us to use that dataset
to determine business data services
productivity and input price growth,
relative to economy-wide productivity
and input price growth, rather than
postponing that determination pending
a search for a better option. As the D.C.
Circuit has recognized, the Commission
endeavors to find the best solutions but,
at times, must settle for solutions that
are ‘‘reasonable under difficult
circumstances.’’ The D.C. Circuit has
noted:
[W]hen an agency makes rational choices
from among alternatives all of which are to
some extent infirm because of a lack of
concrete data, and has gone to great lengths
to assemble the available facts, reveal its own
doubts, refine its approach, and reach a
temporary conclusion, it has not acted
arbitrarily or capriciously.
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Here, where our X-factor decision
provides only our ‘‘ ‘tentative opinion’
about the dividing line between
reasonable and unreasonable rates for
the limited purpose of exercising [our]
suspension power’’ under section 204 of
the Act, we believe that we may
properly rely on the KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
dataset in our X-factor calculations. We
now turn to those calculations.
c. X-Factor Calculations
217. We determine the productivitybased X-factor as follows. First, we use
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) data to develop a
range of X-factors for four periods: 1987
to 2014; 1997 to 2014; 2005 to 2014; and
2009 to 2014. Second, from this range of
X-factors we develop a zone of
reasonableness from which it would be
appropriate to select an X-factor. Third,
we decide not to adjust that zone to
compensate for KLEMS (Broadcasting
and Telecommunications)’s
overbreadth. Finally, we select the Xfactor from within this zone.
218. Data Periods. We use four
different data periods to calculate four
different
X-factors to gauge the sensitivity of
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications)-based
calculations to different data periods
and because there is no single, correct
data period that we might use for this
purpose. The four data periods are: 1987
to 2014; 1997 to 2014; 2005 to 2014; and
2009 to 2014. We note that Sprint
supports using 1997 to 2014, and AT&T
supports using 2005 to 2014.
219. 1987 to 2014. This is the longest
period for which KLEMS (Broadcasting
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
and Telecommunications) data are
available. As the longest timeframe, this
data period has the most observations
and therefore collectively these
observations contain the most
information. In particular, this period
includes two complete business cycles.
This is an advantage because
productivity increases when the
economy expands and decreases when
the economy contracts. Measuring
productivity over at least one complete
business cycle increases the likelihood
that the results represent the future state
of the economy. Two complete cycles
might be preferred to one because no
two business cycles are alike. One
business cycle may not represent the
future any better than the other.
220. This period also includes a
significant amount of time before and
after the two business cycles. Using a
timeframe that includes the maximum
period for which data are available
minimizes the likelihood of an arbitrary
choice among many possible shorter
periods within the longer period, given
that there is no obviously correct choice.
The disadvantage of this time period is
that the data from the earliest years in
the period may be stale or otherwise
reflect economic conditions that are
unlikely to persist into the future. The
value of the most recent and most
relevant data within this time period
might not be apparent if combined with
older data that are stale and irrelevant.
221. 1997 to 2014. This period
includes one complete business cycle.
As discussed above, at least one
complete business cycle should be
included in the data on which a
productivity study is based because
productivity is procyclical. Sprint
supports using 1997 to 2014 data
instead of 2005 to 2014 data because the
latter period largely reflects the longest
and deepest recession the U.S. has
experienced since 1945. Sprint
concludes that a longer time period is
therefore likely to provide a better
estimate of future productivity growth.
An additional reason to use this period,
or one longer, is that the current
economic expansion is 93-months-old,
which is significantly longer than the
58-month average length of prior
expansions going back to 1945. A
shorter period may give too much
weight to a relatively long-period of
expansion. Another reason why this
current economic expansion is unique is
that the average annual growth rate of
this expansion is the lowest among
expansions since 1945, approximately
2.1 percent per year.
222. 2005 to 2014. AT&T argues that
this period balances the tradeoff
between short and long data periods.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25689
AT&T claims that data for a shorter
period better captures recent
productivity trends, but that such a
period might reflect large variation in
productivity that would lead to unstable
X-factor projections. In contrast, AT&T
asserts that a longer period might
produce a more stable series, but such
a period might include stale data that
are irrelevant to forward-looking
productivity projections. One
disadvantage of this timeframe is that it
does not encompass at least one
complete business cycle. This problem
perhaps is partially mitigated because
the period includes the December 2007
peak and June 2009 trough of the
current business cycle and a large
fraction of the current expansion.
223. 2009 to 2014. This period
minimizes the number of observations
that contain stale information and
depicts recent trends. The main
disadvantage of this period is that it
does not contain at least one complete
business cycle. In fact, this period only
includes years of expansion. So, this
period might not provide data
representative of future productivity
growth.
224. Table 2 provides, for each of
these four periods, X-factors calculated
using Equation 2 and KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
data. [‘‘Table 2. KLEMS (Broadcasting
and Telecommunications) X-factors’’
omitted].
d. Zone of Reasonableness
225. The four data periods reflected in
Table 2 establish a zone of productivitybased X-factor estimates of between 1.7
and 2.3 percent. This zone is relatively
narrow, as the data period does not have
a very large impact on the value of the
X-factor. For example, the difference
between the lowest and the highest
percentages is 0.6 percentage points.
The arithmetic average and the midpoint of the four X-factors are both 2.0
percent. The average implicitly weights
the most-recent observations the most
and the earliest observations the least
because the most recent observations are
in the most periods and the earliest
observations are in the fewest periods.
226. We find that it would be
unreasonable to adjust this zone either
upward or downward to account for the
broad scope of the KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
dataset from which this zone was
derived. Any such adjustment would
necessarily reflect our determination
that this overbreadth creates either a
downward bias in our productivity
growth estimates (which could lead to
our adjusting the range upward) or an
upward bias (which could lead to our
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25690
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
adjusting the range downward). The
parties provide sharply divergent views
on the direction of any possible
adjustment. On the one hand, several
parties argue that price cap LECs are
realizing decreasing business data
services per unit costs from the growth
in packet-switched services, such as
Ethernet, as customers transition from
TDM to packet-switched services. Other
parties maintain that price cap LECs
have achieved little productivity growth
relative to that in the overall economy
and that the DS1 and DS3 services that
will be subject to price caps have not
shared in any decrease in per unit costs.
227. Cost-reducing growth is clearly
occurring in price cap LECs’ overall
business data services operations. A
significant portion of the assets,
particularly outside plant, used to
provide DS1s and DS3s, are also used to
provide higher bandwidth circuit-based
services or packet-based services, and
vice versa. The more such sharing
occurs (i.e., the more demand density
increases), the lower both the
incremental and average cost of any
service, and total factor productivity
increases. These cost reducing effects
occur and apply to remaining DS1 and
DS3 services, even when higher
bandwidth circuit-based services or
packet-switched services are substituted
for them, so long as the two sets of
services share costs.
228. Growth in providing higher
bandwidth circuit-based services and
packet-based services is outpacing
declining DS1 and DS3 services, a trend
that strongly suggests that overall unit
costs will continue decreasing into the
foreseeable future. Price cap LECs are
investing aggressively in modern
packet-based telecommunications
networks and services. AT&T, for
example, announced that by the year
2020, 75 percent of its network will be
controlled by software. AT&T disclosed
in an annual report that it was ‘‘focused
on building a modern network
architecture that will provide the
highest efficiency and productivity in
the industry’’ and ‘‘[t]o make that
happen’’ the ‘‘biggest [front] by far is
transforming [AT&T’s] network from
hardware to software-centric’’ which
allows AT&T to ‘‘deliver the most
network traffic at the lowest marginal
cost in the industry.’’ Verizon
announced a software-defined
networking-based strategy ‘‘to introduce
new operational efficiencies and allow
for the enablement of rapid and flexible
service delivery to Verizon’s
customers.’’
229. The record does not make clear,
however, to what extent, if any, these
decreasing unit costs and overall
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
productivity gains will apply to the
services that will remain under price
caps, which for practical purposes
consist of DS1 and DS3 channel
terminations. Indeed, it is possible that,
for DS1 and DS3 services in general,
declining utilization of incumbent LEC
plant and rising service-specific costs
will more than offset any overall gains
in business data services productivity.
As AT&T points out, ‘‘demand for DSn
services has been in rapid decline in
recent years, as price cap LECs retire
their legacy TDM networks.’’ As a
result, price cap LECs are likely
experiencing ‘‘very low utilization on
[their] legacy TDM switches’’ and the
‘‘accompanying loss of scale economies
suggests that it is unlikely that price cap
LECs have achieved productivity gains
that are in excess of inflation’’ for DS1
and DS3 services. This declining
utilization of DSn-specific plant means
that providers must amortize shared
costs among fewer customers (i.e., unit
costs are likely rising). It therefore
appears that, for DS1 and DS3 services
generally, price cap LECs’ operating
expenses may have fallen at a much
slower rate than the demand for their
services, causing their average cost of
providing DSn services to steadily
climb.
230. Nor does the record make clear
whether any overall trend in DS1 and
DS3 productivity growth extends to the
areas that will remain under price caps.
These non-competitive areas have
significantly less demand density than
the competitive areas that will no longer
be subject to the price cap regime. The
price cap LECs therefore may be less
likely to achieve the same gains in
economies of scale in non-competitive
areas than in competitive areas.
Whether these gains would be higher or
lower than elsewhere cannot be
determined from the record. The price
cap LECs’ initial price cap indices (and
consequently all changes to those
indices) reflected the costs of serving all
areas within those LECs’ service
territories. CenturyLink argues
adjustments to those indices should
account for the higher costs of serving
the areas that will remain under prices
caps ‘‘[w]hether due to unique
geographic difficulties, insufficient
population density to generate
economies of scale, or an array of other
possible rationales.’’ However, the
X-factor is determined by the rate of
change of costs, not by whether the
absolute level of costs is higher or lower
in a given location.
231. While the record does not enable
us to resolve the disputes over price cap
LECs’ productivity growth and ability to
recover the costs of serving non-
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
competitive areas with absolute
certainty, we find that our KLEMS
(Broadcasting and
Telecommunications)-based
calculations likely overstates, rather
than understates, business data services
productivity growth in those areas. The
price cap LECs have not submitted the
company-specific input price and
output data that we would need to
quantify this overstatement (and adjust
the zone of reasonableness downward).
We therefore make no such adjustment.
232. We reject Sprint’s argument that
we should adjust the zone of
reasonableness upward to bring it into
line with prior X-factor prescriptions,
which were based on relatively narrow
sets of data related almost exclusively to
price cap LEC operations rather than
broad datasets such as KLEMS
(Broadcasting and
Telecommunications). Sprint points out
that in the 1999 Price Cap Performance
Review proceeding, Commission staff
computed X-factors for each of the years
1986 through 1998 using price cap LECspecific data that were significantly
higher than the X-factors that would
have been computed using KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
data. We find that this comparison fails
to account for differences between the
task before the Commission in the 1999
Price Cap Performance Review
proceeding, which was to determine an
X-factor for all special and switched
access services to be provided by price
cap LECs, and our task here of
determining an X-factor only for those
business data services that price cap
LECs will provide in non-competitive
areas.
e. Selection of X-Factor
233. We conclude that we should
select an X-factor below the top of the
zone of reasonableness, 2.3 percent, in
order to recognize the diminishing share
DS1 and DS3 services have had, and
will continue to have, of the overall
business data services market. Indeed,
over the longer term, these services will
be replaced by Ethernet services or other
more advanced business data services
made possible by the transition to IPbased services transmitted over fiber. As
demand for DS1 and DS3 services
continues to fall, the costs directly
attributable to (in contrast to the costs
for assets shared between those services
and packet-based services) maintaining
this legacy technology, will begin to
rise. For example, over time the volume
of TDM equipment sales will fall to
levels that deny manufacturers
economies of scale. Similarly, there will
likely be additional costs associated
with warehousing, work programs, and
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
maintaining expertise in TDM
technology, while moving aggressively
toward the widespread deployment of
Ethernet and other advanced
technologies.
234. Requiring DS1 and DS3 rates to
be reduced by percentages that ignore
the transition from a legacy, TDM
technology to an advanced technology
could require the incumbent LECs to
supply DS1s and DS3s at rates that do
not recover their costs, and that
inefficiently incentivize businesses to
rely on DS1 and DS3 services, rather
than more advanced business data
services. Presumably, there are
customers that will wish to continue to
rely on a legacy technology at least for
a period of time even though a new
technology is readily available because
it is less expensive on a net present
basis for them to do so. In a competitive
market, customers that continued to rely
on a legacy technology as a new
technology begins to dominate the
market would be charged higher prices
if costs directly attributable to the old
technology were rising. Our X-factor
decision should incorporate this aspect
of competitive markets.
235. The lower-bound of the zone of
reasonableness is 1.7 percent, a
percentage based on data from 2009 to
2014. While this percentage provides
insight into the most-recent trends in
productivity and input prices, it reflects
only a period of unusual
macroeconomic expansion, as explained
above. We find this period too short and
too unrepresentative by itself to provide
reliable insight into future business data
services productivity growth. No party
has submitted an X-factor study or
similar data-based analysis purporting
to show that the X-factor should be
lower than 2.0 percent. AT&T’s
proposed X-factor, like our X-factors,
reflect KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) data. AT&T used
data for 2005 to 2014 in calculating its
X-factor, a period for which the X-factor
is 2.0 percent. In these circumstances,
we find that the X-factor we select
should be above the lower bound of
reasonableness.
236. As mentioned, the KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
data on which this zone of
reasonableness is based is overly broad;
and, although we think an upward bias
more likely, we are unable to resolve the
dispute among the parties as to whether
this broad scope creates a downward or
upward bias. Our inability on the record
before us to quantify either the
magnitude or the direction of this bias
supports selection of the average or the
mid-point of the four X-factors, both of
which are 2.0 percent. Taking all of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
these factors into account, we prescribe
an X-factor of 2.0 percent. This X-factor
reasonably assigns weight to the four
different X-factors and accounts to the
extent possible for the uncertain effects
of bias in the overly-broad data.
3. Methodology for Setting Inflation
Measure
237. We retain the U.S. Department of
Commerce’s Bureau of Economic
Analysis’s (BEA’s) chain-weighted
GDP–PI as the measure of inflation that
price cap LECs will use in their price
cap index calculations. As a chainweighted index, GDP–PI captures
economy-wide inflation over the
medium-term and long-term
comprehensively and ‘‘significantly
more accurate[ly]’’ than fixed-weighted
indexes, which become
unrepresentative after a few years of
change. We find no alternative measure
of inflation that is as accurate as GDP–
PI in the medium and long-term and
that is not susceptible to carrier
influence or manipulation. Accordingly,
we retain GDP–PI as the inflation
measure in our price cap formula.
4. No Catch-Up Adjustment Is
Warranted
238. The price cap indices have been
effectively frozen since the CALLS plan
expired on June 30, 2005. We conclude
that no catch-up adjustment to those
indices is warranted.
239. Assessment Periods. We use
three time periods in assessing whether
a catch-up adjustment is warranted: July
1, 1997 to November 30, 2017; July 1,
2000 to November 30, 2017; and July 1,
2005 to November 30, 2017. The starting
points for these periods are the day the
Commission’s 1997 X-factor
prescription took effect, the date the
CALLS plan took effect, and the day
after the CALLS plan expired. Their
ending point is the day before the goingforward X-factor adopted in this Order
will take effect. For simplicity, we refer
to these periods as 1997 to 2017, 2000
to 2017, and 2005 to 2017.
240. The Commission prescribed
X-factors in 1991, 1995, 1997, and 2000.
The 1991 and 1995 prescribed
X-factors were productivity-based and
judicially upheld. The 1997 X-factor of
6.5 percent, while productivity-based,
was reversed and remanded by the D.C.
Circuit. Including 1997 to 2000 in the
assessment period reflects that judicial
action as well as the fact that the
Commission never addressed the
remanded X-factor on its merits.
Instead, in the CALLS Order, the
Commission replaced the remanded
X-factor with a ‘‘transitional
mechanism’’ under which the X-factor
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25691
increased from 3.0 percent in 2000 to
6.5 percent for 2001 through 2003 and
was set equal to inflation beginning in
2004. These X-factors, however, were
based on an industry agreement, not
changes in productivity and input
prices. Including 2000 to 2005 in the
assessment period reflects that
administrative history. Finally,
including 2005 to 2017 in the
assessment period reflects the
Commission’s failure to incorporate a
productivity-based X-factor into its
price cap system once the CALLS plan
expired.
241. Methodology. First, for each of
the three assessment periods, we use the
most currently-available KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
data through 2014 to calculate
compound annual growth rates in
broadcasting and telecommunications
productivity and input prices. We then
calculate the difference between these
two rates. Second, we compound the
value of each annual difference over the
number years in each assessment
period. The results are the percentages
by which the price cap index would be
adjusted to accurately reflect changes in
productivity and input prices. Third, we
subtract the historical change in the
price cap index from each compounded
value to calculate the catch-up
adjustment for each assessment period.
Finally, we evaluate whether we should
adjust the price cap indices using these
catch-up factors.
242. We use KLEMS (Broadcasting
and Telecommunications) data for three
data periods—1997 to 2014, 2000 to
2014 and 2005 to 2014—to estimate
historical changes in levels of
productivity and input prices for
purposes of the catch-up calculations.
The year 2014 is the most recent year for
which KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) data are available,
and data are published only for calendar
years. As we explain below, we adopt
December 1, 2017 as the effective date
for the going-forward X-factor. As we
have no data for 2015 to November 30,
2017, we extrapolate annual growth
rates based on the data periods that end
in 2014 for an additional 35 months
beyond the end of the data (i.e., for
2015, 2016, and 11 months of 2017),
because mathematically it is simple, the
period of extrapolation is relatively
short, and there is no obviously superior
method. We also assume that
productivity and input price growth
rates over the last six months of 1997,
2000, and 2005 were the same as over
each entire year, again for simplicity
and the lack of any obviously superior
way to exclude the first six months of
1997, 2000, and 2005 or to reconcile the
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25692
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
use of calendar-year data with an
estimation period that reflects tariff
years that begin on July 1.
243. Table 3, below, sets forth the
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) compound annual
rates of growth in productivity and
input prices for 1997 to 2017, 2000 to
2017 and 2005 to 2017, and the annual
difference between the two rates of
growth, C. Table 3 also shows the value
of these differences compounded over
the assessment periods, E, and the
historical change in the price cap index
over the assessment periods, F. The
historical change in the price cap index
reflects the X-factors that were in effect
during the assessment periods and the
rate of inflation during these periods as
measured by changes in GDP–PI (but
ignores exogenous cost changes). The
catch-up adjustment for each
assessment period, G, is equal to the
compounded change in price cap index,
E, minus the historical change in the
price cap index, F. This calculation
accounts for differences between what a
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications)-based X-factor
would have been and the actual Xfactors that applied. [‘‘Table 3. Potential
Catch-up Adjustments for Multiple
Periods Through November 30, 2017’’
omitted].
244. Discussion. We decline to require
price cap LECs to implement a catch-up
adjustment to baseline price cap levels.
First, focusing on the period since
expiration of the CALLS plan, 2005 to
2017, the annual difference between the
KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) industry price
index and productivity is only ¥0.11
percent annually, which when
compounded over a 12-year, five-month
period results in only a 1.40 percent
potential reduction in the price cap
index. This suggests that historical
business data services productivity
gains for the assessment period 2005 to
2017 were almost exactly offset by
inflation, which is what the X-factor has
been set equal to since the expiration of
the CALLS plan on June 30, 2005.
Indeed, the annual and 12-year, fivemonth differences of ¥0.11 percent and
¥1.40 percent, respectively, are so
small as to be well within the margin of
error for our calculations. Any catch-up
adjustment would apply only to lower
bandwidth business data services, such
as DS1s and DS3s, and only to the
extent price cap LECs provide them
within non-competitive areas. We find it
likely that productivity growth for these
services in these areas lagged
productivity growth for price cap LECs’
business data services generally
between 2005 and 2017.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
245. Second, the results for the
assessment periods that begin in 1997
and 2000 suggest that the 6.5 percent Xfactor that the Commission prescribed
in 1997 as well as the X-factors that
were in effect during the CALLS plan
were unreasonably high and therefore
that the price cap indices were
unreasonably low. This could help
explain the extent to which certain price
cap incumbent LECs have priced at the
top of the price caps. The 1997 to 2017
assessment period results show a
difference between industry price index
and productivity of ¥0.35 percent
annually, which when compounded
over a 20-year, five-month period would
have reduced the price cap index by
6.84 percent. Adjusting this figure by
the ¥26.31 percent historical change in
the price cap index produces a catch-up
adjustment that would increase price
cap levels by 19.47 percent. The 2000 to
2017 assessment period results show a
difference between industry price index
and productivity of ¥0.34 percent
annually, which when compounded
over a 17-year, five-month period would
have reduced the price cap index by
5.81 percent. Adjusting this figure by
the ¥13.94 percent historical change in
the price cap index produces a catch-up
adjustment that would increase the
price cap index by 8.13 percent.
246. We decline to require price cap
LECs to implement a catch-up
adjustment to the price cap index. An
adjustment based on the period since
the CALLS plan expired would result in
only a modest decrease in price cap
levels and would likely overstate
productivity growth for the business
data services that will remain under
price caps. Such an adjustment also
would ignore the facts that the X-factors
used during the CALLS plan itself were
not productivity-based and that the Xfactor adopted before CALLS was struck
down by the D.C. Circuit. Adjustments
based on periods when those X-factors
were in effect would increase price cap
levels, a result that no party has urged.
In these circumstances, we believe it
more prudent to rely on existing price
caps levels, which at least have the
benefit of minimizing potential rate
shock to consumers.
247. Finally, we recognize that
carriers have entered price-cap
regulation at different points over the
last 20 years, and so any catch-up
adjustments would need to reflect that
fact. It would make no sense, for
example, to impose a catch-up
adjustment calculated to reflect
productivity over the last 12 or 20 years
to a carrier that converted to price cap
regulation just five years ago. And
weighing the uncertain benefit of such
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
adjustments to consumers against the
cost to carriers (and ultimately
consumers) of applying these differing
adjustments as well as the cost to the
Commission to monitor compliance, we
conclude that not imposing a catch-up
adjustment serves the public interest.
5. Additional Price Cap Adjustment
Mechanisms
248. We consider several potential
features of the price cap regime whose
implementation could affect price cap
rates. We retain the low-end adjustment
mechanism for price cap LECs that meet
certain conditions. We, however,
decline to incorporate into our price cap
regime three mechanisms that would
affect the X-factor—a consumer
productivity dividend, a growth or ‘‘g’’
factor, and earnings sharing between
ratepayers and carriers, or to subdivide
the special access price cap basket into
different categories or subcategories.
249. Low-End Adjustment. We retain
a low-end adjustment mechanism
because we find it provides an
appropriate backstop to ensure that
carriers are not subject to protracted
periods of low earnings that impair their
ability to attract capital and provide
service. This adjustment will only be
available to price cap LECs to the extent
they provide business data services in
non-competitive areas. Carriers that
obtained pricing flexibility under the
Commission’s prior rules, exercise
downward pricing flexibility pursuant
to this Order (for example, by entering
into a contract tariff with a customer),
or elect the option to use Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles
(GAAP) rather than the Part 32 Uniform
System of Accounts as set forth in our
recent Part 32 Accounting Order will be
ineligible for a low-end adjustment. We
find that, consistent with past practice,
setting the low-end adjustment mark at
8.75 percent, 100 basis points below the
authorized rate of return for rate of
return carriers, will continue to ensure
that price cap LECs have the
opportunity to attract sufficient capital.
250. Historically, the low-end
adjustment permitted price cap LECs
that earn a rate of return 100 basis
points or more below the prescribed rate
of return for rate-of-return carriers to
temporarily increase their price cap
indices in the next year to a level that
would allow them to earn 100 basis
points below the prescribed rate of
return. Unusually low earnings may be
attributable to an error in the
productivity factor, the application of an
industry-wide factor to a particular LEC,
or unforeseen circumstances in a
particular area of the country. Failure to
include any adjustment for such
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
circumstances could harm customers as
well as stockholders of such a LEC, as
a below-normal rate of return over a
prolonged period could threaten the
LEC’s ability to raise the capital
necessary to provide modern, efficient
services to customers. We therefore
retain the low-end adjustment
mechanism.
251. The low-end adjustment
mechanism permits a one-time PCI
adjustment to a single year’s rates to
avoid back-to-back earnings below a
benchmark. If a price cap LECs’ earnings
fall below the low-end adjustment mark
in a base year period, it is entitled to
adjust its rates upward to target earnings
to an amount not to exceed the low-end
mark, using the period as a baseline. In
the past, the Commission used 100 basis
points below the authorized rate of
return for rate-of-return carriers as the
low-end adjustment mark. The
authorized rate of return for rate-ofreturn carriers is presently 9.75 percent,
and 8.75 percent is 100 basis points
below that percentage. The latter
percentage is above the embedded cost
of debt the Commission determined for
each price cap LEC in March 2016. An
8.75 percent rate of return should
provide each eligible price cap LEC with
the opportunity to meet its existing
obligations to debtholders and attract
sufficient capital while continuing to
provide services.
252. We reject Sprint’s argument that
we should not base our low-end mark
on the authorized rate of return for rateof-return carriers because that rate does
not reflect the large price cap LECs’ cost
of capital. The rate reflects a weighted
average cost of capital that was
calculated using data from a proxy
group that included large price cap
LECs (e.g., AT&T, Verizon, and
CenturyLink), mid-sized price cap LECs
(e.g., FairPoint, Frontier, Hawaiian
Telcom, and Windstream), as well as
publically traded rate-of-return LECs.
Accordingly we set the low-end
adjustment mark at 8.75 percent.
253. Consumer Productivity Dividend.
We decline to incorporate a consumer
productivity dividend (CPD) adjustment
into the X-factor adopted in this Order.
In instituting price caps in 1990, the
Commission expected that incentive
regulation would result in greater
productivity gains than LECs had
historically achieved under rate of
return regulation. The CPD was
designed to ensure that ratepayers
would benefit from these additional
gains. The 2.0 percent X-factor adopted
in this Order reflects all anticipated
future business data services
productivity growth. There should be no
additional gains beyond those captured
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
in this X-factor. We therefore do not
include a CPD in the X-factor.
254. Growth Factor. We decline to
adopt a growth or ‘‘g’’ factor adjustment
to the price cap indices because we find
that our 2.0 percent X-factor already
accounts for average cost decreases due
to demand growth, which the ‘‘g’’ factor
was designed to capture. We find that a
‘‘g’’ factor is unnecessary because the
2.0 percent X-factor should capture all
of the productivity changes for business
data services, including demand growth.
If business data services demand growth
leads to the realization of scale
economies, input prices fall, and
productivity increases, which our Xfactor calculations should capture.
Therefore, we do not include a growth
factor similar to the ‘‘g’’ factor in the
price cap index formula for special
access services.
255. Earnings Sharing. We decline to
reinstate earnings sharing arrangements
between ratepayers and carriers. In the
Further Notice, the Commission asked
whether it should reinstate earnings
sharing, which had been a feature of the
Commission’s original price cap system.
In 1997, the Commission eliminated
earnings sharing, finding that it blunted
price cap LECs’ efficiency incentives
and that eliminating it would remove
vestiges of rate of return regulation from
the price cap system. The only party
directly addressing this area opposes
reinstating earnings sharing. We find
that the Commission’s prior reasoning
supporting eliminating earnings sharing
persuasive, and there is no record
support to overturn the Commission’s
past finding and reinstate earnings
sharing.
256. Baskets and Bands. We decline
to subdivide the special access basket
into different categories and
subcategories. The only party
addressing this area, Inteliquent, asks
that we create a service basket
subcategory for multiplexing services to
ensure that any required TDM rate
reductions flow through to these
services, which it asserts have
unreasonably high rates. Simply
creating a multiplexing subcategory
within the special access basket,
however, would not by itself result in
lower multiplexing rates. Even if we
were to accept Inteliquent’s premise that
multiplexing rates are unreasonably
high, the record in this proceeding
would not enable us to determine a
reasonable level.
6. Implementation
257. Having adopted a new X-factor
for use in the price cap index for price
cap LECs in non-competitive areas, we
now set forth the path for implementing
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25693
that new approach. We require revised
tariff review plans (TRPs) implementing
the X-factor to be filed with the
Commission to become effective on
December 1, 2017.
258. Incumbent LECs that file tariffs
under the price cap ratemaking
methodology are required to file revised
annual access charge tariffs every year,
which become effective on July 1. The
annual filings include submission of
TRPs that are used to support revisions
to the rates, including revisions that
pertain to the X-factor. To ease the
burden on the industry, and because
base period demand and the value of
GDP–PI reflected in the price cap
indices typically are not updated during
a tariff year, we permit incumbent LECs
to use the same base period demand and
value of GDP–PI in their December 1,
2017 filings as in their July 1, 2017
annual filings.
259. Consistent with that approach,
each price cap incumbent LECs must
file, for business data services, revised
TRPs and rates to reflect the newly
revised X-factor. The X-factor adopted
in this Order only applies prospectively,
and each price cap incumbent LEC must
recalculate its price cap index based on
the December 1, 2017, effective date of
this X-factor. In particular, the new
X-factor should be reflected in the
calculation of the price cap index for the
special access basket and the pricing
bands for each service category and
subcategory within this basket. Rates
must be established at levels where the
actual price index does not exceed the
price cap index and the service band
index for each service category and
subcategory does not exceed its upper
limit. For purposes of this filing, the
price cap incumbent LECs must base the
calculation of these indices on our rules
for an annual filing, other than for the
periods used to measure base period
demand and the value of GDP–PI.
Further specific direction on the
material required to be filed in the TRPs
will be provided in a public notice or
order preceding the December 1, 2017
effective date of the 2.0 percent X-factor,
which will address compliance with
price cap tariff filing procedures
(including required certifications).
E. Wholesale Pricing
260. We decline to adopt ex ante rules
governing the relationship between
wholesale and retail rates for business
data services, or to otherwise intervene
in the marketplace for wholesale
business data services.
261. The Communications Act and
Commission precedent provide ample
guidance regarding the pricing of
wholesale business data services.
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25694
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Section 201(b) of the Act requires that
‘‘[a]ll charges . . . for and in connection
with [interstate or international
telecommunications service] shall be
just and reasonable . . . .’’ Section
202(a) of the Act prohibits ‘‘any unjust
or unreasonable discrimination in
charges . . . for or in connection with
like communication service . . . .’’ It
has long been the Commission’s policy
that, under these provisions, ‘‘interstate
access services should be made
available on a non-discriminatory basis
and, as far as possible, without
distinction between end user and . . .
[wholesale] customers.’’ But, as the D.C.
Circuit has explained, ‘‘[b]y its nature,
section 202(a) is not concerned with the
price differentials between qualitatively
different services or service packages. In
other words, so far as ‘unreasonable
discrimination’ is concerned, an apple
does not have to be priced the same as
an orange.’’
262. In response to requests for
comments on the issue in the Further
Notice, some commenters offer
anecdotal evidence that price caps LECs
provide retail services at rates lower
than the prices they charge competitive
LECs for components of those services.
They argue that charging retail rates that
are lower than wholesale rates violates
the Act’s prohibition against unjust or
unreasonable discrimination in charges
and that we should adopt a rule
prohibiting providers from charging
more for resale than wholesale services.
However, despite competitive LEC
assertions to the contrary, we find that
there is little concrete evidence that
incumbent LECs charge their wholesale
customers higher rates than they charge
retail customers for like business data
services. At most, the record provides
selective information regarding a
handful of incidents where an
incumbent LEC’s wholesale pricing
policies allegedly impeded a
competitive LEC’s ability to compete. As
such the record provides no basis for us
to adopt generally applicable rules
governing the application of section
201(b)’s prohibition against unjust or
unreasonable practices or section
202(a)’s prohibition against unjust or
unreasonable discrimination to alleged
problems in the wholesale business data
services marketplace.
263. In reaching this conclusion, we
also reject requests that we mandate
that, as a general matter, wholesale
business data services rates must be
lower than the retail rates for like
services. Certain parties argue that
because it costs business data services
providers less to provide wholesale
services than to provide like retail
services wholesale rates should reflect
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
these lower costs. However, any such
mandate could have the unintended
effect of preventing providers from
reducing retail rates to competitive
levels, as the provider would then have
to reduce its wholesale rates to below
those levels.
264. Three commenters suggest
potential methods and amounts for an
industry-wide discount. Advocates of
action on wholesale pricing share an
underlying premise, that wholesale
services pricing should exclude avoided
retail sales expenses. We do not find it
necessary to make a finding concerning
the accuracy of this premise and decline
to set an industry-wide wholesale
discount. Incumbent LECs are not
required to tailor prices based solely on
costs, although rates must be just and
reasonable and not unreasonably
discriminatory. We expect that
continued growth in competition as a
result of this Order will have a positive
effect on the marketplace without the
need for a wholesale discount.
Additionally, our section 208 complaint
procedures remain available to remedy
any claimed anticompetitive or
discriminatory behavior.
265. Sections 201(b) and 202(a) do not
explicitly require rates to correspond to
costs—only that such rates be just and
reasonable and not unreasonably
discriminatory. Indeed, with any
generally available offering, it is
unlikely that the costs to provide service
to any two customers would be exactly
the same, and we do not require carriers
to price their offerings based on the
myriad of different costs imposed by
various customers. In fact, we prohibit
carriers from discriminating against
similarly-situated customers. The same
analysis is true in this situation.
266. Additionally, Sprint and
Windstream ask that we ‘‘confirm that
carriers cannot avoid [their] resale
obligations merely by bundling nonInternet telecommunications services
with Internet access or with add-on
information services.’’ LARIAT asks that
we establish rules to prohibit ‘‘refusal to
deal.’’ We find that these practices do
not lend themselves to blanket rules or
detailed pricing methodologies, and we
therefore reject these requests.
VI. Additional Modernizing Actions
A. Certain Services Described In the
Record Are Not Common Carrier
Services
267. A number of commenters dispute
the accuracy of a seemingly-categorical
statement in the Further Notice
‘‘not[ing] that business data services are
telecommunications services, regardless
of the provider supplying the service,’’
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and going on to assert that ‘‘BDS
providers are therefore common carriers
. . . subject to Title II in the provision
of their services . . . .’’ As we discuss
below, that terse suggestion in the
Further Notice does not accurately
reflect the nuanced analysis required for
such a classification decision. This
proceeding is not the appropriate place
to make any generalized or
comprehensive classification decisions
of that sort for business data services.
We do, however, discuss the services
described in detail in the record by
certain providers, which we find to be
private carriage offerings based on the
facts provided here. In doing so, we
reiterate the Commission’s longstanding
approach to the associated classification
issues, guarding against any lingering
misunderstandings regarding
classification flowing from statements in
the Further Notice.
1. Background
268. Under the analytical framework
for distinguishing between services
offered on a common carriage or private
carriage basis—commonly known as the
‘NARUC analysis’ (or the like) for the
court cases from which it derives—
common carriage under the Act has two
prerequisites: (1) An indifferent holding
out of service to all potential users; and
(2) the transmission by customers of
‘‘intelligence of their own design and
choosing.’’ By contrast, ‘‘a carrier will
not be a common carrier where its
practice is to make individualized
decisions, in particular cases, whether
and on what terms to deal.’’ As the D.C.
Circuit explained in NARUC I, ‘‘[t]he
original rationale for imposing a stricter
duty of care on common carriers was
that they had implicitly accepted a sort
of public trust by availing themselves of
the public at large.’’ This ‘‘quasi-public
character . . . coupled with the lack of
control exercised by’’ customers of the
carriers’ services ‘‘was seen to justify
imposing upon the carrier’’ heightened
duties.
269. In the 1996 Act, Congress added
new statutory categories of
‘‘telecommunications,’’
‘‘telecommunications services,’’ and
‘‘telecommunications carriers’’ to the
Communications Act.
Telecommunications is defined in
relevant part as ‘‘the transmission . . .
of information of the user’s choosing,’’
echoing the second prong of the
traditional NARUC analysis.
Telecommunications services, in turn,
involve the offering of
telecommunications for a fee to the
public, which the Commission has
found to ‘‘encompass only
telecommunications provided on a
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
common carrier basis,’’ relying on the
longstanding NARUC analysis for that
evaluation. As the Commission found,
this interpretation gives meaning to the
‘to the public’ criteria in the
telecommunications service definition
in a manner that accords with the
relevant legislative history. Because
telecommunications services meet the
standard for common carriage, providers
of telecommunications services—i.e.,
telecommunications carriers—are acting
as common carriers to the extent that
they are providing such services.
2. Discussion
270. Against the backdrop of the
Commission’s established approach to
addressing private carriage, common
carriage, and telecommunications
service classification issues, we agree
with commenters that statements in the
Further Notice were unduly broad
insofar as they could be read to suggest
that all business data services
necessarily are telecommunications
services subject to common carrier
regulation. Our approach to such
classification issues requires an
understanding and analysis of the facts
regarding particular service offerings
that the record underlying the Further
Notice was lacking. To the contrary, as
discussed below, the record generated
in response to the Further Notice
demonstrates that some business data
services currently are being offered on a
private carriage basis in the marketplace
today. The record is not sufficiently
detailed and comprehensive to provide
a basis to broadly classify all business
data services. By addressing examples
where particular providers submitted
more detailed information regarding
certain of their services, however, we
can mitigate the risk of continued
uncertainty or confusion regarding the
Commission’s approach to such
classification questions that potentially
were introduced by statements in the
Further Notice.
271. Affirmative Arguments for
Private Carriage Classification of
Certain Services. Comcast and Charter
each submitted detailed information
about certain categories of services
sufficient to enable us to classify those
as private carriage offerings based on the
record here. With respect to its
wholesale cellular backhaul service and
E-Access service, Comcast explains that
it makes individualized decisions
whether it will, in fact, offer such
services in a given instance or to a given
customer. Comcast describes its offering
of retail Ethernet transport similarly,
explaining that it does not hold out such
services to all interested buyers. For its
part, Charter explains that particularly
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
in the case of business data services
provided to enterprise customers, it
makes individualized decisions whether
to offer service to given customers. The
case-by-case decisions about whether to
offer these services to a given customer
described by Comcast and Charter stand
in contrast to the ‘‘quasi-public
character’’ that is a ‘‘critical’’ premise of
common carrier classification—and the
associated heightened duties—
identified by the D.C. Circuit in NARUC
I. The absence of this critical factor is
central to our private carriage analysis
of these services.
272. Comcast and Charter each further
explain that they make highlyindividualized decisions regarding any
rates and terms they do offer for the
relevant categories of services in order
to meet the particular needs of a given
customer. The plausibility of these
descriptions is reinforced by the fact
that the customers for these services
typically include large wireless carriers,
other large service providers, or
enterprises. The record reveals that such
entities are likely to have the size and
sophistication to demand uniquelytailored wholesale or retail offerings that
enable them to meet particularized
needs. Although a few commenters
dispute the private carriage claims in
the record, for the reasons described
below in our response to those
arguments, we are not persuaded that
they require a different conclusion with
respect to the services we classify as
private carriage here. Thus, considering
the totality of the circumstances, we
conclude that the Comcast and Charter
services identified above, when offered
in the manner described in the record,
constitute private carriage services—not
common carrier services or
telecommunications services.
273. As other examples, Mediacom,
ACS, and BT Americas also argue that
services they each provide constitute
private carriage. Although the
information they submitted is not quite
as detailed or specific as that of Comcast
and Charter, we nonetheless agree that,
as described, these services reflect
private carriage offerings. Notably, each
of these providers explains with respect
to its relevant services that, rather than
offering service to all potential
customers and offering rates and terms
indifferently, they instead make
individualized decisions about whether
and on what terms to offer service.
There also is little indication in the
record of any disagreement that these
particular providers are offering service
on a private carriage basis, as they
contend. Building on our analysis for
Comcast and Charter above, under our
evaluation of the totality of the evidence
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25695
here, we likewise conclude that the
services described by Mediacom, ACS,
and BT Americas are private carriage
when offered as these providers
describe.
274. Responses to Arguments
Disputing that Those Services are Held
Out on a Private Carriage Basis Under
the NARUC Analysis. Some commenters
purport to provide evidence that
business data service providers
generally, or Comcast and Charter in
particular, offer business data services
in a manner that reflects an indifferent
holding out of service to the public, and
thus should be classified as common
carrier telecommunications services. We
reject such claims in the context of the
specific providers’ services addressed
above for a number of reasons.
275. First, generalized statements
about marketplace trends broadly, or
Comcast’s or Charter’s networks or
services generally—but which do not
purport to address more specifically the
particular services we discuss above—
do not provide a basis to reject the
evidence put forward by Comcast,
Charter or the other providers addressed
above that is specific to those providers’
services. Even assuming arguendo that
certain characterizations of the
marketplace as a whole or particular
providers’ networks or offerings might
commonly hold true in a general sense,
we find no basis to assume that they
hold true with respect to particular
service offerings sufficient to overcome
more specific contrary evidence.
276. Second, we are unpersuaded by
arguments that particular aspects of how
these providers offer service do not
inherently require a classification of
private carriage as to the offering of the
relevant services, or can be consistent
with common carriage. We do not base
our decision on any single aspect of the
manner in which Comcast, Charter,
Mediacom, ACS, or BT Americas offer
the specified services. Rather, we
confirm those providers’ claims of
private carriage based on the totality of
the evidence before us describing the
manner in which the relevant services
are offered. Under that analysis we find
sufficient evidence of individualized
determinations whether to offer service
to given customers and, when services
are offered, individualization on a
sufficient range of key terms of the
offering to warrant a finding of private
carriage. Thus, whether any subset of
actions taken by those providers would
or would not be sufficient to support a
private carriage classification is not an
issue we confront or address here.
277. We also find a variety of those
claims overstated, even on their own
terms. For example, some commenters
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25696
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
cite marketing materials or other
statements from certain of the providers
discussed above as undercutting these
providers’ claims that, as to the relevant
services, the providers make
individualized decisions whether and
on what terms to deal. In many cases,
the cited materials or statements, while
focused on particular services or
categories of services, nonetheless still
are too high-level or generalized to
provide meaningful insight into the
more granular details of how particular
services are offered in practice. Even
materials or statements purporting to
speak to particular service offerings on
a somewhat more granular basis do not
lend themselves to simplistic analysis.
Where service is offered via a tariff, the
analysis can be more straightforward not
only because the filed tariff doctrine
requires the tariffed rates and terms to
be controlling, but even more
fundamentally because only common
carrier services may be offered on a
tariffed basis. Outside the tariffing
context, we agree with commenters that
marketing materials or the like might
well be used merely to make it known
that a given company is a potential
provider of particular services without
representing a formal offer of service to
all customers to which the service might
legally and practicably be of use. On
their face, we do not find the marketing
materials or other provider statements
cited here to represent a formal holding
out of the services addressed above to
all potential users. Nor are we
persuaded by the record that, in
practice, Comcast, Charter, Mediacom,
ACS, or BT Americas treat those
statements or marketing materials in
such a manner. Insofar as the statements
and marketing materials thus are
compatible with those providers’
representations regarding whether and
how they offer the relevant services, we
are not persuaded to reject the
providers’ representations on the basis
of such materials and statements.
278. Also overstated are commenters’
claims regarding common technical
characteristics or terms of agreements,
whether in marketing materials, ‘‘rate
sheets,’’ or from practical interactions
with Comcast, Charter, Mediacom, ACS,
or BT Americas. These claims do not
dissuade us from the private carriage
determination we make as to those
providers. Such considerations can be
relevant to the classification analysis,
but the evidence before us in that regard
does not require a common carrier
classification here. Even to the extent
that such evidence here directly applies
to the particular providers’ services
addressed above, we are persuaded that,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
in significant part, they do not reflect a
formal offer of service at particular rates
and terms that these providers
genuinely anticipate potential
customers accepting, but merely serve a
starting point for negotiations of
relevant rates and terms. In addition, to
the extent that Verizon identifies certain
similarities in its interactions with a
variety of different service providers
(when acting as a customer) and with its
own operation (when acting as a service
provider), that is distinct from the
relevant question of whether a single
provider treats all potential customers
similarly and thus should be classified
as a common carrier. Further, some
uniformity in technical characteristics
in a given provider’s service offering
appears largely inevitable given the
need to conform to industry standards,
common equipment, and the like, and if
that were enough to warrant a finding of
common carriage, the notion of private
carriage could be rendered a nullity.
Additionally, issues regarding the rates
and terms of any offering are distinct
from the question of whether any
offering (whatever the rates and terms)
is made to all potential users of the
service—a ‘‘critical’’ issue under
NARUC I—and do not implicate our
findings in that regard discussed above.
Thus, while relevant to consider as part
of arguments about a providers’
individualization in rates and terms,
under the totality of the circumstances
here, we conclude that the alleged
‘‘uniformity’’ in service offerings cited
by commenters is limited and does not
preclude our private carriage
classification for Comcast, Charter,
Mediacom, ACS, and BT Americas.
279. Third, we reject common carriage
claims based on asserted similarities
between particular aspects of these
providers’ offering of service and the
manner in which incumbent LECs or
others offer service. We are not
persuaded that comparisons or
analogies to how other providers such
as incumbent LECs or others have
offered service necessarily are
illuminating. Although there are a
variety of prior decisions where the
Commission has suggested that business
data services are telecommunications
services, those decisions are best
understood as descriptive of the
agency’s general sense of how
providers—and particularly incumbent
LECs—were, in practice, offering such
services at the time. They do not
expressly claim (or justify) any formal,
comprehensive classification of
business data services under our
longstanding classification approaches.
Those prior decisions thus also do not
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
prejudge the classification of services
being offered in the marketplace today
or in the future—whether by
competitive providers or incumbent
LECs—which potentially could be
appropriately classified as private
carriage, as well. We need not and do
not resolve such broader classification
issues here.
280. The record also does not
demonstrate that the Commission has
any statutory authority to compel
common carriage offerings of what
otherwise are private carriage business
data services—to compel a provider to
‘‘offer[]’’ business data services ‘‘for a
fee directly to the public’’ if the
provider has not voluntarily done so.
The precedent cited by commenters
advocating such a compulsion arose
where the Commission was exercising
licensing authority. By contrast, the
providers that are the focus of private
carriage arguments in the record here—
particularly cable operators—do not
require any Commission license or
authorization before introducing
domestic, private carriage business data
services, so those orders do not
demonstrate Commission authority as
relevant here. Instead, commenters
merely assert their view that doing so
would be desirable as a way to advance
various policy goals. Absent any
statutory authority, we cannot compel
common carriage for what otherwise are
private carriage offerings.
281. Responses to Arguments
Advocating Compelled Common
Carriage or a Different Classification
Approach. We also reject arguments for
requiring that some or all business data
services be offered on a common
carriage basis as telecommunications
services even where providers otherwise
have elected to offer them on a private
carriage basis. Although the traditional
NARUC analysis recognizes the
possibility that a service provider might
be under a legal compulsion to offer
service on a common carrier basis, the
record does not demonstrate grounds for
imposing such a requirement here. As a
threshold matter, we agree with
commenters that the Further Notice did
not provide adequate APA notice for the
Commission to compel common
carriage for business data services
generally, or to do so for some segment
of the industry, via the adoption of a
legislative rule of general applicability.
282. In addition, we also find
insufficient the policy grounds cited by
commenters advocating compelled
common carriage here. As a number of
commenters recognize, our precedent
generally has identified market power as
a prerequisite for potentially compelling
common carriage, but the record here
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
does not reveal that the specific
providers offering particular business
data services on a private carriage basis
have market power with respect to those
services. While arguing that the
Commission also can compel common
carriage based on other public interest
considerations, Public Knowledge et al.
nonetheless acknowledge that even then
the Commission must consider
‘‘whether the public interest benefits
outweigh the costs of applying
regulation.’’ Yet even that standard is
not met on the record here. Although
some commenters seek to minimize the
perceived extent of regulatory burdens
that would flow from compelled
common carriage, the Commission itself
has acknowledged that meaningful
burdens do, in fact, flow from common
carrier treatment. Some service provider
commenters also explain that they have
relied on their ability to operate on a
private carriage basis, and the flexibility
it provides, when electing to enter the
marketplace with particular business
data service offerings. Thus, we find it
likely that Commission action broadly
treating as common carriage services
that providers wish to offer as private
carriage would discourage investment in
such services. At the same time, we find
any alleged countervailing public
interest benefits entirely speculative.
The generalized claims in the record
about the need for common carriage,
even assuming arguendo that they held
true in some cases, do not demonstrate
the nature and extent of any benefits (if
any) that would flow from compelling
common carriage by the specific
providers discussed above as to the
specific services that we find here to be
offered on a private carriage basis. We
thus find no policy rationale for
compelling common carriage by any
particular providers here.
283. For similar reasons, we decline
to adopt a new approach to
classification here that departs from our
longstanding reliance on the NARUC
analysis as some commenters propose.
Commenters advocating that we classify
business data services solely through
our own interpretation of the statutory
‘‘telecommunications service’’
definition do not put forward a theory
of interpretation that we find
reasonable. Instead, these commenters
focus to such a degree on the desired
outcome of such a classification
approach that we are left unclear how
the Commission could achieve that
outcome without adopting such a
sweeping interpretation of
‘‘telecommunications services’’ as to
virtually eliminate any distinction
between offerings ‘‘to the public’’ and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
private offerings. Thus, as a matter of
statutory construction, the record does
not persuade us to depart from our
longstanding classification approach,
which gave full meaning to the relevant
statutory language consistent with the
legislative history.
284. Independently, we are not
persuaded by policy arguments that we
should depart from our longstanding
classification approach even if we could
do so as a matter of statutory
interpretation. The arguments in favor
of such action are, like the arguments
commenters raised in favor of
compelled common carriage,
generalized assertions about providing
perceived benefits or remedying
perceived risk of harms that are
divorced from any specific
circumstances where application of our
longstanding classification approach
would yield private carriage
classifications. As we explained when
rejecting proposals to compel common
carriage, such arguments do not
demonstrate what public benefits would
flow if the specific services of certain
providers that we find to be offered on
a private carriage basis—or those of
other providers not addressed here—
were instead classified as common
carriage. That shortcoming is even more
problematic for any argument to revisit
the Commission’s classification
approach, because absent some theory
for limiting the interpretation just to this
context, increasing the reach of the
telecommunications service definition
would also result in regulatory burdens
for providers of other communications
services that would be classified as
common carrier telecommunication
services under that interpretive
approach. We thus find no grounds for
adopting an approach to service
classification here that departs from our
longstanding reliance on the NARUC
analysis.
285. Given that we do not depart here
from our longstanding approach to
evaluating private carriage and common
carriage classification, we also continue
to adhere to our precedent under which
shared use arrangements typically were
classified as private carriage.
Consequently, this addresses the
concerns of some commenters that
research and education (R&E) networks
that historically had been treated as
private carriage under that framework
might newly be classified as common
carrier telecommunications services
under a new approach to classification.
B. Expiration of the Section 214 Interim
Wholesale Access Rule
286. By this Order, the Commission
‘‘identifies a set of rules and/or policies
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25697
that will ensure rates, terms, and
conditions for special access services
[business data services] are just and
reasonable.’’ As a result, the interim
wholesale access rule for discontinued
TDM-based business data services and
unbundled network element platform
(UNE–P) replacement services (also
called commercial wholesale platform
services) established in the 2015
Technology Transitions Order will
expire when these rules and policies
become effective. We decline to extend
the interim rule for UNE–P replacement
services.
287. Background. UNE–P replacement
services are wholesale voice services
that consist of a DS0 loop, switching,
and shared transport, and allow
competitive carriers to provide local
exchange service without facilities. In
the 2015 Technology Transitions Order,
the Commission concluded that, as a
condition to receiving authority to
discontinue a legacy TDM-based service
used as a wholesale input by
competitive providers, an incumbent
LEC must provide wholesale access to
UNE–P replacement services and
business data services at DS1 speed and
above on reasonably comparable rates,
terms, and conditions to any requesting
telecommunications carrier. This
interim rule will expire when the
requirements established in this Order
are published in the Federal Register
and become effective. In the 2015
Technology Transitions Further Notice,
the Commission asked whether it
should extend the interim rule for UNE–
P replacement services only for a further
interim period beyond completion of
this proceeding, and if so, for how long.
The Commission ‘‘recognize[d] that
incumbents are currently offering such
commercial arrangements in TDM on a
voluntary basis’’ and further
‘‘recognize[d] the benefits of agreements
reached through market negotiations.’’
288. Discussion. Consistent with the
Commission’s statement in the 2015
Technology Transitions Order that ‘‘the
special access proceeding provides a
foreseeable and definitive point in the
future at which we can reassess the
efficacy and necessity of the [interim]
requirement,’’ we have reevaluated the
continued need for the interim rule. We
determine that the interim rule is no
longer necessary, and we will not
extend it beyond the timeline for
expiration established in the 2015
Technology Transitions Order. In
reaching this conclusion, we return to
the Commission’s longstanding policy
of ‘‘encourag[ing] the innovation and
investment that come from facilitiesbased competition.’’ Thirteen years ago,
the Commission found that ‘‘[i]t is now
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25698
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
clear, as discussed below, that, in many
areas, UNE–P has been a disincentive to
competitive LECs’ infrastructure
investment.’’ Today, we conclude that if
we maintained and extended the
interim rule, it would have a similar
negative impact on incumbent LEC
deployment of, and transition to, nextgeneration network infrastructure and
innovative IP services that benefit all
Americans, businesses and consumers
alike. We will no longer deter
investment in next-generation facilities
or distort the market by extending the
interim rule. Although Granite argues
that UNE–P rate regulation was more
stringent than the ‘‘reasonably
comparable’’ interim rule, the difference
is merely one of degree rather than of
kind.
289. We find arguments raised by
proponents of extending the UNE–P
replacement rule today to be highly
similar to arguments that the
Commission rejected in 2015 when
declining to set a further end date for
the interim rule. Granite and others
have known since the interim rule’s
adoption that the Commission intended
the condition ‘‘to be interim and shortterm in nature’’; indeed, the
Commission emphasized that
‘‘consistent with that goal we have
adopted a specific and foreseeable
endpoint.’’ In the 2015 Technology
Transitions Further Notice the
Commission inquired only whether it
would be appropriate to require an
extension for a further interim period to
the extent ‘‘wholesale arrangements for
voice are unlikely.’’ Based on our
conclusions herein, we decline to alter
the end date of the interim rule. We find
some merit to the argument that it did
not make sense to specifically tie the
interim rule’s termination as to UNE–P
replacement services to the end of this
proceeding as opposed to a fixed end
date. However, unlike proponents of the
interim rule, we find that the
appropriate remedy for this arguably
erroneous decision is to permanently
terminate the interim rule as
expeditiously as possible.
290. We are not persuaded that
competition will be harmed by the
termination of the interim rule.
Proponents of the interim rule ask us to
ensure that the specific wholesale
inputs on which they depend are
available at ‘‘reasonably comparable’’
rates, terms, and conditions if and when
incumbent LECs transition those inputs
fully to Internet Protocol (IP). But ‘‘[o]ur
statutory duty is to protect efficient
competition, not competitors.’’
Companies that offer multilocation
enterprise voice service—such as
Granite and the members of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
Wholesale Voice Coalition—contend
that their service is difficult to provide
without access to regulated inputs due
to the high cost of serving some
individual customer locations, the
typically low number of lines per
customer location, and the need to serve
numerous locations per customer. Given
these companies’ multilocation business
model, it is plausible that they could
absorb a loss to serve some customer
locations yet still find serving that
customer worthwhile. However, neither
Granite nor any other party has linked
the challenges of serving some
individual customer locations to
competitive or customer impact. For
instance, Granite has not quantified how
many of its customers would become
uneconomical to serve without the
interim rule, shown how it would
choose among constructing its own
facilities, reselling cable, and reselling
incumbent LEC services in the absence
of the rule, nor shown how these issues
would adversely affect overall
competition in the market. Instead,
supporters of extending the interim rule
focus on how it would adversely impact
them as individual competitors and call
for us to conduct a detailed examination
of the marketplace for wholesale voice
platform services and—if we are
unwilling to cement the rule
permanently in place—extend the
interim rule until the study is complete.
We decline to expend public resources
to further distort the market, raise costs
associated with the transition to IP,
deter facilities investment, and
introduce regulatory uncertainty.
291. We find the remainder of the
arguments in the record in support of
extending the condition similarly
unpersuasive. Granite has argued that
its overall costs would increase 159
percent if it were required to convert
from purchasing UNE–P replacement
services to resold incumbent LEC voice
lines, but it has not demonstrated that
absent the interim rule such a
conversion would be necessary, nor
supported that assertion beyond
submitting a generalized declaration.
We are equally unpersuaded by a June
2015 study that purports to find that
loss of wholesale access to incumbents’
voice services would result in customer
harm of between $4.443 billion and
$10.168 billion per year. This
calculation is based on Granite’s
estimate that competitive carriers
provide $30 per line of value to their
customers, a remarkable assertion for
which the study provides no
particularized or verifiable support.
Moreover, proponents of extending the
interim rule continue to rely on the
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
same data submitted in support of the
initial adoption of the interim rule.
292. Finally, we note that arguments
in favor of extending the interim rule
are premised on the expectation that
wholesale voice arrangements will not
occur absent regulatory action. We
disagree. Our view is informed
significantly by developments
subsequent to the 2015 Technology
Transitions Order. First, we anticipate
that growing intermodal competition
will continue to diminish incumbent
LECs’ once-central role in the voice
marketplace. Second, incumbent LECs—
in particular, BOCs such as AT&T,
Verizon, and CenturyLink—continue to
offer UNE–P replacement services in
TDM on a voluntary basis under
commercially negotiated terms. In the
course of forbearing from local
switching and shared transport
unbundling obligations under section
271 in the 2015 USTelecom Forbearance
proceeding, the Commission concluded
that it did ‘‘not find persuasive Granite’s
argument that BOCs would never offer
UNE–P replacement services [in TDM]
but for the section 271 ‘backstop.’ ’’
Since that time, neither Granite nor
others have shown that prices or
availability of TDM-based UNE–P
replacement services have changed as a
result of the forbearance. We see no
convincing reason in the record to
assume that the market would operate
differently in IP. Granite attempts to
show otherwise by pointing to
negotiations in which AT&T refused
Granite’s request to include a clause
acknowledging the interim rule.
However, the interim rule was a timelimited regulatory obligation
independent of any contract. We fail to
see how AT&T’s refusal of Granite’s
requested belt-and-suspenders
protection is probative. Similarly, we do
not see Granite’s barebones allegation of
‘‘one ILEC’s refusal to engage in
negotiations with competitive carriers
about access to replacement IP voice
services’’ as significantly probative.
Carrier practices may change over time,
particularly in this early phase of the IP
transition, and one carrier’s practices
may be suggestive, but are not
demonstrative of the entire market.
Given that incumbent LECs offer
UNE–P replacement services in TDM in
a manner that proponents of the interim
rule deem satisfactory (as demonstrated
by their goal of obtaining mandated
‘‘reasonably comparable’’ rates in IP),
and assuming as Granite does that ‘‘IPbased services . . . cost less to provide
than the TDM services,’’ we anticipate
that incumbent LECs will make similar
offerings available in IP.
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
293. While our predictive judgment
regarding the availability of wholesale
voice inputs from incumbent LECs in IP
influences our decision, it alone is not
dispositive. Our overarching goal here is
to increase incentives for and remove
barriers to facilities investment and the
IP transition. We therefore allow the
interim rule to terminate as scheduled.
We also reject the request to prohibit
non-disclosure agreements with respect
to UNE–P replacement services as
unsupported by the record, inconsistent
with our decision to reduce regulatory
intervention, and beyond the scope of
the Further Notice.
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
VII. Other Issues
A. Denying Applications for Review
294. The Commission delegated
authority to the Bureau to implement
the 2015 Collection. In carrying out this
responsibility, the Bureau released the
Data Collection Implementation Order
and the Data Collection Reconsideration
Order, making certain modifications and
clarifications to the 2015 Collection
requirements. CenturyLink and
USTelecom each filed applications for
review (AFRs), seeking reversal of
certain Bureau actions in these orders.
We deny these applications. We
conclude that the CenturyLink AFR is
moot in light of the reforms adopted in
the Order, and we deny the USTelecom
AFR because we find that the Bureau
acted within its delegated authority in
limiting the data collection to one year.
295. On September 18, 2013, the
Bureau released the Data Collection
Implementation Order clarifying the
scope of the collection, providing
instructions on how to respond to the
data collection questions, and providing
a list of all modifications and
amendments to the data collection
questions and definitions. These actions
were based on feedback received from
potential respondents, including the
PRA comments filed with the
Commission during the 60-day public
comment period, and the Bureau’s
further internal review. The 2015
Collection required providers to report
locations with connections. In the Data
Collection Implementation Order, the
Bureau clarified that this meant the
connections were considered capable of
providing a dedicated service for the
purposes of reporting locations. The
Bureau further clarified that cable
system operators in their local franchise
areas were required ‘‘to report those
Locations with Connections owned or
leased as an IRU (i.e., an indefeasible
right of use) that are connected to a
Node (i.e., headend) that has been
upgraded or was built to provide Metro
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
Ethernet (or its equivalent) service, . . .
regardless of the service provided over
the Connection or whether the
Connection is idle or in-service.’’ For
connections not linked to a MetroEcapable node, cable system operators
were only required to report in-service
connections used ‘‘to provide a
Dedicated Service or a service that
incorporates a Dedicated Service within
the offering as part of a managed
solution or bundle of services sold to
the customer.’’
296. On October 22, 2013,
CenturyLink filed an AFR, seeking
reversal of the Bureau’s decision in the
Data Collection Implementation Order
to exclude from the collection those
cable system operator locations neither
used to provide a dedicated service nor
connected to a MetroE-capable node.
CenturyLink argued the decision would
‘‘result in a failure to account fully for
robust and growing cable-based
competition’’ and the Bureau thus
exceeded its delegated authority. ACA,
NCTA, and Sprint opposed the
CenturyLink application for review.
297. Following the release of the Data
Collection Implementation Order, the
Bureau submitted the collection to OMB
for review as required by the PRA, and
after a lengthy review process, OMB
approved the collection subject to
modifications on August 15, 2014. The
most notable modifications to the
collection were: (1) Collecting data for a
single year, 2013, instead of data for two
years, 2010 and 2012; (2) reducing the
mapping requirements for cable
companies to report only fiber routes
making up the local transport network
and not reporting feeder routes to end
user locations; (3) modifying the
definition of purchasers required to
respond to exclude entities spending
less than $5 million dollars on business
data services in 2013; and (4) making
many of the questions directed at
purchasers optional. On September 15,
2014, the Bureau released the Data
Collection Reconsideration Order,
which implemented these changes to
the collection.
298. On October 24, 2014, USTelecom
filed an application seeking
Commission review of the Bureau’s
modification of the collection, in the
Data Collection Reconsideration Order,
to one year’s worth of data as approved
by OMB pursuant to the PRA.
USTelecom asserted this change
‘‘exceeds the Bureau’s delegated
authority, and threatens to undermine
the Commission’s goals for the data
collection effort.’’ Oppositions to the
USTelecom AFR were filed by Sprint
and a coalition of competitive LECs,
urging the Commission to reject the
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25699
application as a meritless tactic to delay
the proceeding.
299. We first deny the CenturyLink
AFR as moot in light of the reforms
adopted in this Order. CenturyLink’s
concern was that the Bureau’s decision
would result in the Commission’s
failing to take into account the growing
cable competition present in the
business data services market. By using
Form 477 data in addition to the 2015
Collection data to craft the competitive
market test, the Commission has
ensured that the competitive market test
fully takes cable competition into
account, both in this initial test and in
future updates.
300. We also deny the US Telecom
AFR. In the Data Collection Order, the
Commission directed the Bureau that
‘‘[t]o the extent the Bureau cannot
obtain Office of Management and
Budget approval for some portion of the
data collection . . . to proceed with the
remainder of the collection.’’ The OMB
approval restricted the data collection to
one year. The Bureau thus properly
proceeded pursuant to Commission
delegation and continued with the data
collection as allowed by OMB.
B. Addressing Motion to Strike
301. On June 17, 2016, CenturyLink et
al. filed a motion seeking to strike from
the record the analysis contained in the
Rysman Paper that was attached to the
Further Notice and other analyses
contained in the record and Further
Notice that were based on the 2015
Collection. According to CenturyLink et
al., the Rysman Paper and Further
Notice were based on flawed data
regarding cable entry and capability in
the market, which massively distorted
the competitive landscape evaluated by
Dr. Rysman. USTelecom filed comments
supporting the motion. In light of the
reforms adopted in the Order, which
rely on cable entry as reported in the
Form 477 data, we conclude that the
motion to strike is moot.
302. CenturyLink et al.’s motion to
strike is in response to various cable
reporting errors contained in the 2015
Collection. After release of the Further
Notice, the Commission discovered that
four cable companies—Comcast,
Charter, Cox, and Legacy TWC—had
failed to report all locations connected
to Metro-E capable headends. These
companies did report in their original
submissions each location to which they
provided business data services in 2013.
Subsequent to this discovery, these
companies supplemented their
submissions, as necessary, with
information to indicate, or to allow the
Commission to determine, those census
blocks with non-residential locations
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25700
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
serviceable by Metro-E headends in
2013.
303. Commission staff have already
accounted for the supplemented cable
information in the context of the
rulemaking proceeding and updated its
analysis accordingly. Moreover, the
competitive market test relies heavily on
data from the Form 477 to determine
where cable competition is present in
the business data services market and
has based significant regulatory relief on
the presence of a single cable provider
located in 75 percent of the census
blocks in a county. The arguments from
CenturyLink et al. are based on the
concern that the Commission would not
have the appropriate evidence of cable
competition in evaluating the business
data services market. Because we have
included the Form 477 data in our
analysis and based significant regulatory
relief on the presence of cable
competition, we conclude that the
motion to strike has been rendered moot
and is therefore denied.
the full reach of each competitor’s
network.’’
306. At the time AT&T filed its
motion, the Commission staff had only
made available a data file identifying
the census blocks in which fiber routes
reported by competitive providers were
present. On March 30, 2016, the Bureau
made available an additional data file
providing the distances from each
unique reported location to each
competitive provider’s fiber network.
AT&T, its economists, and other
commenters have relied on this
information in advocating their
positions in this proceeding. We find
the alternative data file that Commission
staff provided addresses AT&T’s
identified concerns, and we therefore
deny the motion.
D. Severability
307. All of the rules and policies that
are adopted in this Order are designed
to work in unison to ensure that rates
for business data services are just and
reasonable while also encouraging
C. Addressing Previously-Filed Motion
facilities-based competition and
Seeking Additional Information on Fiber
facilitating technology transitions.
Maps
However, each of the separate reforms
we undertake in this Order serves a
304. The Bureau on September 18,
particular function toward these goals.
2015, released an order clarifying and
modifying the Protective Order initially Therefore, it is our intent that each of
the rules and policies adopted herein
adopted for the 2015 Collection. In that
shall be severable. If any of the rules or
order, the Bureau declined to make
policies is declared invalid or
available to authorized parties fiber
unenforceable for any reason, it is our
mapping files showing ‘‘the starting
intent that the remaining rules shall
points for connections to end user
locations,’’ ‘‘the transmission paths,’’ or remain in full force and effect.
‘‘the connections to end user locations’’
E. Directive to Bureau To Correct Errors
in order to mitigate potential risks to
and Omissions
critical communications infrastructure.
308. Given the complexities
The Bureau as an alternative offered to
‘‘provide maps depicting the presence of associated with modifying existing rules
as well as other reforms adopted in this
fiber by listing all the providers with
Order, we direct the Wireline
fiber facilities in a census block or by
Competition Bureau to make any further
indicating a connected end-user
rule revisions extending only to
location’s distance to fiber without
technical and conforming edits to
including information on the specific
ensure that the reforms adopted in this
route of the fiber.’’
Order are properly reflected in the rules.
305. On March 17, 2016, AT&T filed
If any such rule changes are warranted,
a motion seeking access to the highly
confidential fiber route maps submitted the Bureau shall be responsible for such
by competitive providers in response to changes. We note that any entity that
disagrees with a rule change made by
the 2015 Collection. Denying access,
the Bureau will have the opportunity to
according to AT&T, would violate the
file an Application for Review by the
Administrative Procedure Act by not
full Commission.
allowing it to refute claims by
309. This Order will require price cap
competitive LECs that competition only
incumbent LECs and their customers to
exists at the building level because
make operational changes that will raise
AT&T could not ‘‘show where the
technical issues, many of which will
CLECs have actually deployed fiber.’’
Specifically, AT&T asserted it could not only come to light as the Order begins
refute arguments by showing ‘‘precisely to be implemented. We direct that, in
how many locations with special access resolving these issues, the Bureau shall
make sure that the operational changes
demand are within the CLECs’ own
properly reflect the reforms adopted in
stated distances for lateral build-out
the Order.
from their fiber facilities’’ or ‘‘calculate
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
310. In addition, we take this
opportunity to make several nonsubstantive rule amendments. We find
that notice and comment is unnecessary
for rule amendments to ensure
consistency in terminology and cross
references across various rules, correct
inadvertent failures to make conforming
changes when prior rule amendments
occurred, and to delete references to
rules governing past time periods that
no longer are applicable.
VIII. Procedural Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
311. This document contains new
information collection requirements
subject to the PRA. It will be submitted
to OMB for review under section
3507(d) of the PRA. OMB, the general
public, and other Federal agencies will
be invited to comment on the new
information collection requirements
contained in this proceeding. In
addition, we note that pursuant to the
Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of
2002, we previously sought specific
comment on how the Commission might
further reduce the information
collection burden for small business
concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
We describe impacts that might affect
small businesses, which includes most
businesses with fewer than 25
employees, in the Final Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis.
B. Congressional Review Act
312. The Commission will send a
copy of this Report and Order to
Congress and the Government
Accountability Office pursuant to the
Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C.
801(a)(1)(A).
C. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
313. As required by the Regulatory by
the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980,
as amended (RFA) an Initial Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) was
incorporated into the Further Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking (Further Notice)
for the business data services (BDS)
proceeding. The Commission sought
written public comment on the
proposals in the Further Notice,
including comment on the IRFA. The
Commission received no comments on
the IRFA. Because the Commission
amends its rules in this Report and
Order, the Commission has included
this Final Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (FRFA). This present FRFA
conforms to the RFA.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, the Rules
314. In the Further Notice, the
Commission proposed to replace the
existing business data services
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
regulatory structure with a new
technology-neutral framework and
sought comprehensive comments on the
proposed new framework. This Order,
therefore, provides a new framework for
business data services that minimizes
unnecessary government intervention
and allows market forces to continue
working to spur entry, innovation and
competition.
315. Based on the 2015 Collection, the
Commission makes findings as to the
relevant market for analysis, trends in
competition, and the presence of market
power. Significantly, the Commission
finds competition in the provision of the
following business data services to be
sufficiently widespread that pricing
regulation would be counterproductive:
Packet-based business data services,
optical transmission services with
bandwidths in excess of a DS3, and
TDM transport services. The
Commission, therefore, declines to
adopt, and where applicable ends, ex
ante pricing regulation for such services.
With respect to the provision by price
cap incumbent LECs of DS1 and DS3
end user channel terminations, the
Commission adopts the following
competitive market test. For a particular
county if: 50 percent of the buildings in
that county are within a half mile of a
location served by a competitive
provider based on the 2015 Collection or
75 percent of the census blocks in a
county have a cable provider present
based on Form 477 data, the
Commission finds that ex ante pricing
regulation of that county would be
counterproductive. The services
relieved of ex ante pricing regulation
will be subject to permissive detariffing
for a period of 36 months at which time
they will be subject to mandatory
detariffing.
316. For counties that do not meet the
competitive market test, the
Commission will retain price cap
regulation for incumbent LEC provision
of DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations, and certain other business
data services, and apply the principles
of Phase I pricing flexibility to these
counties, which will permit the carriers
to offer volume and term discounts, as
well as contract tariffs. These services
will also be subject to a productivitybased X-factor of 2.0 percent and
restrictions on the incumbent LEC’s use
of non-disclosure agreements.
3. Response to Comments by the Chief
Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration
318. The Chief Counsel did not file
any comments in response to this
proceeding.
2. Summary of Significant Issues Raised
by Public Comments in Response to the
IRFA
b. Wireline Providers
321. Incumbent Local Exchange
Carriers (Incumbent LECs). Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a small business size standard
specifically for incumbent LEC services.
317. The Commission did not receive
comments specifically addressing the
rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
4. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which the
Rules Will Apply
319. The RFA directs agencies to
provide a description of, and where
feasible, an estimate of the number of
small entities that may be affected by
the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA
generally defines the term ‘‘small
entity’’ as having the same meaning as
the terms ‘‘small business,’’ ‘‘small
organization,’’ and ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction.’’ In addition, the term
‘‘small business’’ has the same meaning
as the term ‘‘small-business concern’’
under the Small Business Act. A smallbusiness concern’’ is one which: (1) Is
independently owned and operated; (2)
is not dominant in its field of operation;
and (3) satisfies any additional criteria
established by the Small Business
Administration (SBA).
a. Total Small Entities
320. Our proposed action, if
implemented, may, over time, affect
small entities that are not easily
categorized at present. We therefore
describe here, at the outset, three
comprehensive, statutory small entity
size standards. First, as of 2013, the SBA
estimates there are an estimated 28.8
million small businesses nationwide—
comprising some 99.9% of all
businesses. In addition, a ‘‘small
organization’’ is generally ‘‘any not-forprofit enterprise which is independently
owned and operated and is not
dominant in its field.’’ Nationwide, as of
2007, there were approximately
1,621,315 small organizations. Finally,
the term ‘‘small governmental
jurisdiction’’ is defined generally as
‘‘governments of cities, towns,
townships, villages, school districts, or
special districts, with a population of
less than fifty thousand.’’ Census
Bureau data for 2012 indicate that there
were 90,056 local governmental
jurisdictions in the United States. We
estimate that, of this total, as many as
89,195 entities may qualify as ‘‘small
governmental jurisdictions.’’ Thus, we
estimate that most governmental
jurisdictions are small.
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25701
The closest applicable size standard
under SBA rules is for the category
Wired Telecommunications Carriers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission
data, 1,307 carriers reported that they
were incumbent LEC providers. Of these
1,307 carriers, an estimated 1,006 have
1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have
more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that most providers of
incumbent LEC service are small
businesses that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
322. We have included small
incumbent LECs in this present RFA
analysis. As noted above, a ‘‘small
business’’ under the RFA is one that,
inter alia, meets the pertinent small
business size standard (e.g., a telephone
communications business having 1,500
or fewer employees), and ‘‘is not
dominant in its field of operation.’’ The
SBA’s Office of Advocacy contends that,
for RFA purposes, small incumbent
LECs are not dominant in their field of
operation because any such dominance
is not ‘‘national’’ in scope. We have
therefore included small incumbent
LECs in this RFA analysis, although we
emphasize that this RFA action has no
effect on Commission analyses and
determinations in other, non-RFA
contexts.
323. Competitive Local Exchange
Carriers (Competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs),
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
Other Local Service Providers. Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard specifically for these service
providers. The appropriate NAICS Code
category is Wired Telecommunications
Carriers, as defined in paragraph 6 of
this FRFA. Under that size standard,
such a business is small if it has 1,500
or fewer employees. U.S. Census data
for 2012 indicate that 3,117 firms
operated during that year. Of that
number, 3,083 operated with fewer than
1,000 employees. Based on this data, the
Commission concludes that the majority
of Competitive LECs, CAPs, SharedTenant Service Providers, and Other
Local Service Providers, are small
entities. According to Commission data,
1,442 carriers reported that they were
engaged in the provision of either
competitive local exchange services or
competitive access provider services. Of
these 1,442 carriers, an estimated 1,256
have 1,500 or fewer employees and 186
have more than 1,500 employees. In
addition, 17 carriers have reported that
they are Shared-Tenant Service
Providers, and all 17 are estimated to
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25702
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
have 1,500 or fewer employees. Also, 72
carriers have reported that they are
Other Local Service Providers. Of this
total, seventy have 1,500 or fewer
employees. Consequently, based on
internally researched FCC data, the
Commission estimates that most
providers of competitive local exchange
service, competitive access providers,
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and
other local service providers are small
entities that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
324. Interexchange Carriers. Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a definition specifically for
providers of interexchange services. The
closest NAICS Code category is Wired
Telecommunications Carriers as defined
in this FRFA. The applicable size
standard under SBA rules is that such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. U.S. Census data for
2012 indicates that 3,117 firms operated
during that year. Of that number, 3,083
operated with fewer than 1,000
employees. According to internally
developed Commission data, 359
carriers have reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of interexchange service.
Of this total, an estimated 317 have
1,500 or fewer employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of
interexchange carriers are small entities
that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
325. Operator Service Providers
(OSPs). Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business
size standard specifically for operator
service providers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such
a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. According to
Commission data, 33 carriers have
reported that they are engaged in the
provision of operator services. Of these,
an estimated 31 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and two have more than
1,500 employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of OSPs are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
326. Prepaid Calling Card Providers.
Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business
definition specifically for prepaid
calling card providers. The most
appropriate NAICS code-based category
for defining prepaid calling card
providers is Telecommunications
Resellers. This industry comprises
establishments engaged in purchasing
access and network capacity from
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
owners and operators of
telecommunications networks and
reselling wired and wireless
telecommunications services (except
satellite) to businesses and households.
Establishments in this industry resell
telecommunications; they do not
operate transmission facilities and
infrastructure. Mobile virtual networks
operators (MVNOs) are included in this
industry. Under the applicable SBA size
standard, such a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees. U.S.
Census data for 2012 show that 1,341
firms provided resale services during
that year. Of that number, 1,341
operated with fewer than 1,000
employees. Thus, under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of these prepaid
calling card providers can be considered
small entities. According to Commission
data, 193 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of
prepaid calling cards. All 193 have
1,500 or fewer employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of prepaid
calling card providers are small entities
that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
327. Local Resellers. The SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for the category of
Telecommunications Resellers. Under
that size standard, such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
Census data for 2012 show that 1,341
firms provided resale services during
that year. Of that number, 1,341
operated with fewer than 1,000
employees. Under this category and the
associated small business size standard,
the majority of these local resellers can
be considered small entities. According
to Commission data, 213 carriers have
reported that they are engaged in the
provision of local resale services. Of
these, an estimated 211 have 1,500 or
fewer employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that the majority
of local resellers are small entities that
may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
328. Toll Resellers. The Commission
has not developed a definition for Toll
Resellers. The closest NAICS Code
Category is Telecommunications
Resellers, and the SBA has developed a
small business size standard for the
category of Telecommunications
Resellers.1 Under that size standard,
such a business is small if it has 1,500
or fewer employees. Census data for
2012 show that 1,341 firms provided
resale services during that year. Of that
number, 1,341 operated with fewer than
1,000 employees. Thus, under this
category and the associated small
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
business size standard, the majority of
these resellers can be considered small
entities. According to Commission data,
881 carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of toll resale
services. Of these, an estimated 857
have 1,500 or fewer employees.
Consequently, the Commission
estimates that the majority of toll
resellers are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
329. Other Toll Carriers. Neither the
Commission nor the SBA has developed
a definition for small businesses
specifically applicable to Other Toll
Carriers. This category includes toll
carriers that do not fall within the
categories of interexchange carriers,
operator service providers, prepaid
calling card providers, satellite service
carriers, or toll resellers. The closest
applicable size standard under SBA
rules is for Wired Telecommunications
Carriers as defined in paragraph 6 of
this FRFA. Under that size standard,
such a business is small if it has 1,500
or fewer employees. Census data for
2012 shows that there were 3,117 firms
that operated that year. Of this total,
3,083 operated with fewer than 1,000
employees. Thus, under this category
and the associated small business size
standard, the majority of Other Toll
Carriers can be considered small.
According to internally developed
Commission data, 284 companies
reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was
the provision of other toll carriage. Of
these, an estimated 279 have 1,500 or
fewer employees. Consequently, the
Commission estimates that most Other
Toll Carriers are small entities that may
be affected by the rules and policies
adopted pursuant to the Order.
330. 800 and 800-Like Service
Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small
business size standard specifically for
800 and 800-like service (toll free)
subscribers. The appropriate size
standard under SBA rules is for the
category Telecommunications Resellers.
Under that size standard, such a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. The most reliable source of
information regarding the number of
these service subscribers appears to be
data the Commission collects on the
800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to our data, as of September
2009, the number of 800 numbers
assigned was 7,860,000; the number of
888 numbers assigned was 5,588,687;
the number of 877 numbers assigned
was 4,721,866; and the number of 866
numbers assigned was 7,867,736. We do
not have data specifying the number of
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
these subscribers that are not
independently owned and operated or
have more than 1,500 employees, and
thus are unable at this time to estimate
with greater precision the number of toll
free subscribers that would qualify as
small businesses under the SBA size
standard. Consequently, we estimate
that there are 7,860,000 or fewer small
entity 800 subscribers; 5,588,687 or
fewer small entity 888 subscribers;
4,721,866 or fewer small entity 877
subscribers; and 7,867,736 or fewer
small entity 866 subscribers.
c. Wireless Providers—Fixed and
Mobile
331. The rules adopted in the Report
and Order may affect wireless providers.
As a general matter, the number of
winning bidders that claim to qualify as
small businesses at the close of an
auction does not necessarily represent
the number of small businesses
currently in service. Also, the
Commission does not generally track
subsequent business size unless, in the
context of assignments and transfers or
reportable eligibility events, unjust
enrichment issues are implicated.
332. Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite). This industry
comprises establishments engaged in
operating and maintaining switching
and transmission facilities to provide
communications via the airwaves.
Establishments in this industry have
spectrum licenses and provide services
using that spectrum, such as cellular
services, paging services, wireless
internet access, and wireless video
services. The appropriate size standard
under SBA rules is that such a business
is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. For this industry, Census
data for 2012 show that there were 967
firms that operated for the entire year.
Of this total, 955 firms had fewer than
1,000 employees. Thus under this
category and the associated size
standard, the Commission estimates that
the majority of wireless
telecommunications carriers (except
satellite) are small entities. Similarly,
according to internally developed
Commission data, 413 carriers reported
that they were engaged in the provision
of wireless telephony, including cellular
service, Personal Communications
Service (PCS), and Specialized Mobile
Radio (SMR) services. Of this total, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees. Thus, using available data,
we estimate that the majority of wireless
firms can be considered small.
333. Wireless Communications
Services. This service can be used for
fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital
audio broadcasting satellite uses. The
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
Commission defined ‘‘small business’’
for the wireless communications
services (WCS) auction as an entity with
average gross revenues of $40 million
for each of the three preceding years,
and a ‘‘very small business’’ as an entity
with average gross revenues of $15
million for each of the three preceding
years. The SBA has approved these
definitions.
334. 218–219 MHz Service. The first
auction of 218–219 MHz spectrum
resulted in 170 entities winning licenses
for 594 Metropolitan Statistical Area
(MSA) licenses. Of the 594 licenses, 557
were won by entities qualifying as a
small business. For that auction, the
small business size standard was an
entity that, together with its affiliates,
has no more than a $6 million net worth
and, after federal income taxes
(excluding any carry over losses), has no
more than $2 million in annual profits
each year for the previous two years. In
the 218–219 MHz Report and Order and
Memorandum Opinion and Order, we
established a small business size
standard for a ‘‘small business’’ as an
entity that, together with its affiliates
and persons or entities that hold
interests in such an entity and their
affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues not to exceed $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and persons
or entities that hold interests in such an
entity and its affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues not to exceed $3
million for the preceding three years.
These size standards will be used in
future auctions of 218–219 MHz
spectrum.
335. 2.3 GHz Wireless
Communications Services. This service
can be used for fixed, mobile,
radiolocation, and digital audio
broadcasting satellite uses. The
Commission defined ‘‘small business’’
for the wireless communications
services (‘‘WCS’’) auction as an entity
with average gross revenues of $40
million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ‘‘very small business’’ as an
entity with average gross revenues of
$15 million for each of the three
preceding years. The SBA has approved
these definitions. The Commission
auctioned geographic area licenses in
the WCS service. In the auction, which
was conducted in 1997, there were
seven bidders that won 31 licenses that
qualified as very small business entities,
and one bidder that won one license
that qualified as a small business entity.
336. 1670–1675 MHz Services. This
service can be used for fixed and mobile
uses, except aeronautical mobile. An
auction for one license in the 1670–1675
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25703
MHz band was conducted in 2003. One
license was awarded. The winning
bidder was not a small entity.
337. Wireless Telephony. Wireless
telephony includes cellular, personal
communications services, and
specialized mobile radio telephony
carriers. As noted, the SBA has
developed a small business size
standard for Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under the SBA small business
size standard, a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees.
According to Commission data, 413
carriers reported that they were engaged
in wireless telephony. Of these, an
estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer
employees and 152 have more than
1,500 employees. Therefore, a little less
than one third of these entities can be
considered small.
338. Broadband Personal
Communications Service. The
broadband personal communications
services (PCS) spectrum is divided into
six frequency blocks designated A
through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The
Commission initially defined a ‘‘small
business’’ for C- and F-Block licenses as
an entity that has average gross revenues
of $40 million or less in the three
previous calendar years. For F-Block
licenses, an additional small business
size standard for ‘‘very small business’’
was added and is defined as an entity
that, together with its affiliates, has
average gross revenues of not more than
$15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. These small business
size standards, in the context of
broadband PCS auctions, have been
approved by the SBA. No small
businesses within the SBA-approved
small business size standards bid
successfully for licenses in Blocks A
and B. There were 90 winning bidders
that claimed small business status in the
first two C-Block auctions. A total of 93
bidders that claimed small business
status won approximately 40 percent of
the 1,479 licenses in the first auction for
the D, E, and F Blocks. On April 15,
1999, the Commission completed the
reauction of 347 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block
licenses in Auction No. 22. Of the 57
winning bidders in that auction, 48
claimed small business status and won
277 licenses.
339. On January 26, 2001, the
Commission completed the auction of
422 C and F Block Broadband PCS
licenses in Auction No. 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in that auction, 29
claimed small business status.
Subsequent events concerning Auction
35, including judicial and agency
determinations, resulted in a total of 163
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25704
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
C and F Block licenses being available
for grant. On February 15, 2005, the
Commission completed an auction of
242 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block licenses in
Auction No. 58. Of the 24 winning
bidders in that auction, 16 claimed
small business status and won 156
licenses. On May 21, 2007, the
Commission completed an auction of 33
licenses in the A, C, and F Blocks in
Auction No. 71. Of the 12 winning
bidders in that auction, five claimed
small business status and won 18
licenses. On August 20, 2008, the
Commission completed the auction of
20 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block Broadband
PCS licenses in Auction No. 78. Of the
eight winning bidders for Broadband
PCS licenses in that auction, six claimed
small business status and won 14
licenses.
340. Specialized Mobile Radio
Licenses. The Commission awards
‘‘small entity’’ bidding credits in
auctions for Specialized Mobile Radio
(SMR) geographic area licenses in the
800 MHz and 900 MHz bands to firms
that had revenues of no more than $15
million in each of the three previous
calendar years. The Commission awards
‘‘very small entity’’ bidding credits to
firms that had revenues of no more than
$3 million in each of the three previous
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards for
the 900 MHz Service. The Commission
has held auctions for geographic area
licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz
bands. The 900 MHz SMR auction began
on December 5, 1995, and closed on
April 15, 1996. Sixty bidders claiming
that they qualified as small businesses
under the $15 million size standard won
263 geographic area licenses in the 900
MHz SMR band. The 800 MHz SMR
auction for the upper 200 channels
began on October 28, 1997, and was
completed on December 8, 1997. Ten
bidders claiming that they qualified as
small businesses under the $15 million
size standard won 38 geographic area
licenses for the upper 200 channels in
the 800 MHz SMR band. A second
auction for the 800 MHz band was held
on January 10, 2002 and closed on
January 17, 2002 and included 23 BEA
licenses. One bidder claiming small
business status won five licenses.
341. The auction of the 1,053 800
MHz SMR geographic area licenses for
the General Category channels began on
August 16, 2000, and was completed on
September 1, 2000. Eleven bidders won
108 geographic area licenses for the
General Category channels in the 800
MHz SMR band and qualified as small
businesses under the $15 million size
standard. In an auction completed on
December 5, 2000, a total of 2,800
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
Economic Area licenses in the lower 80
channels of the 800 MHz SMR service
were awarded. Of the 22 winning
bidders, 19 claimed small business
status and won 129 licenses. Thus,
combining all four auctions, 41 winning
bidders for geographic licenses in the
800 MHz SMR band claimed status as
small businesses.
342. In addition, there are numerous
incumbent site-by-site SMR licenses and
licensees with extended implementation
authorizations in the 800 and 900 MHz
bands. We do not know how many firms
provide 800 MHz or 900 MHz
geographic area SMR service pursuant
to extended implementation
authorizations, nor how many of these
providers have annual revenues of no
more than $15 million. One firm has
over $15 million in revenues. In
addition, we do not know how many of
these firms have 1,500 or fewer
employees, which is the SBAdetermined size standard. We assume,
for purposes of this analysis, that all of
the remaining extended implementation
authorizations are held by small
entities, as defined by the SBA.
343. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses.
The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of
small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits. The
Commission defined a ‘‘small business’’
as an entity that, together with its
affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding
$40 million for the preceding three
years. A ‘‘very small business’’ is
defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, the lower 700
MHz Service had a third category of
small business status for Metropolitan/
Rural Service Area (MSA/RSA)
licenses—‘‘entrepreneur’’—which is
defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA approved these
small size standards. An auction of 740
licenses (one license in each of the 734
MSAs/RSAs and one license in each of
the six Economic Area Groupings
(EAGs)) commenced on August 27,
2002, and closed on September 18,
2002. Of the 740 licenses available for
auction, 484 licenses were won by 102
winning bidders. Seventy-two of the
winning bidders claimed small
business, very small business or
entrepreneur status and won a total of
329 licenses. A second auction
commenced on May 28, 2003, closed on
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
June 13, 2003, and included 256
licenses: 5 EAG licenses and 476
Cellular Market Area licenses.
Seventeen winning bidders claimed
small or very small business status and
won 60 licenses, and nine winning
bidders claimed entrepreneur status and
won 154 licenses. On July 26, 2005, the
Commission completed an auction of 5
licenses in the Lower 700 MHz band
(Auction No. 60). There were three
winning bidders for five licenses. All
three winning bidders claimed small
business status.
344. In 2007, the Commission
reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second
Report and Order. An auction of 700
MHz licenses commenced January 24,
2008 and closed on March 18, 2008,
which included, 176 Economic Area
licenses in the A Block, 734 Cellular
Market Area licenses in the B Block, and
176 EA licenses in the E Block. Twenty
winning bidders, claiming small
business status (those with attributable
average annual gross revenues that
exceed $15 million and do not exceed
$40 million for the preceding three
years) won 49 licenses. Thirty three
winning bidders claiming very small
business status (those with attributable
average annual gross revenues that do
not exceed $15 million for the preceding
three years) won 325 licenses.
345. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses.
In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules
regarding Upper 700 MHz licenses. On
January 24, 2008, the Commission
commenced Auction 73 in which
several licenses in the Upper 700 MHz
band were available for licensing: 12
Regional Economic Area Grouping
licenses in the C Block, and one
nationwide license in the D Block. The
auction concluded on March 18, 2008,
with 3 winning bidders claiming very
small business status (those with
attributable average annual gross
revenues that do not exceed $15 million
for the preceding three years) and
winning five licenses.
346. 700 MHz Guard Band Licensees.
In 2000, in the 700 MHz Guard Band
Order, the Commission adopted size
standards for ‘‘small businesses’’ and
‘‘very small businesses’’ for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A small business
in this service is an entity that, together
with its affiliates and controlling
principals, has average gross revenues
not exceeding $40 million for the
preceding three years. Additionally, a
very small business is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
revenues that are not more than $15
million for the preceding three years.
SBA approval of these definitions is not
required. An auction of 52 Major
Economic Area licenses commenced on
September 6, 2000, and closed on
September 21, 2000. Of the 104 licenses
auctioned, 96 licenses were sold to nine
bidders. Five of these bidders were
small businesses that won a total of 26
licenses. A second auction of 700 MHz
Guard Band licenses commenced on
February 13, 2001, and closed on
February 21, 2001. All eight of the
licenses auctioned were sold to three
bidders. One of these bidders was a
small business that won a total of two
licenses.
347. Cellular Radiotelephone Service.
Auction 77 was held to resolve one
group of mutually exclusive
applications for Cellular Radiotelephone
Service licenses for unserved areas in
New Mexico. Bidding credits for
designated entities were not available in
Auction 77. In 2008, the Commission
completed the closed auction of one
unserved service area in the Cellular
Radiotelephone Service, designated as
Auction 77. Auction 77 concluded with
one provisionally winning bid for the
unserved area totaling $25,002.
348. Private Land Mobile Radio
(‘‘PLMR’’). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial,
business, land transportation, and
public safety activities. These radios are
used by companies of all sizes operating
in all U.S. business categories, and are
often used in support of the licensee’s
primary (non-telecommunications)
business operations. For the purpose of
determining whether a licensee of a
PLMR system is a small business as
defined by the SBA, we use the broad
census category, Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that
a small entity is any such entity
employing no more than 1,500 persons.
The Commission does not require PLMR
licensees to disclose information about
number of employees, so the
Commission does not have information
that could be used to determine how
many PLMR licensees constitute small
entities under this definition. We note
that PLMR licensees generally use the
licensed facilities in support of other
business activities, and therefore, it
would also be helpful to assess PLMR
licensees under the standards applied to
the particular industry subsector to
which the licensee belongs.
349. As of March 2010, there were
424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands
below 512 MHz. We note that any entity
engaged in a commercial activity is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
eligible to hold a PLMR license, and that
any revised rules in this context could
therefore potentially impact small
entities covering a great variety of
industries.
350. Rural Radiotelephone Service.
The Commission has not adopted a size
standard for small businesses specific to
the Rural Radiotelephone Service. A
significant subset of the Rural
Radiotelephone Service is the Basic
Exchange Telephone Radio System
(BETRS). In the present context, we will
use the SBA’s small business size
standard applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite), i.e., an entity employing no
more than 1,500 persons. There are
approximately 1,000 licensees in the
Rural Radiotelephone Service, and the
Commission estimates that there are
1,000 or fewer small entity licensees in
the Rural Radiotelephone Service that
may be affected by the rules and
policies proposed herein.
351. Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service. The Commission has previously
used the SBA’s small business size
standard applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite), i.e., an entity employing no
more than 1,500 persons. There are
approximately 100 licensees in the AirGround Radiotelephone Service, and
under that definition, we estimate that
almost all of them qualify as small
entities under the SBA definition. For
purposes of assigning Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service licenses
through competitive bidding, the
Commission has defined ‘‘small
business’’ as an entity that, together
with controlling interests and affiliates,
has average annual gross revenues for
the preceding three years not exceeding
$40 million. A ‘‘very small business’’ is
defined as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average annual gross revenues for the
preceding three years not exceeding $15
million. These definitions were
approved by the SBA. In May 2006, the
Commission completed an auction of
nationwide commercial Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service licenses in the
800 MHz band (Auction No. 65). On
June 2, 2006, the auction closed with
two winning bidders winning two AirGround Radiotelephone Services
licenses. Neither of the winning bidders
claimed small business status.
352. Aviation and Marine Radio
Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use
a very high frequency (VHF) marine or
aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an
emergency position-indicating radio
beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency
locator transmitter. The Commission has
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25705
not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these
small businesses. For purposes of this
analysis, the Commission uses the SBA
small business size standard for the
category Wireless Telecommunications
Carriers (except Satellite), which is
1,500 or fewer employees. Census data
for 2012, which are the most recent
Census data available, show that there
were 967 firms that operated that year.
Of those 967, 955 had fewer than 1,000
employees, and 12 firms had more than
1,000 employees. Most applicants for
recreational licenses are individuals.
Approximately 581,000 ship station
licensees and 131,000 aircraft station
licensees operate domestically and are
not subject to the radio carriage
requirements of any statute or treaty.
For purposes of our evaluations in this
analysis, we estimate that there are up
to approximately 712,000 licensees that
are small businesses (or individuals)
under the SBA standard. In addition,
between December 3, 1998 and
December 14, 1998, the Commission
held an auction of 42 VHF Public Coast
licenses in the 157.1875–157.4500 MHz
(ship transmit) and 161.775–162.0125
MHz (coast transmit) bands. For
purposes of the auction, the
Commission defined a ‘‘small’’ business
as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average gross revenues for the preceding
three years not to exceed $15 million
dollars. In addition, a ‘‘very small’’
business is one that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has
average gross revenues for the preceding
three years not to exceed $3 million
dollars. There are approximately 10,672
licensees in the Marine Coast Service,
and the Commission estimates that
almost all of them qualify as ‘‘small’’
businesses under the above special
small business size standards and may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
353. Advanced Wireless Services
(AWS) (1710–1755 MHz and 2110–2155
MHz bands (AWS–1); 1915–1920 MHz,
1995–2000 MHz, 2020–2025 MHz and
2175–2180 MHz bands (AWS–2); 2155–
2175 MHz band (AWS–3)). For the
AWS–1 bands, the Commission has
defined a ‘‘small business’’ as an entity
with average annual gross revenues for
the preceding three years not exceeding
$40 million, and a ‘‘very small
business’’ as an entity with average
annual gross revenues for the preceding
three years not exceeding $15 million.
For AWS–2 and AWS–3, although we
do not know for certain which entities
are likely to apply for these frequencies,
we note that the AWS–1 bands are
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25706
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
comparable to those used for cellular
service and personal communications
service. The Commission has not yet
adopted size standards for the AWS–2
or AWS–3 bands but proposes to treat
both AWS–2 and AWS–3 similarly to
broadband PCS service and AWS–1
service due to the comparable capital
requirements and other factors, such as
issues involved in relocating
incumbents and developing markets,
technologies, and services.
354. 3650–3700 MHz band. In March
2005, the Commission released a Report
and Order and Memorandum Opinion
and Order that provides for nationwide,
non-exclusive licensing of terrestrial
operations, utilizing contention-based
technologies, in the 3650 MHz band
(i.e., 3650–3700 MHz). As of April 2010,
more than 1270 licenses have been
granted and more than 7433 sites have
been registered. The Commission has
not developed a definition of small
entities applicable to 3650–3700 MHz
band nationwide, non-exclusive
licensees. However, we estimate that the
majority of these licensees are Internet
Access Service Providers (ISPs) and that
most of those licensees are small
businesses.
355. Fixed Microwave Services.
Microwave services include common
carrier, private-operational fixed, and
broadcast auxiliary radio services. They
also include the Local Multipoint
Distribution Service (LMDS), the Digital
Electronic Message Service (DEMS), and
the 24 GHz Service, where licensees can
choose between common carrier and
non-common carrier status. At present,
there are approximately 36,708 common
carrier fixed licensees and 59,291
private operational-fixed licensees and
broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in
the microwave services. There are
approximately 135 LMDS licensees,
three DEMS licensees, and three 24 GHz
licensees. The Commission has not yet
defined a small business with respect to
microwave services. For purposes of the
FRFA, we will use the SBA’s definition
applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
satellite)—i.e., an entity with no more
than 1,500 persons. Under the present
and prior categories, the SBA has
deemed a wireless business to be small
if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. The
Commission does not have data
specifying the number of these licensees
that have more than 1,500 employees,
and thus is unable at this time to
estimate with greater precision the
number of fixed microwave service
licensees that would qualify as small
business concerns under the SBA’s
small business size standard.
Consequently, the Commission
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
estimates that there are up to 36,708
common carrier fixed licensees and up
to 59,291 private operational-fixed
licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio
licensees in the microwave services that
may be small and may be affected by the
rules and policies adopted herein. We
note, however, that the common carrier
microwave fixed licensee category
includes some large entities.
356. Offshore Radiotelephone Service.
This service operates on several UHF
television broadcast channels that are
not used for television broadcasting in
the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico. There are presently
approximately 55 licensees in this
service. The Commission is unable to
estimate at this time the number of
licensees that would qualify as small
under the SBA’s small business size
standard for the category of Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under that SBA small
business size standard, a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees.
Census data for 2012, which are the
most recent Census data available, show
that there were 967 firms that operated
that year. Of those 967, 955 had fewer
than 1,000 employees, and 12 firms had
more than 1,000 employees. Thus,
under this category and the associated
small business size standard, the
majority of firms can be considered
small.
357. 39 GHz Service. The Commission
created a special small business size
standard for 39 GHz licenses—an entity
that has average gross revenues of $40
million or less in the three previous
calendar years. An additional size
standard for ‘‘very small business’’ is:
An entity that, together with affiliates,
has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three
calendar years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards. The
auction of the 2,173 39 GHz licenses
began on April 12, 2000 and closed on
May 8, 2000. The 18 bidders who
claimed small business status won 849
licenses. Consequently, the Commission
estimates that 18 or fewer 39 GHz
licensees are small entities that may be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
358. Broadband Radio Service and
Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems,
previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (MDS) and
Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (MMDS) systems, and ‘‘wireless
cable,’’ transmit video programming to
subscribers and provide two-way high
speed data operations using the
microwave frequencies of the
Broadband Radio Service (BRS) and
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Educational Broadband Service (EBS)
(previously referred to as the
Instructional Television Fixed Service
(ITFS)). In connection with the 1996
BRS auction, the Commission
established a small business size
standard as an entity that had annual
average gross revenues of no more than
$40 million in the previous three
calendar years. The BRS auctions
resulted in 67 successful bidders
obtaining licensing opportunities for
493 Basic Trading Areas (BTAs). Of the
67 auction winners, 61 met the
definition of a small business. BRS also
includes licensees of stations authorized
prior to the auction. At this time, we
estimate that of the 61 small business
BRS auction winners, 48 remain small
business licensees. In addition to the 48
small businesses that hold BTA
authorizations, there are approximately
392 incumbent BRS licensees that are
considered small entities. After adding
the number of small business auction
licensees to the number of incumbent
licensees not already counted, we find
that there are currently approximately
440 BRS licensees that are defined as
small businesses under either the SBA
or the Commission’s rules.
359. In 2009, the Commission
conducted Auction 86, the sale of 78
licenses in the BRS areas. The
Commission offered three levels of
bidding credits: (i) A bidder with
attributed average annual gross revenues
that exceed $15 million and do not
exceed $40 million for the preceding
three years (small business) received a
15 percent discount on its winning bid;
(ii) a bidder with attributed average
annual gross revenues that exceed $3
million and do not exceed $15 million
for the preceding three years (very small
business) received a 25 percent discount
on its winning bid; and (iii) a bidder
with attributed average annual gross
revenues that do not exceed $3 million
for the preceding three years
(entrepreneur) received a 35 percent
discount on its winning bid. Auction 86
concluded in 2009 with the sale of 61
licenses. Of the ten winning bidders,
two bidders that claimed small business
status won 4 licenses; one bidder that
claimed very small business status won
three licenses; and two bidders that
claimed entrepreneur status won six
licenses.
360. In addition, the SBA’s Cable
Television Distribution Services small
business size standard is applicable to
EBS. There are presently 2,436 EBS
licensees. All but 100 of these licenses
are held by educational institutions.
Educational institutions are included in
this analysis as small entities. Thus, we
estimate that at least 2,336 licensees are
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
small businesses. Since 2007, Cable
Television Distribution Services have
been defined within the broad economic
census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that
category is defined as follows: ‘‘This
industry comprises establishments
primarily engaged in operating and/or
providing access to transmission
facilities and infrastructure that they
own and/or lease for the transmission of
voice, data, text, sound, and video using
wired telecommunications networks.
Transmission facilities may be based on
a single technology or a combination of
technologies.’’ The SBA has developed
a small business size standard for this
category, which is: All such firms
having 1,500 or fewer employees. To
gauge small business prevalence for
these cable services we must, however,
use the most current census data that
are based on the previous category of
Cable and Other Program Distribution
and its associated size standard; that
size standard was: all such firms having
$13.5 million or less in annual receipts.
According to Census Bureau data for
2007, there were a total of 996 firms in
this category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 948 firms had annual
receipts of under $10 million, and 48
firms had receipts of $10 million or
more but less than $25 million. Thus,
the majority of these firms can be
considered small.
361. Narrowband Personal
Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted an auction for
Narrowband PCS licenses. A second
auction was also conducted later in
1994. For purposes of the first two
Narrowband PCS auctions, ‘‘small
businesses’’ were entities with average
gross revenues for the prior three
calendar years of $40 million or less.
Through these auctions, the
Commission awarded a total of 41
licenses, 11 of which were obtained by
four small businesses. To ensure
meaningful participation by small
business entities in future auctions, the
Commission adopted a two-tiered small
business size standard in the
Narrowband PCS Second Report and
Order. A ‘‘small business’’ is an entity
that, together with affiliates and
controlling interests, has average gross
revenues for the three preceding years of
not more than $40 million. A ‘‘very
small business’’ is an entity that,
together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for
the three preceding years of not more
than $15 million. The SBA has
approved these small business size
standards. A third auction was
conducted in 2001. Here, five bidders
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
won 317 (Metropolitan Trading Areas
and nationwide) licenses. Three of these
claimed status as a small or very small
entity and won 311 licenses.
362. Paging (Private and Common
Carrier). In the Paging Third Report and
Order, we developed a small business
size standard for ‘‘small businesses’’ and
‘‘very small businesses’’ for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A ‘‘small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues not
exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that are not
more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
According to Commission data, 291
carriers have reported that they are
engaged in Paging or Messaging Service.
Of these, an estimated 289 have 1,500 or
fewer employees, and two have more
than 1,500 employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the
majority of paging providers are small
entities that may be affected by our
action. An auction of Metropolitan
Economic Area licenses commenced on
February 24, 2000, and closed on March
2, 2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned,
985 were sold. Fifty-seven companies
claiming small business status won 440
licenses. A subsequent auction of MEA
and Economic Area (‘‘EA’’) licenses was
held in the year 2001. Of the 15,514
licenses auctioned, 5,323 were sold.
One hundred thirty-two companies
claiming small business status
purchased 3,724 licenses. A third
auction, consisting of 8,874 licenses in
each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in
all but three of the 51 MEAs, was held
in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming
small or very small business status won
2,093 licenses. A fourth auction,
consisting of 9,603 lower and upper
paging band licenses was held in the
year 2010. Twenty-nine bidders
claiming small or very small business
status won 3,016 licenses.
363. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase I
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase
I licensing was conducted by lotteries in
1992 and 1993. There are approximately
1,515 such non-nationwide licensees
and four nationwide licensees currently
authorized to operate in the 220 MHz
band. The Commission has not
developed a small business size
standard for small entities specifically
applicable to such incumbent 220 MHz
Phase I licensees. To estimate the
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25707
number of such licensees that are small
businesses, we apply the small business
size standard under the SBA rules
applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under this category, the SBA
deems a wireless business to be small if
it has 1,500 or fewer employees. The
Commission estimates that nearly all
such licensees are small businesses
under the SBA’s small business size
standard that may be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
364. 220 MHz Radio Service—Phase II
Licensees. The 220 MHz service has
both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The
Phase II 220 MHz service is subject to
spectrum auctions. In the 220 MHz
Third Report and Order, we adopted a
small business size standard for ‘‘small’’
and ‘‘very small’’ businesses for
purposes of determining their eligibility
for special provisions such as bidding
credits and installment payments. This
small business size standard indicates
that a ‘‘small business’’ is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and
controlling principals, has average gross
revenues not exceeding $15 million for
the preceding three years. A ‘‘very small
business’’ is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals,
has average gross revenues that do not
exceed $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved
these small business size standards.
Auctions of Phase II licenses
commenced on September 15, 1998, and
closed on October 22, 1998. In the first
auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in
three different-sized geographic areas:
three nationwide licenses, 30 Regional
Economic Area Group (EAG) Licenses,
and 875 Economic Area (EA) Licenses.
Of the 908 licenses auctioned, 693 were
sold. Thirty-nine small businesses won
licenses in the first 220 MHz auction.
The second auction included 225
licenses: 216 EA licenses and 9 EAG
licenses. Fourteen companies claiming
small business status won 158 licenses.
d. Satellite Service Providers
365. Satellite Telecommunications
Providers. Two economic census
categories address the satellite industry.
The first category has a small business
size standard of $32.5 million or less in
average annual receipts, under SBA
rules. The second has a size standard of
$30 million or less in annual receipts.
366. The first category comprises
firms ‘‘primarily engaged in providing
telecommunications services to other
establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting
industries by forwarding and receiving
communications signals via a system of
satellites or reselling satellite
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25708
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
telecommunications.’’ The category has
a small business size standard of $32.5
million or less in average annual
receipts, under SBA rules. For this
category, Census Bureau data for 2012
show that there were a total of 333 firms
that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 299 firms had annual receipts of
less than $25 million.1 For this category,
Census Bureau data for 2007 show that
there were a total of 570 firms that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 530 firms had annual receipts of
under $30 million, and 40 firms had
receipts of over $30 million.
Consequently, we estimate that the
majority of Satellite
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by rules
adopted pursuant to the Order.
367. The second category of Other
Telecommunications comprises, inter
alia, ‘‘establishments primarily engaged
in providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as
satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation.
This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in
providing satellite terminal stations and
associated facilities connected with one
or more terrestrial systems and capable
of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from,
satellite systems.’’ For this category,
Census Bureau data for 2007 show that
there were a total of 1,274 firms that
operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 1,252 had annual receipts below
$25 million per year. Consequently, we
estimate that the majority of All Other
Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by our
action.
e. Cable Service Providers
368. The description above of
wireline providers should encompass
cable service providers that also provide
business data services. Out of an
abundance of caution, we describe cable
service providers below as well as other
types of firms that may provide
broadband services, including MDS
providers and utilities, among others.
369. Cable Companies and Systems
(Rate Regulation). The Commission has
developed its own small business size
standards for the purpose of cable rate
regulation. Under the Commission’s
rules, a ‘‘small cable company’’ is one
serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers
nationwide. Industry data indicate that
there are currently 4,600 active cable
systems in the United States. Of this
total, all but nine cable operators
nationwide are small under the 400,000subscriber size standard. In addition,
under the Commission’s rate regulation
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
rules, a ‘‘small system’’ is a cable system
serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers.
Current Commission records show 4,600
cable systems nationwide. Of this total,
3,900 cable systems have fewer than
15,000 subscribers, and 700 systems
have 15,000 or more subscribers, based
on the same records. Thus, under this
standard as well, we estimate that most
cable systems are small entities.
370. Cable System Operators. The
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard
for small cable system operators, which
is ‘‘a cable operator that, directly or
through an affiliate, serves in the
aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is
not affiliated with any entity or entities
whose gross annual revenues in the
aggregate exceed $250,000,000.’’ There
are approximately 52,403,705 cable
video subscribers in the United States
today. Accordingly, an operator serving
fewer than 524,037 subscribers shall be
deemed a small operator if its annual
revenues, when combined with the total
annual revenues of all its affiliates, do
not exceed $250 million in the
aggregate. Based on available data, we
find that all but nine incumbent cable
operators are small entities under this
size standard. We note that the
Commission neither requests nor
collects information on whether cable
system operators are affiliated with
entities whose gross annual revenues
exceed $250 million. Although it seems
certain that some of these cable system
operators are affiliated with entities
whose gross annual revenues exceed
$250 million, we are unable at this time
to estimate with greater precision the
number of cable system operators that
would qualify as small cable operators
under the definition in the
Communications Act.
371. The open video system (OVS)
framework was established in 1996, and
is one of four statutorily recognized
options for the provision of video
programming services by local exchange
carriers. The OVS framework provides
opportunities for the distribution of
video programming other than through
cable systems. Because OVS operators
provide subscription services, OVS falls
within the SBA small business size
standard covering cable services, which
is ‘‘Wired Telecommunications
Carriers.’’ The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for this
category, which is: all such firms having
1,500 or fewer employees. According to
Census Bureau data for 2007, there were
a total of 955 firms in this previous
category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 939 firms had
employment of 999 or fewer employees,
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
and 16 firms had employment of 1,000
employees or more. Thus, under this
second size standard, most cable
systems are small and may be affected
by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
In addition, we note that the
Commission has certified some OVS
operators, with some now providing
service. Broadband service providers
(BSPs) are currently the only significant
holders of OVS certifications or local
OVS franchises. The Commission does
not have financial or employment
information regarding the entities
authorized to provide OVS, some of
which may not yet be operational. Thus,
again, at least some of the OVS
operators may qualify as small entities.
f. Electric Power Generators,
Transmitters, and Distributors
372. Electric Power Generators,
Transmitters, and Distributors. The
Census Bureau defines an industry
group comprised of ‘‘establishments,
primarily engaged in generating,
transmitting, and/or distributing electric
power. Establishments in this industry
group may perform one or more of the
following activities: (1) Operate
generation facilities that produce
electric energy; (2) operate transmission
systems that convey the electricity from
the generation facility to the distribution
system; and (3) operate distribution
systems that convey electric power
received from the generation facility or
the transmission system to the final
consumer.’’ The SBA has developed a
small business size standard for firms in
this category: ‘‘A firm is small if,
including its affiliates, it is primarily
engaged in the generation, transmission,
and/or distribution of electric energy for
sale and its total electric output for the
preceding fiscal year did not exceed 4
million megawatt hours.’’ Census
Bureau data for 2007 show that there
were 1,174 firms that operated for the
entire year in this category. Of these
firms, 50 had 1,000 employees or more,
and 1,124 had fewer than 1,000
employees. Based on this data, a
majority of these firms can be
considered small.
5. Description of Projected Reporting,
Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities
373. Recordkeeping and Reporting.
The rule revisions adopted in the Order
include changes that will necessitate
affected carriers to make various
revisions to business data service tariffs
and Tariff Review Plans. For example,
packet-based BDS, transport services,
and DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations in counties that are
deemed competitive will be relieved of
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
price cap regulation and will be subject
to permissive detariffing for a period of
36 months at which time they will be
subject to mandatory detariffing. The
Order also requires price cap incumbent
LECs to freeze the rates for DS1 and DS3
end-user channel terminations in newly
deregulated counties for six months.
This freeze does not apply to services
that are detariffed.
374. In addition, the Commission
amends the price cap rules to allow all
price cap LECs in non-competitive
counties to lower their rates through
contract tariffs and volume and term
discounts in a manner consistent with
the Commission’s current Phase I
pricing flexibility rules. These
incumbent LECs will be required to
maintain generally available tariffed
price cap regulated rates available to all
subscribers. For the small number of
counties that had received Phase II
pricing flexibility that are now treated
as non-competitive by the Order’s
competitive market test, those price cap
carriers will be permitted to retain
Phase II relief for those counties but will
be required to offer generally available
rates for those services as long as those
services remain under tariff.
375. The Commission also
incorporates a productivity-based Xfactor of 2.0 percent for DS1 and DS3
end user channel terminations, and
certain other business data services,
subject to price cap regulation on a
going-forward basis. Affected LECs will
be required to revise their rates and
tariff review plans, including
adjustments to price cap indices, for
business data services in filings with the
Commission to reflect the new X-factor.
These revisions are required of all
affected carriers, regardless of entity
size. The adopted rule revisions will
facilitate Commission and public access
to the most accurate and up-to-date
tariffs as well as lower rates paid by the
public for the affected services.
6. Steps Taken To Minimize the
Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities and Significant Alternatives
Considered
376. The RFA requires an agency to
describe any significant alternatives that
it has considered in reaching its
proposed approach, which may include
(among others) the following four
alternatives: (1) The establishment of
differing compliance or reporting
requirements or timetables that take into
account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification,
consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements
under the rule for small entities; (3) the
use of performance, rather than design,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
standards; and (4) an exemption from
coverage of the rule, or any part thereof,
for small entities.
377. Competitive Market Test. The
Commission proposed to replace the
existing framework for granting
regulatory relief to incumbent LECs in
price cap areas with a multidimensional competitive market test to
identify specific markets as competitive
or non-competitive, thereby dictating
the level of applicable regulation for
both circuit-based and packet-based
business data services. The Commission
also sought comment on the separate
but related issue of whether in noncompetitive markets, heightened
regulation, including possible
restrictions on rates, terms and
conditions, should apply to just the
market leader or additional providers,
which could have potentially included
a substantial number of small
businesses.
378. In the Order, the Commission
explains why it adopts a test that
departs from the proposals in the
Further Notice. Rather than intrusive
pricing regulation, it takes a dynamic
and forward-looking approach to
evaluating the benefits and costs of
regulation. It identifies specific markets
as competitive or non-competitive and
applies regulation only where
competition is expected to materially
fail to ensure just and reasonable rates.
The result is a simple, sustainable
framework that is far less complicated
than the market test proposal originally
contemplated. The Commission adopts
a structure that eliminates unnecessary
pricing regulation for a significant
portion of the business data services
provided by price cap incumbent LECs
to allow competition to promote
increased efficiencies, investment, and
growth in new technologies and services
to benefit consumers and business.
Additionally, the Commission declines
to impose rate regulation on other
business data services providers besides
the market leader. In particular,
unnecessary regulation exacts
administrative compliance costs on
carriers that reduce capital available for
building new networks and
infrastructure, inhibiting competitive
entry and deployment.
379. Packet-based Services. The
Commission declines to re-impose any
form of price cap or benchmark
regulation on packet-based business
data services. The market analysis does
not show compelling evidence of market
power in incumbent LEC provision of
packet-based business data services,
particularly for higher bandwidth
services. Moreover, even if the record
demonstrated insufficiently robust
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
25709
competition, proposals to apply price
cap regulation to packet-based services
were complex and not easily
administrable and did not reflect the
fact that costs to serve individual
customers vary.
380. Anchor or Benchmark Pricing.
The Commission minimizes the
economic impact of its rules on small
entities first by declining to impose
anchor or benchmark pricing regulation
on incumbent LEC packet-based
business data services. This eliminates
the proposed requirement to calculate
anchor or benchmark prices for a wide
range of packet-based business data
services, and to post publicly generally
applicable rates, terms and conditions.
Because our market analysis shows that
packet-based business data services are
subject to competition, anchor or
benchmark pricing would be
unnecessary and could actually inhibit
investment in this dynamic market.
381. X-factor. Incumbent LECs that
file tariffs under the price cap
ratemaking methodology are required to
file revised annual access charge tariffs
every year, which become effective on
July 1. The annual filings include
submission of tariff review plans that
are used to support revisions to the
rates, including revisions that pertain to
the X-factor. The Commission requires
revised tariff review plans
implementing the X-factor to be filed
with the Commission to become
effective on December 1, 2017. To ease
the burden on the industry in
connection with this filing, and because
base period demand and the value of
GDP–PI reflected in the price cap
indices typically are not updated during
a tariff year, the Commission permits
incumbent LECs to use, in their filings
implementing the 2.0 percent X-factor,
the same base period demand and value
of GDP–PI as in the July 1, 2017 annual
filing.
382. Price Cap Regulation. The
Commission applies price cap
regulation in the form of Phase I pricing
flexibility to DS1 and DS3 end user
channel termination services provided
by incumbent LECs in counties that we
have determined are non-competitive.
Requiring Phase I pricing will enable
incumbent LECs, including those that
may be small entities, to respond to any
competition that develops in these
markets through contract tariffs and
volume and term discounts. In addition,
incumbent LECs, including any small
entities that previously received Phase II
pricing flexibility in counties we now
deem non-competitive will not be
subject to ex ante rate regulation for end
user channel terminations and other
special access services in those
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
25710
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
counties, and thus will avoid incurring
the significant costs of trying to recreate
price caps.
383. Periodic Data Collection. Related
to the competitive market test proposal,
the Commission also proposed a future
periodic data collection to allow for
market test updates for determining
competitive and non-competitive areas.
The periodic collection could have
resulted in a significant reporting
burden on small entities. Instead, the
Commission adopts a process for
updating the competitive market test
every three years using the data from
Form 477 that is already routinely filed
by providers and thus entails no
additional burden.
384. Wholesale Pricing. The
Commission also minimized the impact
of its rules on small entities by
declining to adopt rules proposed by
certain parties that would have required
business data services providers to
comply with detailed requirements
regarding the pricing of their wholesale
business data services.
385. Forbearance. To help level the
playing field and promote regulatory
parity for all business data services
providers, the Commission extends the
forbearance from section 203 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended. This expands forbearance
previously accorded certain price cap
LECs to all price cap LECs, including
those that may be small entities, in the
provision of any packet-based business
data service or circuit-based business
data service above the DS3 bandwidth
level. The Commission also forbears
from the application of section 203 to
DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations, and certain other business
data services, in competitive counties.
These actions are also taken to promote
competition and broadband
deployment. To level the playing field
among price cap LECs providing packetbased and optical transmission business
data services, the Commission conforms
the forbearance deemed granted to
Verizon and its successors in interest to
that provided other price cap carriers.
386. Detariffing. To minimize
economic impact, the Commission
provides a transition period to provide
price cap incumbent LECs, including
those that may be small entities, with
sufficient time to adapt their business
data services operations to a detariffing
system. The Commission does not
intend its actions to disturb existing
contractual or other long-term
arrangements, which must continue to
be adhered to for the length of the
contract, and the Commission adopted a
grandfathering rules for such contracts.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
D. Report to Congress
387. The Commission will send a
copy of the Report and Order, including
this FRFA, in a report to be sent to
Congress pursuant to the Congressional
Review Act. In addition, the
Commission will send a copy of the
Report and Order, including this FRFA,
to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
SBA. A copy of the Order and FRFA (or
summaries thereof) will also be
published in the Federal Register.
E. Data Quality Act
388. The Commission certifies that it
has complied with the Office of
Management and Budget Final
Information Quality Bulletin for Peer
Review, 70 FR 2664 (2005), and the Data
Quality Act, Public Law 106–554 (2001),
codified at 44 U.S.C. 3516 note, with
regard to its reliance on influential
scientific information in the Report and
Order in WC Docket Nos. 16–143, 15–
247, 05–25, and RM–10593.
IX. Ordering Clauses
389. Accordingly, it is ordered that,
pursuant to sections 1, 2, 4(i)–(j), 10,
201(b), 202(a), 214, 303(r), 403, of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, and section 706 of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, 47
U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i)–(j), 160, 201(b),
202(a), 214, 303(r), 403, 1302, this
Report and Order is adopted and shall
be effective sixty (60) days after
publication in the Federal Register,
except to the extent expressly addressed
below.
390. It is further ordered that parts 0,
1, 61, 63, and 69 of the Commission’s
rules, 47 CFR parts 0, 1, 61, 63, and 69,
are amended, and that such rule
amendments shall be effective sixty (60)
days after publication of this Report and
Order in the Federal Register, except for
sections 1.776, 61.45, 61.201, 61.203,
and 69.701, 47 CFR 1.776, 61.45, 61.201,
61.203, 69.701, which contain
information collections that require
approval by the Office of Management
and Budget under the Paperwork
Reduction Act and shall become
effective after announcement in the
Federal Register of their approval by the
Office of Management and Budget, and
on the effective dates announced
therein. The Federal Communications
Commission will publish documents in
the Federal Register announcing the
effective dates.
391. It is further ordered that pursuant
to sections 201(b) and 202(a) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 201(b), 202(a), price
cap incumbent LECs shall freeze the
tariffed rates for end-user channel
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
terminations that any price cap
incumbent LEC continues to tariff in
newly deregulated counties for six (6)
months after the effective date of this
Report and Order.
392. It is further ordered that pursuant
to section 61.45(b)(1)(iv) of the
Commission’s rules, 47 CFR
61.45(b)(1)(iv), price cap incumbent
LECs must file with the Commission,
revised tariffs and tariff review plans
implementing the X-factor for end user
channel terminations and other special
access services subject to price cap
regulation, to become effective on
December 1, 2017.
393. It is further ordered that pursuant
to section 1.115 of the Commission’s
rules, 47 CFR 1.115, the CenturyLink
and USTelecom Applications for
Review are denied.
394. It is further ordered that pursuant
to sections 4(i) and 4(j) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 154(j), the
CenturyLink et al. Motion to Strike is
denied.
395. It is further ordered that pursuant
to sections 4(i) and 4(j) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i), 154(j), the
AT&T Motion Seeking Additional
Information on Fiber Maps is denied.
396. It is further ordered that the
Commission’s Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, shall send a copy of
this Report and Order to Congress and
the Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Congressional Review
Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
397. It is further ordered, that the
Commission’s Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference
Information Center, shall send a copy of
this Report and Order, including the
Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis, to
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration.
398. It is further ordered that, with
regard to Docket Nos. 16–143, 05–25,
and RM–10593, should no petitions for
reconsideration or petitions for judicial
review be timely filed, these
proceedings shall be terminated and the
dockets closed.
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 0
Classified information, Freedom of
information, Government publications,
infants and children, Organization of
functions (Government agencies), Postal
Service, Privacy, Reporting and
Recordkeeping requirements, Sunshine
Act.
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
47 CFR Part 1
Administrative practice and
procedure, Civil rights,
Communications common carriers,
Cuba, Drug abuse, Environmental
impact statements, Equal access to
justice, Equal employment opportunity,
Federal buildings and facilities,
Government employees, Income taxes,
Indemnity payments, Individuals with
disabilities, Investigations, Lawyers,
Metric system, Penalties, Radio,
Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telecommunications,
Television, Wages.
47 CFR Part 61 and 69
6. The authority citation for part 61
continues to read as follows:
47 CFR Part 63
Cable television, Communications
common carriers, Radio, Reporting and
Recordkeeping requirements, Telegraph,
Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
PART 0—COMMISSION
ORGANIZATION
1. The authority citation for part 0
continues to read as follows:
■
2. Amend § 0.291 by removing and
reserving paragraph (h).
■
PART 1—PRACTICE AND
PROCEDURE
3. The authority citation for part 1
continues to read as follows:
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 79 et seq.; 47 U.S.C.
151, 154(i), 154(j), 155, 157, 225, 227, 303(r),
309, 1403, 1404, 1451, and 1452.
[Removed and Reserved]
4. Remove and reserve § 1.774.
5. Add § 1.776, before the center
heading ‘‘Contracts, Reports, and
Requests Required to be Filed by
Carriers,’’ to read as follows:
■
■
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) For the special access basket
specified in § 61.42(d)(5), the value of X
shall be 2.0% beginning December 1,
2017, notwithstanding any language in
§ 61.45(b)(1)(i).
*
*
*
*
*
■ 8. Amend § 61.55 by revising
paragraph (a) to read as follows:
§ 61.203 Detariffing of competitive local
exchange carriers.
(a) Competitive local exchange
carriers shall remove all business data
services from their interstate tariffs.
(b) The detariffing must be completed
thirty-six months August 1, 2017.
PART 63—EXTENSION OF LINES, NEW
LINES, AND DISCONTINUANCE,
REDUCTION, OUTAGE AND
IMPAIRMENT OF SERVICE BY
COMMON CARRIERS; AND GRANTS
OF RECOGNIZED PRIVATE
OPERATING AGENCY STATUS
10. The authority citation for part 63
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: Sections 1, 4(i), 4(j), 10, 11,
201–205, 214, 218, 403 and 651 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 160, 201–205,
214, 218, 403, and 571, unless otherwise
noted.
§ 63.71
[Amended]
11. Amend § 63.71 by removing and
reserving paragraph (d).
■
Contract-based tariffs.
PART 69—ACCESS CHARGES
12. The authority citation for part 69
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 201, 202, 203,
204, 218, 220, 254, 403.
Subpart K—Detariffing of Business
Data Services
■
§ 1.776 Pricing flexibility limited
grandfathering.
Special access contract-based tariffs
that were in effect on or before August
1, 2017 are grandfathered. Such
Jkt 241001
§ 61.45 Adjustments to the PCI for Local
Exchange Carriers.
(a) This section shall apply to price
cap local exchange carriers permitted to
offer contract-based tariffs under § 1.776
or § 69.805 of this chapter.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 9. Add subpart K, consisting of
§§ 61.201 and 61.203, to read as follows:
[Amended]
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
7. Amend § 61.45 by revising
paragraph (b)(1)(iv) to read as follows:
■
§ 61.55
Authority: Secs. 5, 48 Stat. 1068, as
amended; 47 U.S.C. 155, unless otherwise
noted.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
Authority: Secs. 1, 4(i), 4(j), 201–205 and
403 of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended; 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j), 201–
205 and 403, unless otherwise noted.
special access services, in any
grandfathered market as defined in
§ 69.801 for which the price cap local
exchange carrier was granted Phase II
pricing flexibility prior to June 2017.
(b) The detariffing must be completed
thirty-six months after August 1, 2017,
but detariffing can take place at any
time before the thirty-six months is
completed.
*
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission amends 47 CFR parts 0, 1,
61, 63, and 69 as follows:
§ 1.774
PART 61—TARIFFS
■
Communications common carriers,
Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telegraph, Telephone.
§ 0.291
contract-based tariffs may not be
extended, renewed or revised, except
that any extension or renewal expressly
provided for by the contract-based tariff
may be exercised pursuant to the terms
thereof. During the period between
August 1, 2017 and the deadline to
institute mandatory detariffing under
§ 61.201(b), upon mutual agreement,
parties to a grandfathered contract-based
tariff may replace it at any time with a
new contract-based tariff or with a new
or amended contract that is not filed as
a contract-based tariff.
25711
■
§ 61.201 Detariffing of price cap local
exchange carriers.
§ 69.701 Application of the rules in this
subpart.
(a) Price cap local exchange carriers
shall remove from their interstate tariffs:
(1) Any packet-based business data
service;
(2) Any circuit-based business data
service above the DS3 bandwidth level;
(3) Transport services as defined in
§ 69.801 of this chapter;
(4) DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations, and all other tariffed
special access services, in any market
deemed competitive as defined in
§ 69.801; and
(5) DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations, and all other tariffed
The rules in this subpart apply to all
incumbent LECs subject to price cap
regulation, as defined in § 61.3(bb) of
this chapter, seeking pricing flexibility
on the basis of the development of
competition in parts of its service area
for switched access services only.
■ 14. Add subpart I, consisting of
§§ 69.801, 69.803, 69.805, 69.807, and
69.809, to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
13. Revise § 69.701 to read as follows:
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
25712
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
Subpart I—Business Data Services
Sec.
§ 69.801
Definitions.
§ 69.803
Competitive market test.
§ 69.805 Prohibition on certain nondisclosure agreement conditions.
§ 69.807
Regulatory relief.
§ 69.809
Low-end adjustment mechanism.
Subpart I—Business Data Services
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
§ 69.801
Definitions.
(a) Business data services. The
dedicated point-to-point transmission of
data at certain guaranteed speeds and
service levels using high-capacity
connections.
(b) Competitive market test. The
competitive market test is defined in
§ 69.803.
(c) County. A county or county
equivalent as defined in § 10.10 of this
chapter. County-equivalents include
parishes, boroughs, independent cities,
census areas, the District of Columbia,
and various entities in the territories.
(d) End user channel termination. A
dedicated channel connecting a local
exchange carrier end office and a
customer premises, offered for purposes
of carrying special access traffic.
(e) Grandfathered market. A county
that does not satisfy the competitive
market test set forth in § 69.803 for
which a price cap local exchange carrier
obtained Phase II relief pursuant to
§ 69.711(c).
(f) Market deemed competitive. A
county that satisfies the competitive
market test set forth in § 69.803.
(g) Market deemed non-competitive. A
county that does not satisfy the
competitive market test set forth in
§ 69.803.
(h) Non-disclosure agreement. A nondisclosure agreement is a contract,
contractual provision, or tariff provision
wherein a party agrees not to disclose
certain information shared by the other
party.
(i) Special access data collection. The
special access data collection refers to
the data and other information the
Commission collected from business
data services providers and purchasers
pursuant to its December 18, 2012
Report and Order in WC Docket 05–25.
(j) Transport includes interoffice
facilities, channel terminations between
the serving wire center and point of
presence, and all special access services
that are described in § 69.114 other than
end user channel terminations.
§ 69.803
Competitive market test.
(a) The competitive market test is
used to determine which counties
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
served by a price cap local exchange
carrier, as defined in § 61.3(bb) of this
chapter, are deemed competitive and
therefore warrant relief from price cap
regulation and detariffing of DS1 and
DS3 end user channel terminations, and
certain other business data services,
sold by such carriers.
(b) Initial test. A county is deemed
competitive in the initial competitive
market test if:
(1) Either 50 percent of the locations
with business data services demand
within the county are within one half
mile of a location served by a
competitive provider based on data from
the special access data collection, or 75
percent of the census blocks within the
county are reported to have broadband
connection availability by a cable
operator based on Form 477 data as of
December 2016. Lists of counties
deemed competitive, non-competitive or
grandfathered by the initial competitive
market test are published on the
Commission’s Web site.
(2) The DS1 and DS3 end user
channel terminations sold by price cap
local exchange carriers in counties
deemed competitive are no longer
subject to price cap regulation and are
detariffed according to § 61.201.
(c) Subsequent tests. The results of the
initial competitive market test will be
updated every three years following the
effective date of the initial test.
(1) A county will be deemed
competitive in a subsequent competitive
market test if 75 percent of the census
blocks within the county are reported to
have broadband connection availability
by a cable operator based on Form 477
data as of the date of the most recent
collection.
(2) No later than three years following
the effective date of the previous test,
the Wireline Competition Bureau will
conclude a subsequent test and will
publish a revised list of counties
deemed competitive at the conclusion of
the test.
(3) A county deemed competitive in
the competitive market test will retain
its status in subsequent tests.
§ 69.805 Prohibition on certain nondisclosure agreement conditions.
(a) In markets deemed noncompetitive, buyers and sellers of
business data services shall not enter
into a tariff, contract-based tariff, or
commercial agreement, including but
not limited to master service agreement,
that contains a non-disclosure
agreement as defined in § 69.801(g), that
restricts or prohibits disclosure of
information to the Commission, or
requires a prior request or legal
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
compulsion by the Commission to effect
such disclosure.
(b) Confidential information subject to
a protective order as defined in § 0.461
of this chapter in effect as of the
effective date of a tariff, contract-based
tariff, or commercial agreement must be
submitted pursuant to the terms of that
protective order or otherwise pursuant
to the Commission’s rules regarding
submission of confidential data in
§§ 0.457(d) and 0.459.
§ 69.807
Regulatory relief.
(a) Price cap local exchange carrier
transport and end user channel
terminations in markets deemed
competitive and in grandfathered
markets for a price cap carrier that was
granted Phase II pricing flexibility prior
to June 2017 are granted the following
regulatory relief:
(1) Elimination of the rate structure
requirements in subpart B of this part;
(2) Elimination of price cap
regulation; and
(3) Elimination of tariffing
requirements as specified in § 61.201 of
this chapter.
(b) Price cap local exchange carrier
end user channel terminations in
markets deemed non-competitive are
granted the following regulatory relief:
(1) Ability to offer volume and term
discounts;
(2) Ability to enter into contract-based
tariffs, provided that:
(i) Contract-based tariff services are
made generally available to all similarly
situated customers;
(ii) The price cap local exchange
carrier excludes all contract-based tariff
offerings from price cap regulation
pursuant to § 61.42(f) of this chapter;
(3) Ability to file tariff revisions on at
least one day’s notice, notwithstanding
the notice requirements for tariff filings
specified in § 61.58 of this chapter.
(c) A price cap local exchange carrier
that was granted Phase II pricing
flexibility prior to June 2017 in a
grandfathered market must retain its
business data services rates at levels no
higher than those in effect as of April
20, 2017, pending the detariffing of
those services pursuant to § 61.201 of
this chapter.
§ 69.809
Low-end adjustment mechanism.
(a) Any price cap local exchange
carrier or any affiliate of any price cap
local exchange carrier that had obtained
Phase II pricing flexibility under
§ 69.709 or § 69.711 for any service in
any MSA in its service region, or for the
non-MSA portion of any study area in
its service region, shall be prohibited
from making any low-end adjustment
pursuant to § 61.45(d)(1)(vii) of this
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Federal Register / Vol. 82, No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules and Regulations
nlaroche on DSK30NT082PROD with RULES2
chapter in all or part of its service
region.
(b) Any price cap local exchange
carrier or any affiliate of any price cap
local exchange carrier that exercises the
regulatory relief pursuant to § 69.807 in
any part of its service region shall be
prohibited from making any low-end
VerDate Sep<11>2014
14:32 Jun 01, 2017
Jkt 241001
adjustment pursuant to § 61.45(d)(1)(vii)
of this chapter in all or part of its service
region.
(c) Any price cap local exchange
carrier or any affiliate of any price cap
local exchange carrier that exercises the
option to use generally accepted
accounting principles rather than the
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
25713
uniform system of accounts pursuant to
§ 32.11(g) of this chapter shall be
prohibited from making any low-end
adjustment pursuant to § 61.45(d)(1)(vii)
of this chapter in all or part of its service
region.
[FR Doc. 2017–10713 Filed 6–1–17; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
E:\FR\FM\02JNR2.SGM
02JNR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 82, Number 105 (Friday, June 2, 2017)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 25660-25713]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2017-10713]
[[Page 25659]]
Vol. 82
Friday,
No. 105
June 2, 2017
Part II
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Parts 0, 1, et al.
Business Data Services in an Internet Protocol Environment; Technology
Transitions; Special Access for Price Cap Local Exchange Carriers; AT&T
Corporation Petition for Rulemaking to Reform Regulation of Incumbent
Local Exchange Carrier Rates for Interstate Special Access Services;
Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 82 , No. 105 / Friday, June 2, 2017 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 25660]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 0, 1, 61, 63, and 69
[WC Docket Nos. 16-143, 05-25, GN Docket No. 13-5, and RM-10593; FCC
17-43]
Business Data Services in an Internet Protocol Environment;
Technology Transitions; Special Access for Price Cap Local Exchange
Carriers; AT&T Corporation Petition for Rulemaking To Reform Regulation
of Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier Rates for Interstate Special Access
Services
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: In this document, a Report and Order provides a new framework
for deregulating Business Data Services in areas where competitive
forces are able to ensure just and reasonable rates. Acknowledging the
presence of increased competition evidenced by the record in this
proceeding, the Federal Communications Commission amends its rules to
reflect changes in the business data services marketplace. By adopting
this framework the Commission acts to further bolster competition and
investment in business data services, and takes further steps to
decrease the cost of broadband infrastructure deployment.
DATES: Effective August 1, 2017, except for the amendments to
Sec. Sec. 1.776, 61.45, 61.201, 61.203, and 69.701, which shall become
effective after OMB approval of those amendments. The Federal
Communications Commission will publish documents in the Federal
Register announcing the effective dates.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Joseph Price, Wireline Competition
Bureau, Pricing Policy Division at (202) 418-1423 or
Joseph.Price@fcc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This is a summary of the Commission's Report
and Order, FCC 17-43, adopted April 20, 2017, and released April 28,
2017. The summary is based on the public redacted version of the
document, the full text of which can be found at the following internet
address: https://apps.fcc.gov/edocs_public/attachmatch/FCC-17-43A1.pdf.
To request alternative formats for persons with disabilities (e.g.,
accessible format documents, sign language, interpreters, CARTS, etc.),
send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the Commission's Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau at 202-418-0530 (voice) or 202-418-0432
(TTY).
Synopsis
I. Introduction
1. After more than ten years of studying the business data services
(also referred to as BDS) market, numerous requests for comment, and a
massive data collection, we at long last recognize the intense
competition present in this market and adjust our regulatory structure
accordingly. The record in this proceeding demonstrates substantial and
growing competition in the provision of business data services in areas
served by incumbent local exchange carriers (LECs) subject to price cap
regulation. By adopting a framework which accounts for these dynamic
competitive realities, we will create a regulatory environment that
promotes long-term innovation and investment by incumbent and
competitive providers alike which well-serves business data services
customers.
2. The record indicates the market for business data services is
dynamic with a large number of firms building fiber and competing for
this business. The 2015 Collection identified 491 facilities-based
companies providing business data services in the enterprise market.
Competitive LECs such as Zayo and Birch continue to invest and expand
their competitive fiber networks with very successful results.
Competitive LECs earned $23 billion of the $45 billion in business data
services revenue in 2013. Cable providers have also emerged as
formidable competitors in this market. Cable business data services are
reported to have grown at approximately 20 percent annually for the
past several years and, increasingly, they have emphasized Internet
access and managed services, which directly compete with the products
being offered by the incumbent and other competitive LECs.
3. Although incumbent LECs once dominated the business data
services market selling circuit-based DS1s and DS3s, such technology is
becoming obsolete. Significant increases in bandwidth demand are being
driven by bandwidth-hungry applications, mainly video services
(teleconferencing, training, etc.) as well as by web and cloud-based
services. These rapidly increasing bandwidth demands will place an ever
increasing demand for services such as Ethernet, especially over fiber,
which can scale bandwidth to meet these requirements more effectively
than can the old legacy services. Packet-based services, which include
Ethernet, already make up a large part of the business data services
marketplace. In 2013, more than 40 percent of the approximately $45
billion in dedicated service revenues were for packet-based services.
Based on provider and analyst forecasts, we expect this shift from
circuit-based to packet-based services to continue at a rapid pace.
4. Against this competitive backdrop, we now move away from the
traditional model of intrusive pricing regulation for incumbent LECs,
recognizing that ex ante pricing regulation is of limited use--and
often harmful--in a dynamic and increasingly competitive marketplace.
Indeed, there is a significant likelihood ex ante pricing regulation
will inhibit growth and investment in many cases. In such
circumstances, we should not continue unnecessary regulations, much
less extend them to new services or providers. Instead, we adopt a
framework based on our market analysis and a careful balancing of the
costs and benefits of ex ante pricing regulation that deregulates
counties where the provision of price cap incumbent LECs' business data
services is deemed sufficiently competitive.
5. This Report and Order (Order), therefore, provides a new
framework for business data services that minimizes unnecessary
government intervention and allows market forces to continue working to
spur entry, innovation, and competition. Our decisions stem from
careful consideration of the data submitted in the proceeding and the
thoughtful comments and ex parte communications submitted into the
record. Our thinking on how to evaluate competition and design pricing
regulation evolved as we engaged with economists, advocates, and others
to develop an administrable approach to deregulate in areas where
competitive forces are able to ensure just and reasonable rates. To a
large extent in the business data services market, the competition
envisioned in the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (1996 Act) has been
realized, and this Order is an important step in updating our rules to
adequately reflect such market developments. We reach these conclusions
aware of the increased investment in facilities and service deployment
that has occurred in response to similar deregulatory action by the
Commission. In tandem with adoption of this new, more appropriate
framework designed to maximize competition and investment in business
data services, we are also taking further steps to decrease the costs
of deploying our nation's broadband infrastructure.
II. Background
6. Business data services refers to the dedicated point-to-point
transmission of
[[Page 25661]]
data at certain guaranteed speeds and service levels using high-
capacity connections. Henceforth, we refer to special access services
as a subset of business data services that we continue in some
circumstances to subject to ex ante pricing regulation. Specifically,
special access services include DS1 and DS3 interoffice facilities and
channel terminations between an incumbent LEC's serving wire center and
an interexchange carrier (IXC), and end user channel terminations,
although ex ante pricing regulation would only apply to certain end
user channel terminations. Businesses, non-profits, and government
institutions use business data services to enable secure and reliable
transfer of data, for example, as a means of connecting to the Internet
or the cloud, and to create private or virtual private networks.
Business data services support applications that require symmetrical
bandwidth, substantial reliability, security, and connected service to
more than one location. Business data services are significant to our
nation's economy--revenues reported by providers in response to the
2015 Collection total almost $45 billion for 2013, and revenues for the
broader market for enterprise services, which include voice, Internet,
private network, web-security, cloud connection, and other digital
services, could exceed $75 billion annually. Moreover, these numbers do
not capture the indirect contribution of business data services to the
nation's economy as business customers rely on these services for their
commercial operations.
7. The Commission has historically subjected the provision of
business data services by incumbent LECs to dominant carrier
safeguards. The focus of this proceeding is on areas where incumbent
LECs are subject to price cap regulation in setting their business data
services rates. Beginning in 1999, through a series of Commission
actions, the Commission: (1) Began granting price cap incumbent LECs
pricing flexibility by establishing both Phase I relief (which
permitted the provision of volume and term agreements and contract
tariffs) and Phase II relief (which relieved the carrier of price cap
regulation) through ``triggers'' using collocation as a proxy for
competition; (2) adopted the ``CALLS plan,'' which separated business
data services into its own basket and applied separate ``X-factors;''
(3) initiated a rulemaking to examine a number of aspects of the
business data services market, including whether to apply and how to
calculate a productivity-based X-factor and whether to maintain or
modify the pricing flexibility rules; and (4) granted a number of price
cap incumbent LECs forbearance from dominant carrier regulation,
including tariffing and price cap regulation for their newer packet-
based and higher bandwidth optical transmission broadband services,
including a ``deemed grant'' for Verizon from application of Title II
to these services.
8. In August 2012, the Commission suspended its pricing flexibility
rules because they were ``not working as predicted, and . . . fail[ed]
to accurately reflect competition in today's special access markets.''
In December 2012, the Commission released the Data Collection Order and
FNPRM, to collect data, analyze how competition, ``whether actual or
potential, affects prices, controlling for all other factors that
affect prices,'' and ``determine what barriers inhibit investment and
delay competition, including regulatory barriers, . . . and what steps
the Commission could take to remove such barriers to promote a robust
competitive market and permit the competitive determination of price
levels.'' The Commission planned to use the results of its analysis to
evaluate whether to change its existing pricing flexibility rules ``to
better target regulatory relief in competitive areas'' and evaluate
remedies to address potentially unreasonable terms and conditions. The
Bureau released the Data Collection Implementation Order on September
18, 2013, clarifying the scope of the collection. Pursuant to the
Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) approved the data collection subject to modifications which the
Bureau implemented in an order released on September 15, 2014. By
February 27, 2015, the last group of filers were required to respond to
the 2015 Collection.
9. Most recently, the Commission released the Tariff Investigation
Order and Further Notice on May 2, 2016. The Order and Further Notice
declared certain terms and conditions in the tariffs of the four
largest incumbent LECs unlawful, proposed to replace the existing
business data services regulatory structure with a new framework, and
sought comprehensive comments on the proposed new framework.
III. Competitive Conditions for Business Data Services
10. In this section we consider competition among traditional and
non-traditional providers of end-to-end business data services and the
circumstances under which market conditions warrant a deregulatory
approach for certain business data services consistent with our
obligation to ensure that the rates for services offered by common
carriers are just and reasonable. In the present rulemaking, the
Commission has already determined that significant aspects of the
pricing flexibility regulatory regime have failed. Thus, we must now
decide whether to allow that failure to continue or to implement
changes. As is often the case with complex problems, there is no ideal
dataset available or which we could collect in a reasonable timeframe
or expense, which would answer all doubts. Although the 2015 Collection
was critical to our analysis of competition in BDS markets, it was not
the only data, or data analysis, relied upon to reach the conclusions
here. Analysis of varying data and market realities in the record also
are relied upon as part of the determination of where competitive
pricing pressure exists, and the fuller analysis is considered within
the context of our commitment to implement administrable regulatory
changes. As such, we have carefully parsed the available evidence and
apply reasoned judgment to decide the questions before us.
11. The Commission is charged with ensuring that the rates, terms,
and conditions for services offered by common carriers are just and
reasonable and that services are not offered on an unreasonably
discriminatory basis pursuant to sections 201(b) and 202(a) of the
Communications Act. We ``may prescribe such rules and regulations as
may be necessary in the public interest to carry out the provisions of
this Act.'' In addition, section 706(a) of the 1996 Act states that the
Commission:
shall encourage the deployment on a reasonable and timely basis of
advanced telecommunications capability to all Americans (including,
in particular, elementary and secondary schools and classrooms) by
utilizing, in a manner consistent with the public interest,
convenience, and necessity, price cap regulation, regulatory
forbearance, measures that promote competition in the local
telecommunications market, or other regulating methods that remove
barriers to infrastructure investment.
12. Our public interest evaluation ``necessarily encompasses . . .
among other things, a deeply rooted preference for preserving and
enhancing competition in relevant markets [and] accelerat[ing] private
sector deployment of advanced services.'' A competition analysis is
critical to our public interest evaluation and is informed by, but not
[[Page 25662]]
limited to, traditional antitrust principles designed to protect
competition. The Commission, in conducting an analysis, may ``consider
technological and market changes as well as trends within the
communications industry, including the nature and rate of change.''
Analyzing the competitive nature of the market for business data
services will allow us to make a determination about the appropriate
way to balance the costs and benefits of applying ongoing regulation to
particular business data services.
13. For business data services provided over DS1s and DS3s supplied
by the incumbent LEC we find that a nearby potential business data
services supplier, in the form of a wired communication network
provider, generally tempers prices in the short term and results in
reasonably competitive outcomes over three to five years (the medium
term). For example, a cable company that has fiber nodes nearby, and
hence the ability to provide both Ethernet-over-fiber and, even more
readily Ethernet-over-Hybrid Fiber Coax (EoHFC), if a profitable
opportunity arises, is particularly relevant to pricing decisions of a
business data services provider wishing to retain a customer.
14. Our conclusion is based in part on record evidence indicating a
cost structure for business data services that incentivizes suppliers
with existing networks to compete vigorously for customers. We also
base our conclusion on findings that the impact of the first entrant on
price will be substantially higher than the impact of subsequent
entrants and business data services pricing is often determined by a
customer bidding or request for proposal (RFP) process in which even an
uncommitted, though usually nearby, entrant can compete for the
customer's business, and then build out to the customer. Consequently,
the presence of nearby competitive facilities tempers pricing as
competitors are generally aware of competitive facilities that can be
expanded to reach an additional customer with reasonable costs should
the incumbent's pricing exceed competitive levels (supracompetitive
prices). Furthermore, where an incumbent sets supracompetitive prices
it is vulnerable to competitors vying for customers.
15. Together the evidence demonstrates how even a single competitor
exerts competitive pressure which results in just and reasonable rates.
This evidence demonstrates that the significant network investment
required to provide business data services to end users is increasingly
being leveraged in ways that prevent substantial abuses of market
power. Given such incentives, the presence of two current competitors
or providers with their own fiber nodes within a half mile, hereafter
referred to as medium-term entrants, or that will serve over the medium
term, are sufficient to provide competitive pressure to adequately
discipline prices. Our finding is also based on evidence of competition
that is currently in place or likely to arise over the medium term.
16. In addition, we find that business data services with
bandwidths in excess of the level of a DS3 generally experience
reasonably competitive outcomes, and to the extent they do not today,
will do so over the medium term even where a facility-based competitor
has no nearby facilities. We come to this conclusion based on a record
that shows almost no evidence of competitive problems in the supply of
these higher bandwidth services, and which shows higher bandwidth
opportunities are particularly attractive to competitive LECs. We make
a similar finding for transport services, where the record presents
little evidence of competitive problems, and where low bandwidth demand
is quickly turning into high bandwidth demand. We make a similar
finding for lower bandwidth packet-based services. We reach these
conclusions because, compared with time division multiplex (TDM)
services, competitive LECs are considerably more active in the supply
of packet-based services, are on a considerably more level playing
field in supplying these new services against incumbent LECs, and have
better incentives to supply such future-proof services where demand is
growing rapidly.
A. Introduction
17. We analyze the 2015 Collection, and look to analyses and other
evidence submitted in this proceeding, to reach findings concerning
competiveness in the business data services industry. In conducting our
analysis, we consider market concentration as highly relevant, but do
not find it determinative absent consideration of market dynamics. We
also look at specific market-based circumstances when considering
actual and potential sources of competition.
18. In this section, we review the competitiveness of business data
services, in general, as well as issues raised by commenters. We reach
findings as to the degree of competitiveness in the business data
services industry and consider industry trends on competitive entry. We
look to see if services are reasonably substitutable to determine an
appropriate product market, and, in the case of geographic markets, we
look to areas ``in which the seller operates and to which the purchaser
can practicably turn for supplies.'' As part of that analysis we
observe high barriers to entry, but also observe a significant
penetration of competitive business data services facilities being
deployed and upgraded with a number of technologies throughout the
country, particularly in areas with significant customer demand.
Moreover, we observe a strong willingness on the part of providers to
extend their networks half a mile to meet demand, especially over the
medium term.
19. Consistent with antitrust principles, we distinguish product
markets by generally looking at whether various services are reasonably
interchangeable, with differences in price, quality, and service
capability being relevant. In the case of geographic markets, we look
at both supply and demand substitution. For both product and geographic
markets, it is conventional to undertake a hypothetical monopolist test
to determine market definitions. That approach begins with the smallest
plausible market definition and considers likely consumer substitution
if a hypothetical monopolist in that market imposed a small but
significant and non-transitory increase in price (SSNIP). We do not
have data that would enable a more formal application of such a test,
but our market analysis considers purchasers' willingness and ability
to substitute services, suppliers, and geographies. The extent to which
supply is broadly competitive wherever the incumbent LEC also faces a
facility-based rival is strengthened by our findings as to specific
product markets, and refined by our analysis of geographic markets.
B. Product Market
20. When defining a product market, to ensure our action affects an
appropriate group of services, we look to which services are
sufficiently similar to reasonably be considered substitutes. We
consider a number of factors, including the ``practical indicia''
identified by the Supreme Court, such as ``industry or public
recognition of the submarket as a separate economic entity, the
product's peculiar characteristics and uses, unique production
facilities, distinct customers, distinct prices, sensitivity to price
changes, and specialized vendors.'' Not all of these factors must be
present to define the relevant product market. Perfect substitutability
is not required as part of our broad review of business
[[Page 25663]]
data services markets and our narrow consideration of certain special
access service inputs that comprise a full business data services
customer circuit.
21. A product that substitutes for another demonstrates a
possibility that consumers will purchase the competing service of a
competitor, including a potential entrant. Consequently, we consider
providers with facilities used to supply one service that could be used
to provide another. For example, we see not only substitution between
circuit- and packet-based business data services, but the capacity to
supply both services over the same underlying facilities, indicating
the two services are likely in the same market, and more importantly,
that suppliers of either service are in the same market, as they could
readily provide the other service over their facilities. Similarly,
while best-efforts services do not generally appear to be a good
substitute for business data services (and vice versa), legacy hybrid-
fiber-coaxial (HFC) and copper (in fact, generally hybrid-fiber-copper)
facilities are commercially used to provide low bandwidth business data
services (if not always at the highest commercially available quality
standards). Unbundled network elements (UNEs), dark fiber, and fixed
wireless services and facilities used to provision business data
services also play competitive roles in business data services markets.
1. Circuit- and Packet-Based Business Data Services
22. The legacy technology for providing business data services is
circuit-based using TDM. Incumbent LECs are the primary facilities-
based suppliers of TDM-based services, including DS1s and DS3s with
symmetrical capacities of 1.5 Mbps and 45 Mbps, respectively. For
decades, these workhorses were the only options available to meet the
high-capacity needs of users. TDM circuits provide dedicated, secure,
reliable and low-delay transmission service for moving voice, data, and
video traffic, but do not effectively scale for data intensive
applications. To increase bandwidth for DS1s/DS3s, providers must bond
multiple circuits together. For example, providers can bond up to eight
DS1s to achieve a maximum bandwidth of 12 Mbps. DS3s are rarely bonded,
however, because with the increased cost, the more logical option is to
use a newer technology, such as a packet-based service. In contrast,
packet-based services have bandwidth options ranging from 2 Mbps up to
100 Gbps, depending on the connection medium, and are easily scaled
over fiber to meet increasing data demands.
23. Because packet-based networks move packets over a shared
transport channel, they are more efficient than a circuit-based network
where transmission capacity is reserved even when not used. The routing
and reassembling of data packets, however, can lead to packet loss,
jitter, and latency, affecting the quality of service needed to support
certain applications desired by users, e.g., real-time and mission
critical applications. Providers can mitigate these delays through
packet prioritization and setting performance parameters, like
assigning different classes of service and quality of service levels
(with, for example, Service Level Agreements (SLAs)). In this way,
providers can shape and differentiate networks to improve performance
to meet the specific needs of users. Backed by performance guarantees,
packet-based business data services can provide the same, if not
better, level of security, reliability, and symmetrical speeds as a DS1
or DS3 service. Packet-based business data services can also accomplish
this with greater efficiency and scalability to satisfy a user's
growing bandwidth demands.
24. Functionally, TDM and packet-based services are broadly
interchangeable in the business data services realm as both are used to
provide connectivity for data network and point-to-point transmissions
and both services can be delivered over the same network
infrastructure. Incumbent and competitive LEC providers offer both
types of services to similar types of customers and their marketing
materials juxtapose these two technologies against each other.
Customers of TDM-based services are also switching to packet-based
services. And commenters representing suppliers agree, with limited
exception, the services, whether circuit-based or packet-based, are
substitutes and in the same product market.
25. Substitution between these two services, however, is generally
one directional. New customers, more likely than not, are choosing to
purchase Ethernet services, subject to their availability and pricing,
and existing customers of TDM-based service are switching to Ethernet.
There is no evidence suggesting Ethernet customers are switching to
DS1s and DS3s. Nor as a policy matter would we want that to occur as
the technology transition is moving towards the eventual termination of
TDM service offerings altogether. We want to encourage that migration,
while mitigating disruptions to existing customers, to help unleash the
benefits of network innovation for American businesses and consumers.
We note, however, that adopting a framework that promotes deployment of
competitive services, as we do here, benefits even those customers who
maintain TDM services due to static needs--or for whatever reason--
because increased competition for these services is likely to place
downward pressure on prices.
26. We find circuit- and packet-switched business data services
that offer similar speed, functionality, and quality of service
characteristics fall within the same product markets for the purposes
of action taken here, even though there is evidence suggesting the two
technologies have important distinctions. Indeed, the Commission has
long considered TDM and packet-based business data services as
functionally interchangeable at comparable capacities and has
consistently included both types of business data services in its
orders and forbearance decisions. Courts, in turn, have upheld the
Commission's view. Although commenters have pointed out some
differences between these technologies, there is considerable evidence
in the record indicating that the Commission's view on sufficient
substitutability of circuit and packet business data services still
holds. We believe that legacy TDM business data services suppliers
would be constrained by the threat of potential customer loss to
packet-based business data services suppliers.
2. Ethernet Over Hybrid-Fiber Coax
27. Packet-based business data services over fiber are the gold
standard for the industry because they provide the greatest flexibility
to efficiently scale bandwidth to the highest speeds at the highest
performance levels. There is debate in the record, however, on whether
we should include the packet-based Ethernet services provided by cable
companies using their HFC networks in the product market for business
data services. Our review of the record now confirms that competitive
pressure on low bandwidth packet-based services carried on fiber and
legacy TDM services is significant, and should be taken into account as
part of any competitive market test.
28. In many ways, EoHFC is much like other modes of business data
services. Ethernet-over-HFC technology provides point-to-point wireline
connection at symmetrical speeds, albeit limited to 10 Mbps. Although
EoHFC is not as reliable as circuit-switched or fiber connections, some
cable companies are able to guarantee 99.9 percent availability (as
compared to fiber's 99.99 percent). In addition to
[[Page 25664]]
availability, some cable companies offer further performance
guarantees, addressing jitter, latency, packet loss, availability, and
mean time to repair their Ethernet over Data over Cable Service
Interface Specification (DOCSIS) service. Comcast targets its EoHFC
service to ``[c]ustomers with low to medium bandwidth requirements that
need enterprise features.'' Wholesalers, for instance, are increasingly
leaning on the cable industry's vast EoHFC network to address the needs
of their multi-regional customers. AT&T ``has certified both fiber-
based and HFC-based Ethernet offerings from cable companies for use in
[its business data] services, as well as for use in [its] backhaul
services.'' Similarly, Sprint has announced that it now provides
business data services over cable company facilities, including EoHFC.
29. Cable network architecture is constantly evolving to meet
bandwidth needs. Yet, some cable providers contend that their EoHFC
business data services are not substitutable with fiber business data
services because they do not offer SLAs, or where they do so, they are
limited, for example, guaranteeing only repair intervals and
availability for their Ethernet over DOCSIS service. Some wholesalers
echo this view, reporting that they do not consider EoHFC (DOCSIS 3.0)
as competitive with their services mainly because of limited
availability, performance issues, and inadequate SLA guarantees.
However, the record shows that while these performance levels may be
undesirable for some customers, many others readily accept lower
performance guarantees in exchange for lower prices. We believe that a
significant tipping point has been reached in the evolution of these
services when even incumbent LECs such as Verizon and AT&T are using
these services for their own business customers out-of-region.
3. ``Best-Efforts'' Internet Access Services
30. Best-efforts Internet access services describe basic Internet
access as generally marketed to residential and small business
subscribers. At the most-basic level, best-efforts and dedicated
business data services appear to be interchangeable: End users can use
both services to access the Internet or create virtual private
networks. However, best-efforts Internet access is provided with
asymmetrical speeds and without service performance guarantees. Whereas
dedicated packet-based business data services allow for packet
prioritization and quality of service priority tiers, best-efforts
services do not. Also, while dedicated business data services commonly
provide at least 99.9 percent network reliability, with higher
guarantees being available for fiber services, and guarantees for
latency and jitter, best-efforts services generally do not offer any
reliability guarantees, although some cable providers offer some non-
binding performance ``assurances.''
31. In the Further Notice, the Commission stated that ``it is
likely that best effort services may not be in the same product market
or markets as BDS,'' and sought comment on its analysis. However, the
record includes evidence of incumbent LECs losing small- and medium-
sized customers to cable's best-efforts offerings, despite noticeable
differences in performance and prices between business data and best-
efforts services. In many circumstances, customers are willing to trade
guaranteed service levels for higher bandwidth and better prices while
receiving some symmetricity. Cable providers routinely pitch their
best-efforts business broadband services to customers as substitutable
for legacy TDM services. Charter, for example, markets its Business
Internet Essentials16 services as ``more than 13 times faster than
T1.'' And the record shows cable has been largely successful in growing
its best-efforts business broadband services: ``Comcast reports a
[REDACTED] increase for best efforts business broadband services from
2014-2015'' and ``TWT reports a [REDACTED] from 2014 to 2015 increase
in its BIA (its best-efforts HFC service).'' Incumbent LECs are
noticing this competition. For example, AT&T explains that its sales
team has discovered that ``for the thirteen-month period from November
2014 through November 2015, a very substantial portion of AT&T's
competitive losses were to cable companies and a significant portion of
those losses were to best efforts cable services.'' We, therefore,
observe substitution and best-efforts networks supporting business data
services for certain customers, but we do not observe broad
substitution or substantial performance similarities with fiber-based
business data services sufficient to determine that best-efforts
service and its underlying facilities are in the same product market.
In that manner, best-efforts services can be distinguished from other
business data services. Despite this, the underlying facilities used to
provision best-efforts services, even over legacy media such as HFC,
can be and are being repurposed to provide business data services.
4. Unbundled Network Elements
32. We find that the use of UNEs, where available, allow
competitive providers to effectively compete in lower bandwidth
services, and are particularly close substitutes for DS1s and DS3s.
However, use and availability of UNEs is diminishing.
33. Incumbent LECs are required by section 251(c)(3) of the Act and
section 51.319 of the Commission's rules to provide requesting common
carriers with DS1s, DS3s, and bare copper loops as UNEs. UNE rates, as
determined by the state public utility commissions, are based on
forward-looking costs not on the incumbent LECs' historical costs, and
are thus typically lower than the incumbent LEC rates for regulated DS1
and DS3 services. UNEs are intended to facilitate competition by
lowering barriers to stimulate facilities-based entry into local
markets, and the Commission has imposed unbundling obligations ``in
those situations where [it] find[s] that carriers genuinely are
impaired without access to particular network elements and where
unbundling does not frustrate sustainable, facilities-based
competition.''
34. The availability of UNEs from incumbent LECs is limited based
on the ``impair'' standard. DS1 and DS3 UNE loops are allowed only in
those buildings located within the service area of an incumbent LEC
wire center that falls below a certain business density line and fiber
collocation threshold. As a practical matter, competitive LECs cannot
rely on UNEs at a wire center in which the competitive LEC is not
collocated. Moreover, with incumbent LECs increasingly retiring their
copper-based infrastructure, the question also arises as to the extent
to which UNEs will remain available in the future.
5. Dark Fiber
35. Dark fiber is a physical connection with no transmission
functionality. As the Commission explained in the Further Notice, ``the
supply of BDS over dark fiber takes on significant aspects of facility-
based competition'' and ``is particularly attractive for competitive
LECs seeking to expand their network reach and mobile carriers needing
cell site backhaul.'' Also, the record indicates that mobile wireless
service providers are purchasing and then self-equipping dark fiber as
a substitute for a fiber-based Ethernet service. Accordingly, we find
dark fiber is a substitute for special access services purchased for
wireless backhaul. Similarly, dark fiber is a substitute outside of
backhaul, e.g., serving the
[[Page 25665]]
needs of retail business customers. The 2015 Collection includes all
competitive provider locations serviced over dark fiber, and staff and
key economists that used that data considered competition over it as
essentially equivalent to facility-based competition.
6. Satellite Services
36. Satellite providers also offer business data services that are
currently relied upon by many end users as acceptable substitutes for
all or part of their broadband demand requirements, particularly for
those that find best efforts provisioning from competitors acceptable.
General Communications (GCI), for example, reports that its ``satellite
network provides communications services to small towns and communities
throughout rural Alaska.'' Hughes Network Systems, LLC ``provides
advanced broadband satellite service throughout the United States,
including high-speed internet and voice over internet protocol
(`VoIP').'' The record indicates that ``Globalstar, a low Earth orbit
satellite constellation for satellite phone and low-speed data
communications, has proposed a service that could help to relieve some
Wi-Fi congestion in anchor institutions.'' And there is evidence that
satellite service providers are increasingly competing for lower
bandwidth business data service customers, which is a trend we
anticipate will continue in the future. We do not find BDS provided by
satellite currently to be in the relevant product market but note that
its presence underscores the conservative nature of our approach. In
that manner, we believe satellite broadband offerings have the
potential to add competitive pressure to the BDS market, especially for
customers that do not require high bandwidth or symmetrical service
with significant service level or uptime guarantees.
7. Fixed Wireless Services
37. We find fixed wireless services are a substitute for cell site
backhaul but are, at most, a gap filler for special access services
providing last-mile access to buildings. While mobile wireless carriers
have relied substantially on fixed wireless, i.e., often self-
provisioning microwave point-to-point links to backhaul traffic from
their macro cell sites, the record on providers viably using fixed
wireless to provide last-mile access to buildings is not as clear. In
the Further Notice, the Commission found the record somewhat mixed on
the use of fixed wireless technology to provide business data services.
But the Commission also noted that the 2015 Collection included
locations served by fixed wireless technology and mobile providers
``reported that about 40 percent of their cell sites have self-
provisioned wireless backhaul facilities.'' In response, commenters
discussed at a high level, whether or not to include fixed wireless in
the business data services product market, or for a competitive market
test with few additional facts provided on the subject of
substitutability. The record also indicates that XO and Windstream use
fixed wireless service in their networks.
38. We continue to find fixed microwave is a competitive backhaul
alternative for wireless providers. The record, however, on using fixed
wireless to provide reliable last-mile access to end users is mixed,
especially in urban areas where line-of-sight can be more of a concern
than in rural areas. We do note the promise of 5G technology to provide
quality high-bandwidth fixed wireless services to businesses in urban
areas. AT&T and Verizon are currently engaged in 5G trials, but
commercial service is not expected to launch until 2020. That said,
given the very high capacity of 5G networks, they have the potential to
represent a significant additional source of competition for the
provision of business data services. We will continue to monitor these
developments. For now, at a minimum, we consider fixed wireless an
option for last-mile building access when wireline facilities are
unavailable. Fixed wireless can also serve as a viable backup
transmission option for business data services purchasers to increase
network diversity. As such, for purposes of the relevant business data
services product market, we find that fixed wireless services should be
included in the product market discussion because they may have a
competitive effect on the market.
C. Geographic Market
39. To determine an appropriate geographic market for competitive
analysis purposes, we consider the area to which consumers can
``practically turn for alternative sources,'' and within which
providers can reasonably compete. The geographic market ``must . . .
both correspond to the commercial realities of the industry and be
economically significant.'' Yet, as with product market delineation, a
geographic market ``cannot . . . be defined with scientific
precision.'' In this section we conclude that a half mile is the
relevant geographic market for the analysis of competition in the
business data services market.
40. In the Further Notice, the Commission described the relevant
geographic market in the business data services industry as likely
being larger than the average census block and sought comment on its
analysis. Considering varying buildout distances in the record, the
Commission observed in the Further Notice that competitors are willing
to extend their facilities to reach potential customers ``typically
rang[ing] from [REDACTED] to [REDACTED] Commenters indicate that
incumbent LECs and competitive providers have similar buildout
criteria. For larger competitive LECs, the majority of buildouts are
within [REDACTED] from a splice point and less commonly exceed
[REDACTED] away from the nearest splice point on their fiber network.
Accordingly, the Commission suggested that the relevant ``geographic
market definition for lower bandwidth BDS lies somewhere above the
average area of the Census block with BDS demand and below'' the
Metropolitan Statistical Area (MSA).
41. While buildouts are common within a half mile from a
competitor's facilities, the subsequent record shows buildouts of half
mile and farther often occur. However, such buildouts become much less
likely as the distance from a cost-effective and viable fiber junction
point increases as well as due to variation in entry barriers. Some
providers may be more risk tolerant and will build out farther than
others, as they weigh location-specific factors, including the
identities of the nearby competitors, the specifics of competing local
networks, local geographic features (such as traversing rivers or
highways), local building codes, the density of local demand, and
bandwidth demanded. However, we find risk tolerant businesses and
buildouts farther than a half mile to be the exception.
42. The nature of the customer's demand is particularly relevant to
competitors' build decisions. As the Commission recognized recently
when considering the likelihood of a competitor entering a building to
provide business data services, ``[t]he lower the demand in the
building, the closer another competitive fiber provider must be to that
building for entry to be profitable and thus likely.'' Nevertheless,
even when demand is too low to justify the buildout, competitive
providers often consider whether there are any potential customers
nearby and may even take a more circuitous route in anticipation of
additional demand from businesses along the route. The 2015 Collection
indicates that in many areas of the country competitive facilities are
sufficiently close to make deployment to buildings with low demand
justifiable. In 2013, there was at
[[Page 25666]]
least one competitive provider in ``more than 95 percent of MSA census
blocks with BDS demand, and . . . those census blocks represented about
97 percent of the total BDS connections and 99 percent of business
establishments.'' The average distance between buildings with incumbent
LEC business data services customers and competitive fiber was just 364
feet. About half of these buildings were within 88 feet of competitive
fiber facilities and 75 percent were within 456 feet.
43. We tested the sensitivity of our finding that a location
currently faces or likely will face competitive choices over the medium
term if it is within a half mile of a location served over the
facilities of at least one competitive provider. For example, based on
the 2015 Collection, 64.1 percent of all locations with business data
services demand in price cap areas were within a quarter mile of at
least one competitive provider, as compared to 79.5 percent that were
within a half mile, and 89.4 percent that were within a mile. Thus, our
approach lies somewhat above the middle of these two extremes, each of
which had limited record support. We also found 45.8 percent of
locations with business data services demand to be within a half mile
of at least two competitive providers, and 64.6 percent of all
locations with business data services demand to be within a mile of at
least two competitive providers. In addition, as discussed, cable
competition is considerably more developed than it was in 2013. Given
the nature of cable networks, we expect the percent of locations within
range of a quarter mile of at least one facilities-based competitor, to
be more similar to the percent of locations within a half mile of one
such competitor today.
44. As we detail more fully below, there is strong evidence of
rapid growth in competitive investment. Because of this ongoing
investment, the average building with business data services demand
over time will find itself closer and closer to a competing facilities-
based competitor's network. The declining distances between buildings
with business data services demand and the fiber networks of
competitive providers in general, and those of cable providers with
extensive fiber networks in particular, create a cycle of investment
and benefits within an area outside of any particular building. Because
even small businesses' bandwidth needs are constantly growing, the
demand for additional investment is likely to be amplified. Greater
fiber investment leads to lower costs of deploying facilities to
neighboring buildings, which in turn leads to greater investment. As
costs continue to drop through further fiber deployments, and potential
revenues for each building served increase with growing demand for high
bandwidth services, these competitive providers with significant legacy
(in the case of cable) and newer networks have powerful economic
incentives to enter and price their services aggressively. This effect
will provide a strong disciplining force to the incumbent service
providers of surrounding locations, and will grow over time.
Importantly, all else equal, we expect competitors will be particularly
likely to build out to locations where incumbents have priced
supracompetitively, to the extent these are the most profitable
locations. In this manner, over time, abuses of market power can be
addressed through localized competitive pressures.
45. The record demonstrates that most business data services
providers are willing and able to profitably invest and deploy
facilities within a half mile of existing competitive facilities, and
often have the ability to build out after winning a customer's bid for
business, depending upon the scale of investment required to reach the
customer. Accordingly, we conclude that the relevant geographic market
for purposes of this market analysis is the region within a half mile
of a location with business data services demand. We make this
determination by focusing on the factors that influence suppliers of
business data services, as opposed to customers, because in most
instances a customer is unlikely to impact service pricing by moving
its physical location in response to a material increase in price. This
point is true for both single- and multi-location customers that seek
dedicated connections to each location.
46. We also find that business data services providers commonly
sell their service in bidding markets, and this is especially so for
multi-site contracts. Winning bidders then build out to the customer
within an agreed-upon provisioning timeframe. Consequently, competitors
outside of the customer's location can affect pricing because the
winning bid represents the competitive offer that others must beat,
even if that competitor does not already have facilities in the
customer's building. That competitor is increasingly relevant the
closer the competitor's network facilities, actual or potential fiber
splice points, are to the customer (because its costs likely fall with
proximity, making its bid more likely to constrain the winning bid).
Thus, the geographic range of the competition posed by a business data
services provider is not limited to the specific locations of active
circuits sold at a particular point in time.
47. Sprint and Windstream challenge our assertion that business
data services markets are affected by bidding market dynamics. However,
business data services contracts, being large-scale, winner-take-all
awards, closely approximate the conditions laid out by Klemperer of an
ideal bidding market environment. Moreover, nearby competition has
similar cost to competition in the location itself (i.e.,
``homogenous'' products) and is therefore likely to effectively
constrain prices.
D. Competitive Entry in Business Data Services Markets
48. As part of our analysis, we consider how varying market
characteristics impact entry by competing providers in business data
services markets, along with evidence of entry barriers being overcome
by traditional and non-traditional competing providers. We then
conclude that, while there can be high barriers to business data
services entry, evidence shows that firms frequently choose to enter
this market with significant investments, particularly in areas of
significant demand, indicating sufficient competitive conditions that
do not warrant direct regulatory intervention.
1. Barriers to Entry
49. Market analysis is incomplete without an evaluation of entry
barriers. As antitrust principles explain, ``[t]he prospect of entry
into the relevant market will alleviate concerns about adverse
competitive effects only if such entry will deter or counteract any
competitive effects of concern . . . .'' In evaluating the prospect of
entry, agencies ``examine the timeliness, likelihood, and sufficiency
of the entry efforts an entrant might practically employ.''
50. Timeliness. Entry must be rapid enough to make an attempt by an
incumbent to set a price above competitive levels unprofitable.
Depending on the distance, buildout does not appear to take very long,
about three to four months, relative to the typical multi-year
contracts used in selling these services. Thus, in cases where demand
is prospective and not urgent, and where a competitive LEC has existing
facilities nearby, for example, within a half mile, buildout or even
its threat would be timely enough to restrain a dominant provider in
the relevant market. Instances in which
[[Page 25667]]
business data services are sold as part of a bidding or similar process
also allow for timely entry, as providers are typically afforded an
opportunity to provision a customer after a bid is accepted and before
service must begin. Moreover, even if a competitor with a nearby
wireline network (for example, perhaps a cable company) is not
presently capable of entry over the short term, we expect it will
become so over the medium term.
51. Likelihood. ``Entry is likely if it would be profitable,'' and
profitability is precisely what competitive LECs consider when deciding
whether to deploy fiber to a customer's location. Profitability depends
on projected expenditures required for construction and anticipated
revenues from the customer and potential customers. Indeed nearby
wireline network providers are actively meeting nearby demand, a
process that can be expected to accelerate over the next few years.
52. Competitive LECs rarely build on speculation and instead prefer
to have a customer in place before undertaking the costs associated
with buildouts. However, providers are also willing to consider
potential customers nearby or along the route (and may even build a
more circuitous route to pass by more potential customers). Providers
generally look to recover construction costs within a certain period of
time, [REDACTED] while taking into account potential customers. When
the cost of construction is high, providers may lengthen the recoupment
period.
53. Sufficiency. We found earlier that the presence of a second
competitor in this industry is sufficient to place an effective
competitive constraint on business data services supply. Given the
likelihood of entry wherever a competitive wireline network is nearby,
this will also ensure a similar effect over the medium term.
54. This evidence demonstrates that providers find ways to enter
nearby geographic markets and win customers. They consider nearby
demand and build circuitous routes, they lengthen the terms of their
contracts to recover the cost of buildout, and they place spare splice
points along their network routes to accommodate future demand. These
facts show that once providers have sunk substantial costs into a
network, it is in their interest to build laterals to as many customers
as possible because the relative cost of a lateral is much lower than
the cost of other network facilities. And this conclusion is
corroborated by evidence of extensive competitive entry into the
business data services marketplace.
2. Entry and Investment in Business Data Services Markets
55. Evidence of Competitive Entry by Cable. The entry of cable into
business data services provisioning has been the most dramatic change
in the market over the past decade. Cable companies began serving
business customers using their ``best-efforts'' broadband networks with
asymmetric speeds in the mid-2000s, but these services were not
generally competitive with incumbent LECs' business data services.
Cable companies now offer over fiber carrier-grade reliability,
scalability, and quality of service functionality to compete for the
largest enterprise customers across the country and also offer Carrier
Ethernet services with symmetrical speeds up to 10 Mbps over their
within-footprint near ubiquitous DOCSIS 3.0 EoHFC networks. As a
result, incumbent LECs increasingly find themselves competing with
cable for business data services customers. CenturyLink, for example,
``views cable providers to be its primary special access competitors,
given their expansive networks and rapid growth in business markets.''
56. The growth in consumer broadband demand has also lowered the
costs to cable companies of deploying fiber to business locations. As
consumer bandwidth demand grew exponentially over the past decade,
cable providers were required to invest billions of dollars pushing
fiber deeper into their networks as they needed to continually split
nodes to keep pace with the demand. Sprint and Windstream challenge the
reasonableness of relying on past cable deployment in response to
growth in consumer broadband demand to project future cable build out
to meet business data services demand. However, it is not unreasonable
to acknowledge the fact that every increment of additional investment
in cable networks brings fiber facilities closer to nearby business
data services demand and lowers the cost of building to meet that
demand. Compared to just ten years ago, fiber within the franchise
areas of cable providers that offer high-speed DOCSIS services has
dramatically lowered the cost of building out fiber to the surrounding
business locations due to the shorter distances required to reach any
location. For example, as a result of network expansion, in March of
2015, ``approximately [REDACTED] percent of business locations [were]
within 500 feet of Comcast's EoHFC facilities, an increase from
[REDACTED] percent in 2013.''
57. Like other competing providers, cable companies have focused
investment on building fiber networks for higher-bandwidth Ethernet
services, which is enabling them to overcome limitations of traditional
coaxial-based cable systems that cannot meet higher bandwidth demands.
For example, after first entering the marketplace in 2009, Comcast
``rolled out Metro Ethernet services to 20 of the top 25 metropolitan
areas entirely over fiber, with plans ranging from 1 Mbps to 10 Gbps''
in 2011. Comcast has invested ``more than $5 billion since 2010'' on
network infrastructure to provide business data services. Comcast had
connections, largely using fiber, to approximately [REDACTED] business
locations in 2016, an increase of [REDACTED] since 2013. Comcast has
also ``added [REDACTED] over the 2012-2015 period.''
58. Charter, the second largest cable company and the [REDACTED]
largest provider of fiber connections to buildings, has invested more
than [REDACTED] annually, starting in 2013, towards the provision of
business data services. In 2016, Charter acquired fellow cable
companies, Legacy Time Warner Cable (TWC) and Bright House Networks,
LLC, for $90 billion. A stated benefit of the merger was the increased
ability of the combined entities to compete for ``large enterprise and
other multi-location customers.'' Post-merger Charter plans to invest
$2.5 billion into serving commercial areas within its footprint.
Charter has ``expanded its provision of BDS to approximately [REDACTED]
new locations'' since the beginning of 2013. As of the second quarter
of 2016, Charter's commercial revenues driven by enterprise, small and
medium business growth rose to over $2 billion, an increase of 12.6
percent over the prior-year period.
59. Cox, the third largest cable company, was one of the first
cable companies entering the business data services market and by June
2016 served ``more than [REDACTED] locations with dedicated point-to-
point services,'' primarily over its fiber facilities. Cox has invested
more than [REDACTED] in fiber and equipment over the past 10 years,
with [REDACTED] invested since 2013. In 2015, ``Cox earned
approximately [REDACTED] in annual revenue from its [business data
services] . . . and projects earnings of [REDACTED] for 2016, up from
[REDACTED] in 2013.''
60. In 2016, Altice, a European company, completed its roughly $10
billion acquisition of Cablevision Systems Corp. (Cablevision), which
includes Cablevision's business service unit, Cablevision Lightpath
Inc., making Altice the fourth largest cable provider. As of the end of
2015, Cablevision's
[[Page 25668]]
Lightpath unit had 7,700 buildings connected to its fiber network,
compared to the 4,400 buildings serviced in 2010. Mediacom, the fifth
largest cable operator serving ``rural and exurban areas of the Midwest
and Southeast. . . . began deploying BDS on a significant scale
throughout its service territories in 2011.'' The company has invested
more than $4 billion on its ``high capacity [fiber] network that serves
thousands of small rural communities.'' This network supports over
1,000 macro cell sites, and Mediacom is planning to expand its network
coverage in downtown areas and commercial districts to connect tens of
thousands of new business customer locations.
61. Even smaller cable operators are entering the business data
services marketplace. ACA, representing a substantial number of small
cable operators, estimates its members are ``making at least tens of
millions and upwards of $300 million of investments annually to deploy
facilities to support the provision of BDS.'' ACA's members primarily
offer Ethernet business data services over fiber.
62. Cable business services are reported to have grown at
approximately 20 percent annually for the past several years, and
increasingly, they have emphasized Internet access and managed services
(i.e., security and routing, controlled and secured access to the
cloud) showing a shift in demand to higher (and more competitive)
bandwidths. Business services will reportedly generate more than $12
billion for U.S. cable providers in 2015, up 20 percent or so from
their milestone total of $10 billion in 2014. According to one analyst,
business revenues for cable companies will almost double their 2014
total by 2019.
63. Expansion by Other Competitive Providers. Non-cable competitive
LECs and other non-traditional providers also continue to invest and
expand their network reach. For example, Zayo, founded in 2007, now has
more than 25,000 buildings connected to its metro fiber network.
Network connectivity makes up 45 percent of Zayo's business with 38
percent from dark fiber solutions. Zayo committed to investing an
estimated $740 million in major network expansion projects from March
2014 to December 2015. For the quarter ending on June 30, 2016, Zayo
reported $506.7 million of consolidated revenue, which includes $112
million from its Canadian operations. Zayo recently closed its purchase
of Electric Lightwave adding an estimated 12,100 route miles to its
network as well as connectivity to 3,100 enterprise buildings.
64. We reject Sprint/Windstream's argument that the Commission has
not properly accounted for recent consolidation, including the
CenturyLink/Level 3 and Verizon/XO mergers. The CenturyLink/Level 3
proposed merger is still pending regulatory approvals, and in approving
transfer of control applications related to the Verizon/XO transaction,
the Commission found that ``Verizon's acquisition of XO within
Verizon's incumbent LEC territory will have a de minimis impact on
competition in the provision of BDS.'' Sprint/Windstream's criticism
that the two largest competitive LECs on the Vertical Systems Group
Leaderboard for Ethernet providers will soon be incumbent LECs fails to
take into consideration that the bulk of acquired facilities in these
transactions is outside the incumbent LEC territory and in fact remains
in the category of a competitive provider for the purposes of the
Commission's BDS marketplace data. Moreover, our analysis herein takes
into account the increased competition we have seen in the market since
our 2013 data collection, including increased competitive pressure from
cable providers.
65. Lightower has an all-fiber network with service to over 22,000
locations and more than 7,000 wireless towers and small cells in 17
states in the Northeast, Mid-Atlantic, and Midwest, serving
``enterprise, government, carrier, and data center customers.''
Lightower acquired regional fiber provider, Fibertech Networks, in 2015
for $1.9 billion, doubling its network reach, and acquired Sidera
Networks in 2013 for $2 billion. The company spends about [REDACTED]
percent of its revenues on capital investment. Lightower recently added
over 350 route miles of fiber in North Carolina.
66. Industry Concentration. In the Further Notice, the Commission
considered several measures of concentration in varying geographies,
indicating ``uniformly high levels of concentration.'' On a national
level, concentration among incumbent LECs was observed, based on 2013
reported business data services revenues. Degrees of incumbent LEC
concentration also were observed at geographies of unique building
locations, census blocks, and zip codes. The measures were difficult to
determine precisely by geography due to certain biases. Putting the
concentration measures in context, the Commission explained that it
``d[id] not yet know how much competitive pressure different forms of
supply place on other suppliers, or how many suppliers, accounting for
their differences, are sufficient to make prices effectively
competitive (matters we have sought comment on above).'' We find the
concentration measures alone are largely poor indicators of whether
market conditions exist that will constrain business data services
prices, and overstate the competitive effects of concentration.
67. Traditional and non-traditional providers of business data
services constrain an incumbent's pricing outside of immediate
geographies used to describe market concentration in the Further Notice
in three ways. First, with nearby facilities, a business data services
provider is able to expand its presence to timely reach a customer.
Second, a business data services competitor does not need to be already
offering service in a given building to constrain a supplier at that
location. A nearby business data services competitor constrains pricing
by responding to RFPs and participating in similar customer service
bidding requests, which creates a pricing floor without any physical
presence of the potential competitor in the nearby geography. Third,
concentration is greater for the declining legacy DS1 and DS3 channel
termination services, in which incumbent LECs have a historical
advantage, compared to newer, and in-demand, Ethernet business data
services, which are largely competitive. We therefore conclude that
concentrated supplies of DS1s and DS3s in a particular building or cell
tower or similar are not reliable indicators of whether business data
services pricing decisions are made competitively.
E. Other Examples of Competitive Effects in the Business Data Services
Market
68. Increasing Ethernet Revenue. Comments show that, as a result of
more substitutes in the market, incumbent LECs face declining sales in
TDM services, notably DS1s and DS3s, including customer loss to cable
operators and other providers. A recent report by Frost & Sullivan
found that the migration from TDM to Ethernet business data services is
fueling double-digit revenue growth for Ethernet business data
services, and that this growth rate is expected to increase as Ethernet
networks expand. In particular, Ethernet-based services accounted for
more than 40 percent of total dedicated service revenues in 2013, and
Ethernet business data services revenues have been growing by over 20
percent a year since then. The Ethernet bandwidth of incumbent LECs
grew by only 5.3
[[Page 25669]]
percent in 2013, while the bandwidth of competitive providers grew by
31.6 percent. Incumbent LEC business data services revenues also
declined from 2013 to 2015, while competitive LEC and cable competitor
revenue grew rapidly. Level 3 revenues increased 66 percent, Comcast
revenues grew by 46 percent, and Time Warner cable revenues increased
by 73 percent over the same time period. For cable overall, business
revenues have grown at a 20 percent compound annual growth rate.
Notably, this revenue growth came in spite of falling prices, which
likely indicates expansion of market output and/or demand shifts to
higher bandwidth and thus more competitive services. Vertical Systems
Group found that Carrier Ethernet pricing fell by double-digit rates
for all services and speed segments from 2010 to 2015.
69. Some of the growth in cable's competitive position has come at
the expense of incumbent and competitive LECs. AT&T, for example,
calculates it ``lost more than [REDACTED] of its DS1 business from non-
affiliates just between January 2013 and October 2015, and the rate of
loss is accelerating.'' In addition, ``the number of new DS1 purchases
from AT&T (i.e., gross, not net, additions) declined by nearly
[REDACTED] since the end of 2013.'' A degree of those losses were to
Ethernet, as AT&T reports ``the number of new Ethernet purchases (i.e.,
gross additions) during this period has more than [REDACTED]. Verizon
reports that it sees similar competitive effects because of cable's
increased entry into the business data services market. For example,
comparing the same three-month period year-over-year Verizon saw a
[REDACTED] percent decrease in Ethernet orders with its customers
``telling Verizon that trend will continue and worsen as they send more
business to cable.''
70. Decreasing Ethernet Prices. There is persuasive evidence of
recent decreases in the prices for packet-based services across all
bandwidths. According to Cox, Ethernet prices have declined [REDACTED]
or more between 2012 and 2016.'' ACA reports smaller cable operators
have over the past five years ``decreased prices for their Ethernet
services by approximately 50 percent on average across all geographic
areas and for all customer segments--with some members reporting that
prices have decreased even more, by 70 percent.'' Comcast observes
``steady year-over-year decline in [retail] pricing for dedicated
Internet access and Ethernet transport services,'' e.g., prices for its
Ethernet Dedicated Internet service declined by [REDACTED] percent over
the past 12 months. CenturyLink's Ethernet prices have on average,
declined by [REDACTED] percent over the past five years.
71. Charter's monthly price for a 1 Gbps service as of the first
quarter of 2016 [REDACTED]. Zayo reports price per unit decreases for
GigE full rate (>1000 Mbps) from $3,300 to $2,800 from December 2013 to
December 2015, about a 15 percent change. Per unit prices for
fractional GigE (101-1000 Mbps) services decreased from $2,300 to
$1,700 over the same period, a 26 percent drop.
72. Comcast once expected a price of between [REDACTED] per month
in 2013 for its wholesale 100 Mbps fiber service but now charges less
than [REDACTED] a month for the same service. Charter reports its
``average regional price of a 100 Mbps dedicated service'' was
[REDACTED] per month in 2013 but by the first quarter of 2016, that per
month price dropped to [REDACTED]. ACS has similarly experienced per
month price declines for its [REDACTED]. Zayo's pricing trends show the
monthly price per unit for Fast E Ethernet (10-100 Mbps) service
decreasing from $1,300 to $1,200 (7.6 percent) from December 2013 to
December 2015. CenturyLink reports prices for a 100 Mbps Ethernet
backhaul circuit to a wireless tower have fallen [REDACTED] percent on
average over the past five years.
73. There is also evidence that lower bandwidth packet-based
services are experiencing price declines. For example, Legacy TWC's 10
Mbps service fell from [REDACTED] per month on average in 2013 to
[REDACTED] per month by the first quarter of 2016, a 23 percent
decrease. The company's 5 Mbps service decreased from a [REDACTED]
monthly average to a [REDACTED] monthly average over the same period, a
28 percent change.
F. Incumbent LEC Pricing Regulation
74. We consider a large quantity of evidence in the record. A body
of evidence particularly relevant to the foregoing discussion
considered the benefits of current incumbent LEC price regulations. The
evidence is mixed and we find does not in most locations support
continued, much less additional, price regulation. Econometric studies
performed by Dr. Marc Rysman, Commission staff, and commenters examined
the relationship between incumbent LEC prices and the number of
business data services competitors they face near a customer location.
Based on the Commission's 2015 Collection, the Revised Rysman Paper
showed that incumbent LEC DS1 and DS3 prices were a statistically
significant three percent and ten percent lower, respectively, in
census blocks with one or more facilities-based competitors. However,
these price changes often became statistically insignificant after
implementing changes to the analysis in response to peer reviewers,
suggesting that the data are too noisy to draw any firm conclusions.
75. Furthermore, as recognized by Dr. Rysman, and noted by peer
reviewers and other commenters in the record, data and modeling
limitations did not allow for a definitive conclusion that incumbent
LECs were not pricing competitively. Despite Dr. Rysman's detailed
analysis, a causal relationship could not be ascribed to his estimates
due to the possibility that some factor not observed in the data (e.g.,
lower costs of serving a given customer) could be simultaneously
producing both a greater number of facilities-based competitors and
lower prices. Further, while some (disputed) evidence was presented of
incumbent LEC prices being lower where there was competition, other
evidence was presented of dramatic increases in competitive entry,
rapid price declines, and service growth. Moreover, analysts and
forecasters expect strong competitive growth over the next decade in
business data services, and we find that, all else equal, competitive
growth will occur exactly where supracompetitive pricing is most
prevalent.
76. Current Prices at Cap. In the Further Notice, the Commission
suggested that ``the fact that the price capped incumbent LECs have
kept their prices at the top of the cap is additional evidence of
market power.'' Commenters are at odds over whether the lack of or
minimal headroom between prices and the caps indicates the possession
of market power. However, we disagree that prices at the cap
demonstrate that incumbent LECs generally would have set materially
higher prices wherever their prices were capped and that prices for
business data services will increase significantly as a result of our
actions in this Order. We expect that competition will continue to keep
prices in check. Moreover, as we explain in our analysis of potential
catch-up adjustments, the X-factors that were in effect between 1997
and 2005 may have been unreasonably high and therefore the current
price cap indices may be too low. In view of these circumstances and
our findings of competition in the business data services DS1, DS3, and
transport markets, we find any concern about a
[[Page 25670]]
lack of headroom between prices and the caps to be unwarranted.
G. Competition in the Transport Market
77. Transport services are typically higher volume services between
points of traffic aggregation which can more easily justify competitive
investment and deployment. The Commission has traditionally regulated
TDM-based special access services in two distinct segments: End user
channel terminations and dedicated transport; and other special access
services. The provision and sale of TDM-based special access services
has reflected, and continues to reflect, the different competitive
dynamics that characterize the two sets of services. When the
Commission adopted the Pricing Flexibility Order, it distinguished
between these two sets of TDM special access services and required
price cap LECs to make different levels of competitive showings to
obtain pricing flexibility for each. The Commission's pricing
flexibility rules also reflect this distinction. Section 69.709 of the
Commission's rules governs the grant of pricing flexibility for special
access services other than the channel termination between the LEC end
offices and customer premises, which includes interoffice facilities
and channel terminations between an incumbent LEC's serving wire center
and an IXC. Section 69.711 of the Commission's rules governs the grant
of pricing flexibility for channel terminations between LEC end offices
and customer premises. All of these elements comprise the service
provided to the end user. The Further Notice followed the Commission's
precedent by defining dedicated service as a service that ``transports
data between two or more designated points'' and aspired to create a
``framework [that] reflect[s] how the market operates today.''
78. Commenters, including competitive providers, support
maintaining this distinction. Dr. Rysman also acknowledged the
relevance of this distinction in his paper. This distinction is rooted
both in the different functionalities these sets of services deliver
and in the different rate elements price cap carriers use to price
these services. We find that this distinction remains valid in the
current special access marketplace and employ it in our approach to
reforming our regulation of TDM transport services.
79. In analyzing the competitiveness of TDM transport services,
based upon the 2015 Collection and the record, we find strong evidence
of substantial competition, as well as market conditions that suggest
regulation of TDM transport and other non-end user channel termination
services is not justified. Indeed competition for such services has
been robust since a large proportion of TDM transport services were
deregulated. As Frontier explains, a ``substantial majority of
transport revenue has been covered by Phase II pricing flexibility
since the early 2000s.'' AT&T further states that ``the data collection
strongly supports nationwide Phase II relief for transport.'' It cites
data showing the widespread deployment of competitive transport
networks, including the fact that ``as of 2013, competitive providers
have deployed competing transport networks in more than 95% of census
blocks with special access demand (and about 99% of business
establishments are in these MSAs).'' Although INCOMPAS asserts that
Commission rules requiring certain incumbent LECs to provide unbundled
transport services is evidence of underlying market power, the record
overall reflects a competitive landscape where customers often combine
competitive transport with channel terminations supplied by incumbents.
According to CenturyLink, it uses incumbent LEC transport facilities
for ``less than half'' of the end user channel terminations it
purchases as a competitive provider outside of its incumbent footprint.
Moreover, data from the 2015 Collection show that ``the vast majority
of locations with special access demand have'' competitive fiber within
close proximity. AT&T identified a number of major urban areas that had
as many as 28 competitive transport providers and cited a number of
second tier MSAs which commonly have ``over a dozen separate
competitive transport providers.''
80. Competitive providers are split on the question of whether the
transport market is competitive. XO, before becoming part of Verizon,
found ``considerable competition for transport'' and that ``numerous
CLECs frequently are collocated in the offices where XO is located.''
Other competitive providers dispute the competitive nature of transport
services and assert that incumbent LECs are able to charge
supracompetitive rates for TDM transport services and should therefore
be price regulated. For example, Sprint alleges that ``along many
routes, competitive providers are simply unavailable'' and asserts that
competition for transport service is the exception rather than the
rule. However, Sprint provides no data or anecdotal evidence to support
its assertion and to rebut the evidence from the 2015 Collection and
from incumbent LEC commenters that show that competitive transport is
available in the vast majority of census blocks in MSAs. As AT&T
states, ``[n]o party to this proceeding has attempted specifically to
make a case that there is a lack of competition for transport, and
certainly not on a national basis.''
81. Evidence of competitive providers investing in transport
services, rather than purchasing from incumbent carriers, reinforces
our observations. While business data services providers may choose to
purchase transport--either as a long-term solution to reach a customer
or a temporary cost while implementing self-provisioning plans--many
have deployed transport instead of buying the service.
82. More broadly, we understand that transport service represents
the ``low-hanging fruit'' of the business data services circuit, which
makes it particularly attractive to new entrants. In the Pricing
Flexibility Order, the Commission noted that competitors often enter
the transport market before the channel termination market, and we
continue to adhere to that view. The net present value of the cash
flows associated with the relatively high expected per-unit cost of
deploying a new, relatively low-capacity channel termination and the
expected revenue derived from the sale of that channel termination,
especially for DS1 and DS3 channel terminations, would be expected to
be significantly less than the relatively low expected per-unit cost of
deploying a new, relatively high-capacity inter-office transport
facility, and the expected revenue derived from the sale of that
facility. Thus, in the face of increased demand for transport services,
we observe responsive market conditions that support the deployment of
competitive facilities, through either new entry or conversion.
H. Conclusions
83. Packet-based Services. Packet-based services represent the
future of business data services. We believe the higher bandwidth
capabilities of these services will lead to greater returns on
investment and in turn, greater incentives for facilities-based entry
into the business data services market. In contrast, DS1s and DS3s are
legacy services that now compete against packet-based broadband
services such as EoHFC services in the same geographic market. We find
this competition, or potential competition between legacy and packet-
based services, sufficient enough to discipline pricing. In many
instances, incumbent LECs are now on similar footing to entrants (even
if they may still on
[[Page 25671]]
average be advantaged), as they often also deploy new facilities to
meet customer demand (because even a relatively low demand customer
today may not be a low demand customer tomorrow, and copper loop
generally is incapable of meeting higher demands). As a result, we find
the marketplace for packet-based business data services is competitive.
84. TDM-based DS1s and DS3s. Within the broader record, we
acknowledge that, by the nature of legacy services, incumbent LECs have
a degree of concentration in certain geographies for DS1 and DS3
services. We also recognize a changing industry with increasingly
competitive options, particularly at higher bandwidths, and a
decreasing demand for these legacy services. Our analysis suggests that
any prior advantage an incumbent might have enjoyed at lower bandwidths
is now less competitively relevant in light of customer demand that
attracts a number of traditional and non-traditional competitors that
are improving legacy cable networks and expanding with new facilities
to meet demand. This is further supported by the degree of sunk
investment made by traditional and non-traditional providers of
business data services to compete. We conclude that incumbent LEC
market power has been in many cases largely eliminated, and elsewhere
is declining thanks to increased competition in business data services
markets.
85. Transport. Based on the 2015 Collection, the record, and our
market observations, we find substantial evidence of competition in
TDM-based transport markets, which, accordingly, suggests that price
regulation is not required. For these reasons, we conclude that TDM-
based transport is competitive.
IV. An Administrable Framework for Business Data Services Grounded in
Our Market Analysis and the Record
86. We intend to apply ex ante rate regulation only where
competition is expected to materially fail to ensure just and
reasonable rates. As a matter of policy we prefer reliance on
competition rather than regulation, wherever purchasers can
realistically turn to a supplier beyond the incumbent LEC. Based on
these principles and our market analysis, we find regulation is
unnecessary for packet-based services, TDM transport services, and
higher bandwidth (i.e., above DS3) TDM end user channel terminations.
We also conclude that we should refrain from ex ante pricing regulation
for TDM end-user channel terminations in areas deemed competitive. We
then outline a bright-line competitive market test for initially
determining whether a given price cap area will be treated as
competitive in the provision of DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations and certain other business data services by the incumbent
LEC. This test will treat as competitive a particular county if 50
percent of the locations with BDS demand in that county are within a
half mile of a location served by a competitive provider based on the
2015 Collection or 75 percent of the census blocks in that county have
a cable provider present based on the Commission's Form 477 data. Any
price cap incumbent LEC serving special access customers within that
county will be relieved of ex ante pricing regulation. Furthermore, we
adopt a process for regularly updating the list of competitive counties
in a way that accounts for changing competitive conditions but also
avoids the need to undergo burdensome data collections.
A. Regulatory Framework Applicable to Packet-Based Business Data
Services and to TDM-Based Services Providing Bandwidths in Excess of a
DS3
87. After reviewing the record and considering the Commission's
goals to ensure that rates for business data services are just and
reasonable, while also encouraging facilities-based competition and
facilitating technology transitions, we decline to re-impose any form
of price cap or benchmark regulation on packet-based business data
services or on TDM-based services providing bandwidths in excess of the
level of a DS3, and we eliminate that regulation to the extent it
exists today. In so doing, we impose no new regulation on the packet-
based and higher capacity TDM-based business data services marketplace,
which will be free from ex ante pricing regulation, regardless of the
type of entity providing the service. Our market analysis does not show
compelling evidence of market power in incumbent LEC provision of these
services, particularly for higher bandwidth services. Moreover, even if
the record demonstrated insufficiently robust competition, proposals to
apply price cap regulation to packet-based services were complex and
not easily administrable and did not reflect the fact that costs to
serve individual customers vary. Likewise, we decline to impose
benchmark pricing regulation on incumbent LEC packet-based business
data services or on TDM-based services of bandwidths in excess of the
level of a DS3. Because our market analysis shows that such services
are subject to competition, anchor or benchmark pricing is unnecessary
and could in fact inhibit investment in this dynamic market by
preventing providers from being able to obtain adequate returns on
capital. Additionally, the benchmark pricing proposals in the record
were administratively complex and unlikely to reliably result in just
and reasonable rates.
88. We further find that packet-based services are best not
subjected to tariffing and price cap regulation, even in the absence of
a nearby competitor. Packet-based services represent the future of
business data services and are readily scalable, so competitive LECs
are generally very willing to deploy such services beyond their
footprints because they can expect to earn increasing revenues from
their initial investment with few additional costs. In contrast, the
record shows that competitive LECs are generally unwilling to extend
their legacy TDM networks, especially beyond a half mile to provide DSn
services. Consequently, entrants are better placed to win customers in
packet-based markets than in those for TDM services. Packet-based
services are new services, experiencing both rapid growth, and rapid
change in standards, throughput and usage, and so regulation is more
likely to impose long-term costs by dissuading providers of packet-
based services from entering.
89. We do, however, remind stakeholders that packet-based
telecommunications services remain subject to the Commission's
regulatory authority under sections 201, 202, and 208 of the Act. These
statutory provisions allow the Commission to determine whether rates,
terms, and conditions are just, reasonable, and not unreasonably
discriminatory in the context of a section 208 complaint proceeding.
B. Regulatory Framework Applicable to TDM Transport Services
90. We eliminate all ex ante pricing regulation of price cap
incumbent LEC provision of TDM transport and other transport (i.e.,
non-end user channel termination) special access services. The 2015
Collection and the record demonstrate widespread competition in the
market for these services and generally support using a deregulatory
approach for TDM transport and other non-end user channel termination
services.
91. We conclude that competition for TDM transport services is
sufficiently pervasive at the local level to justify relief from
pricing regulation nationwide. Commission staff analysis of competitive
provider responses to question II.A.5. of the 2015 Collection
[[Page 25672]]
shows that in all price cap territories, 92.1 percent of buildings
served were within a half mile of competitive fiber transport
facilities. Additionally, for all census blocks with business data
services demand, 89.6 percent have at least one served building within
a half mile of competitive LEC fiber. As we concluded in the foregoing
market analysis, the presence or reasonable proximity of a single
competitor's facilities represents competition given the high sunk cost
nature of the business data services market. Our data are conservative
given the fact that the 2015 Collection includes only a subset of all
hybrid fiber coax facilities deployed by cable providers (i.e., only
Metro-Ethernet headend-connected fiber feeder plant) and given that the
2015 Collection data are from 2013 and therefore necessarily understate
the level of actual competition for transport services by not including
competitive facilities that have since been deployed. We find that the
high percentage of locations within a half mile of competitive fiber
and the high percentage of census blocks with at least one building
within a half mile of competitive fiber justify our refraining from
applying pricing regulation across all price cap areas to TDM transport
services.
92. We recognize that our decision in all likelihood will leave a
relatively small percentage of census blocks (with an even smaller
percentage of overall demand) price deregulated and without the
immediate prospect of competitive transport options. However, greater
harm--primarily manifested in the discouragement of competitive entry
over time--would result if we were to attempt to regulate these cases
than is expected under our deregulatory approach. In contrast, lower
entry barriers for deploying transport services than for end user
channel termination services and increasing demand for transport means
that regulatory relief will provide incentives for competitive
providers to deploy additional transport facilities to compete for this
demand. While competition may not be universal, it is sufficiently
widespread for us to have confidence that a combination of these
factors will broadly protect against the risk of supracompetitive rates
being charged by price cap LECs over the short- to medium-term. To the
extent there are points of aggregation that are not served by
competitors, the relatively high demand at these points makes it likely
that a competitor could justify investing in competitive transport
facilities to serve that demand.
93. Moreover, our goal is not absolute mathematical precision but
an administratively feasible approach that avoids imposing undue
regulatory burdens on this highly competitive segment of the market.
Refraining from pricing regulation for transport services nationally
achieves the proper balance between precision and administrability. It
also avoids unnecessary disruption of existing special access transport
sales arrangements. The alternative would be to impose significant
regulatory burdens on all participants in the market with an additional
layer of regulatory complexity that would undermine predictability and
ultimately hinder investment, including in entry, and growth. Instead,
we believe that providing regulatory relief in this market segment will
foster conditions that will continue to encourage competitive entry and
provide incentive for further investment in fiber transport facilities.
Finally, our section 208 complaint process represents a continuing
safeguard against unjust and unreasonable rates.
C. Competitive Market Test Criteria for DS1 and DS3 End User Channel
Terminations
94. As noted above, we decline to impose ex ante pricing regulation
for packet-based business data services and eliminate entirely ex ante
regulation for TDM-based services providing bandwidths in excess of a
DS3 and for TDM-based transport services. Based on the record, we have
determined that such forms of regulation are not necessary because we
expect that competition will ensure just and reasonable rates for those
services.
95. At the same time, many commenters have urged us to take a
different approach with respect to ex ante regulation of DS1 and DS3
end user channel terminations that use legacy, circuit-based
technology. They raise various arguments about why they believe this
portion of the business data services market requires that we not
eliminate ex ante price regulation altogether. To the extent commenters
suggest that there are no circumstances in which we should eliminate ex
ante pricing regulation, we disagree with those contentions. Our
decision in this Order will promote investment, deployment, and
competition in the business data services market in a way that will
benefit all end users, including those that currently use DS1s and
DS3s.
96. We determine it is appropriate to take a different approach
with respect to the elimination of ex ante pricing regulation of
legacy, circuit-based DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations. The
market for these services is declining as customers opt for more
flexible packet-based business data service offerings. Moreover, the
economics of deploying facilities to end user locations makes
competitive entry in response to demand less likely than with the TDM
transport market segment, which is typically at higher-bandwidths and
requires less investment per unit of traffic than required for channel
terminations. In light of these considerations, we are providing
additional protections for this portion of the business data services
market as the market transitions to new technologies by not eliminating
ex ante pricing regulation in every area. Instead, we adopt a
competitive market test that will preserve ex ante price regulation in
those limited number of areas where we predict there is a substantial
likelihood that competition will fail to ensure just and reasonable
rates. In addition, even in those areas where we eliminate ex ante
pricing regulation, the protections of section 208 will continue to
apply.
97. Specifically, the competitive market test we adopt today
assesses the availability of actual and likely competitive options in
the provision of last-mile services and subjects to ex ante pricing
regulation only circuit-based DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations
and certain other business data services provided by price cap
incumbent LECs in areas the test finds lack a competitive presence. We
base the competitive market test on the geographic unit of a county or
county-equivalent (hereinafter, county) which significantly reduces the
over- and under-inclusivity issue posed by MSAs which the Commission
highlighted in the Suspension Order and avoids the administrability
issues posed by smaller geographic units of measure. The test uses data
demonstrating the presence of competitive facilities from the 2015
Collection in combination with the most recent data on cable deployment
from the Form 477 data collection to determine which counties to
regulate.
98. While there is no clear consensus in the record on the right
approach to the competitive market test, we do see a few points of
general agreement. The various proposals use bandwidth demarcation
points and competition test criteria based on counting providers in or
near a geographic area using the 2015 Collection data. Beyond those few
high-level points of agreement, there are vast differences of opinion
among commenters on the current state of competition in the
marketplace, on the need for a competitive market test, and on what a
competitive market test should entail. Generally, competitive
[[Page 25673]]
LECs needing to purchase business data services as inputs at wholesale,
mobile wireless providers not affiliated with an incumbent LEC,
Windstream and Verizon (both net buyers), and end-user representatives,
such as Ad Hoc, interpret the 2015 Collection as largely showing a non-
competitive market, requiring regulatory intervention at all but the
highest service bandwidth levels, i.e., in excess of 1 Gbps. On the
other side, cable companies and competitive fiber providers that do not
typically purchase business data services at wholesale, AT&T, and other
incumbent LECs (net sellers) see a highly competitive marketplace with
no need of regulatory intervention.
99. The test we adopt utilizes certain core attributes of a test on
which there was consensus in the record, including establishing a
threshold number of providers to find competition, employing a defined
geographic area of measurement, and basing the test on data from the
2015 Collection and updating the results of the test to ensure they
continue to reflect the extent of competition in the market. That said,
it also represents a departure from some of the proposals in the
Further Notice in that rather than focus on burdensome pricing
regulation, it takes a dynamic and forward-looking approach to
evaluating the benefits and costs of regulation. The test will be
updated periodically by relying on data the Commission routinely
collects, so it does not require additional and potentially burdensome
data collections. We find this approach strikes a reasonable balance
between precision and administrability, will encourage continued
investment in and deployment of business data services, and will foster
a market-driven transition from legacy circuit-based services to newer
packet-based services and other technologies.
100. We take a pragmatic approach to formulating a competitive
market test by considering what data are available to us to evaluate
competitive conditions both at present and in the future. We then
determine what geographic unit is sufficiently granular and at the same
time administrable for the Commission as well as the industry. Finally,
we consider which criteria best reflect competitive conditions in the
market while still furthering the Commission's policy objectives. The
ultimate goal of the test, however, is not to definitively determine
competitive market conditions but rather to determine on balance which
areas are best positioned to benefit from price deregulation and which
areas will benefit more from continued price cap regulation.
101. In determining where we can appropriately avoid applying ex
ante price regulations for certain special access services, we balance
the benefits and costs of such regulation. We recognize that in
counties where there currently appears to be few competitive
alternatives for consumers of DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations
that the benefits of ex ante price regulation likely outweigh the costs
since this likely indicates broad entry in such regions may not occur.
However, in counties where the competitive pressures are able to
discipline prices for a large fraction of customers, as discussed in
our market analysis, we see the opposite to likely be the case. Ex ante
pricing regulation can have negative features. For example, in a county
where entry is relatively widespread, the absence of entry in specific
areas may be due to regulated prices inadvertently being set below
competitive levels. Such prices make entry unprofitable, are harmful to
long run incentives to invest, can lead to inefficient short run levels
of production and consumption, and can prevent entry indefinitely. This
counsels toward being especially wary of imposing price caps except
where competitive service seems most unlikely to be available within a
reasonable time horizon. This perspective of balancing the benefits and
costs of regulating prices, as well as the importance of having an
administrable system, leads us to adopt the framework discussed below.
In our judgment, we expect this framework to appropriately balance our
desire for fostering a dynamic and competitive marketplace with the
need to ensure rates that are just and reasonable.
102. Some parties have expressed concern about a potential spike in
prices in areas deregulated as a result of the competitive market test.
We believe, however, the test adopted today strikes the appropriate
balance to apply ex ante regulation where warranted and to allow
competitive forces to thrive absent ex ante regulation where there is
adequate competition. If prices were to rise following deregulation,
then we anticipate that competition will work to drive these prices to
competitive levels. Moreover, customers are protected in the near term
from harm that would result from any rates, terms, or conditions that
are unjust and unreasonable or unjust and unreasonably discriminatory
because the Commission's section 208 complaint process continues to be
available for common carriage services.
1. Availability of Data To Measure Competition
103. 2015 Collection. The most intuitively relevant dataset in our
toolbox is the one collected in response to the Data Collection Order.
That data collection covered circuit- and packet-based business data
services and required responses from providers of both dedicated and
best-efforts last-mile access services (albeit exempting small
providers of best-efforts services), as well as purchasers of business
data services. In short, the data collection came as close as
practicable at the time to providing a ``clear picture of all
competition in the marketplace.'' Despite this, some commenters
question the continued relevance of the data, citing cable providers'
aggressive expansion into business data services since the data
collection. These criticisms overstate the limitations of the 2015
Collection. It is unprecedented in scope and remains a useful and
appropriate basis for our new regulatory framework. That said, we
acknowledge that while the 2015 Collection is well suited for the
initial evaluation of competition, it is unsuitable for measuring
competition going forward. We also acknowledge that the 2015 Collection
does not fully capture the extent of cable deployment to date.
104. Although some commenters propose refreshing the data with
periodic data collections, most commenters strongly oppose the idea as
being too burdensome and even ``an obstacle to competition.'' To comply
with the 2015 Collection, for example, some carriers were ``forced to
pull data manually from numerous billing and data systems, diverting
limited time and resources from other critical projects.'' For an
uncertain number of years, providers would be required ``to
continuously track and maintain . . . all company documents that may be
responsive . . . requiring business employees and counsel to devote
significant resources to conduct broad searches for such documents and
evaluate their responsiveness.'' We believe the costs of further data
collections would not justify the benefits obtained from having updated
data. Below we find that an alternative dataset can be used to update
our competitive market test with no additional compliance burdens while
still effectively capturing market competition as compared with a new
more comprehensive data collection. We therefore decline to extend the
2015 Collection.
105. Form 477 Data. In 2013, as the National Broadband Map data
collection
[[Page 25674]]
was nearing its completion, the Commission issued the Modernizing Form
477 Order, which redesigned and updated the requirements first spelled
out in the 2000 Data Gathering Order. To comply with the Form 477 data
collection requirements, all facilities-based fixed broadband
providers, including cable operators, are required to report data on
all census blocks where they make fixed broadband services available to
residential and business customers at bandwidth speeds exceeding 200
kbps in at least one direction. Among other things, providers also
report ``the maximum advertised speed for each technology used to offer
service in each census block.'' The Commission collects these data
semi-annually and makes the data available to the public.
106. We find the Form 477 data well suited for supplementing the
2015 Collection in the initial analysis of market conditions and a
conservative proxy for competitive deployment going forward. Form 477
broadband service availability data necessarily imply the presence of
broadband-capable cable network facilities, which makes it an ideal
dataset to ensure the competitive market test accounts for competition
from cable operators. We recognize, however, that the Form 477 data do
not measure the presence of other competitive providers. That being
said, given the long-term sunk cost nature of competitive provision, it
is unlikely that locations that were previously competitive (as
evidenced in the 2015 Collection) would become noncompetitive. The key
question thus becomes whether the Form 477 data can be used as an
updating mechanism, not merely for the extension of cable supply, but
as a proxy for the extension of competitive end user channel
terminations more generally. While the measure is unlikely to be
perfect, we conclude the Form 477 portion of the competitive market
test is a good match for the 2015 Collection as a means of capturing
future changes. Moreover, given cable operators' ongoing aggressive
deployment of end user channel terminations, which dwarfs that of non-
cable suppliers, it is highly likely the cable-only measure found in
the Form 477 data will capture the vast bulk of additional deployments
because it is likely that most non-cable competitive extension of
business data services networks will occur where cable is also
deploying or has already deployed. Importantly, these data are updated
on a semiannual basis and, therefore, any periodic re-evaluation of
competition in specific markets will always be relatively current.
Moreover, because these data are collected by the Commission, we are
confident in their integrity.
107. In fact, some commenters used Form 477 data to supplement the
data from the 2015 Collection in their analyses and proposed that we
use it going forward. Other commenters, while advocating using Form 477
data, also suggested modifying Form 477 to replicate the 2015
Collection going forward. We are reluctant, however, to impose
additional reporting burdens on providers for the same reasons we
rejected proposals to refresh the 2015 Collection, and therefore
decline to amend Form 477 to mirror the data gathered by the 2015
Collection. We believe the data currently collected by the Form 477 is
already well suited to the needs of the competitive market test.
Further, we will implement sufficient safeguards to allow us to use
Form 477 in its present state.
2. Appropriate Geographic Measure
108. In terms of granularity, our goal through the years of
regulating the business data services market has been ``to define . . .
geographic areas narrowly enough so that the competitive conditions
within each area are reasonably similar, yet broadly enough to be
administratively workable.'' After considering various possible
geographic areas to use for the competitive market test, we conclude
that basing the competitive market test at the county level strikes the
best balance between being sufficiently granular and administratively
feasible. We reject other proposals raised in the record, including use
of MSAs, census blocks, census tracts, and ZIP codes.
109. Counties. As suggested by various commenters in the record, we
agree that the geographic area we use for the competitive market test
should be larger than census blocks or census tracks, but smaller than
MSAs. We find that counties are granular enough to capture reasonably
similar competitive conditions yet large enough to be administratively
feasible and are supported in the record. Counties are significantly
more granular geographic units than MSAs and thus reduce the risk of
misidentifying competitive or noncompetitive geographic areas. Counties
are subdivided into census blocks. Presently, there are 3,233 counties
in the U.S., as compared to 389 MSAs, of which 204 had been granted
pricing flexibility relief. Counties have another advantage over MSAs,
in that MSAs do not cover all of the price cap incumbent LEC study
areas, while counties do. Moreover, counties are a more stable unit of
regulation than MSAs. While county boundaries occasionally change, and
sometimes counties are split, or merged or new ones are created, such
changes are relatively infrequent. For example, in the decade ending
2010, there were only two substantial county boundary changes, both in
rural Alaska, and a merger of a county and a city. In contrast, MSA
boundary changes are more frequent and far reaching. For example, in
2003, 41 counties were moved from an MSA to a micropolitan statistical
area, and changes were made to statistical area boundaries in every
state.
110. The Commission's 2015 Collection shows an average of 376
buildings with last-mile access demand in a county, whereas the average
number of buildings with last-mile access demand in an MSA is 2,713.
This statistic shows that counties are much more granular geographic
units for administering the competitive market test. Furthermore, using
census data we can compare the number of firms and establishments and
the employment levels in counties and MSAs. Those data also demonstrate
that counties allow for a more granular analysis of competitive
conditions than MSAs: [``Table 1. MSA-County Size Comparisons''
omitted].
111. Counties are also significantly less granular than smaller
geographic units such as buildings, census blocks, census tracks, and
ZIP codes, and, thus, significantly more feasible for the Commission
and industry to administer. Use of counties has another advantage as
well: Counties do not cross MSAs. Consequently, there is a ready
translation of the FCC's pricing flexibility regime to counties, which
will minimize disruption where a county's regulatory status is not
changed by this Order.
112. Counties provide a convenient, natural administrative unit for
capturing competitive effects, and competitive effects from cable
operators in particular. The competitive presence of cable operators
will generally conform to county boundaries since cable franchises have
historically been awarded, with some exceptions, on a county-by-county
basis. Cable operators may not provide cable service without a
franchise from a franchising authority. A franchise authorizes the
construction of a cable system over public rights-of-way, and through
easements, within the area to be served by the cable system. Thus, a
franchise license allows a cable operator to overcome many entry
barriers associated with buildouts and creates more certainty in
anticipated buildout revenues. With those hurdles
[[Page 25675]]
out of the way, it is in the cable operator's interest to build out an
extensive network in the jurisdiction. Indeed, a cable operator's
franchised cable system is often extensive throughout the franchised
county.
113. Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs). We conclude that MSAs
are not well suited to be used as the geographic area for determining
competitive effects. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
developed MSAs for purposes of compiling statistics for a set of
certain geographic areas, defining MSAs as ``geographic entities that
contain a core urban area of 50,000 or more population, and often
includes adjacent counties that have a high degree of social and
economic integration with the urban core, as measured by commuting to
work.'' Furthermore, ``OMB may add counties or principal cities to an
MSA, remove them, or even create new MSAs.'' Although OMB periodically
updates its list of MSAs to reflect changes in social and economic
integration between urban centers and outlying areas, the Commission
``adopted a list of 306 MSAs based largely on data compiled from the
1980 census, and froze that list for use in all pricing flexibility
petitions.'' Thus, even if MSAs were an appropriate geographic area for
competitive analysis and regulation, the Commission's list of MSAs does
not reflect the current state of population and business conditions.
This circumstance has caused confusion among providers that have
submitted petitions to the Commission containing data calculated using
different MSA definitions.
114. In addition, MSAs are too large to reflect the scope of
competition. Competitive LECs have consistently argued throughout this
proceeding that the Commission's previous MSA analysis ``ignored the
wide variability of competitive conditions across a large geographic
area.'' The Commission agreed in the Suspension Order, analyzing
business density in six MSAs and finding significant ``variance of
competitive conditions within an MSA'' because ``[t]he resulting
statistical entity can be large, including the entirety of distant
counties if those counties contain exurban areas linked to the core by
commuting behavior.'' Even some incumbent LECs that initially had
argued for the continued use of MSAs eventually accepted the use of
more granular areas.
115. Buildings and Census Blocks. Some commenters express a strong
preference for regulation focused on individual buildings with special
access demand and, as a compromise, propose to regulate on a census
block level. While this level of granularity might be more precise, it
creates a range of other problems. For one, buildings with demand is a
constantly changing statistic as businesses expand or downsize. Census
blocks are also subject to change as the Census Bureau revises its
measurements. Another issue is the administrative burden metrics like
these are likely to impose on providers and the Commission: There were
658,485 census blocks and 1,216,977 buildings with last-mile access
demand reported in our data collection. As a practical matter,
regulation at such a granular level is not administratively feasible,
either for incumbent carriers, competitive providers or the Commission.
It ``would inevitably lead to a patchwork of differing regulations from
census block to census block (or from building-to-building).'' It would
make it exceptionally difficult for regulated carriers to set prices
subject to regulation in some areas and not in others and for
competitive providers to analyze their opportunities to enter a market.
Finally, it would significantly complicate the Commission's efforts to
oversee business data services markets or to conduct enforcement
proceedings that could potentially involve hundreds or even thousands
of individual census blocks or buildings. We therefore conclude that
the geographic scope of the competitive market test must be larger than
buildings and census blocks.
116. Census Tracts and ZIP Codes. Others suggest the Commission use
census tracts or, alternatively, ZIP codes to analyze markets in the
competitive market test. Census tracts are statistical subdivisions of
a county updated each decennial census. Based on the 2015 Collection
data, the median census tract had a land area of 1.71 square miles.
U.S. Postal Service ZIP codes identify the individual post office or
metropolitan area delivery station associated with mailing addresses.
ZIP codes are also subject to periodic updates, and zip code boundaries
can be difficult to obtain. Census tracts are less granular than census
blocks but more granular than ZIP codes and MSAs; census tracts and ZIP
codes are considerably more granular than MSAs. As of the 2010 census,
there were 73,057 census tracts in the U.S. compared to 11,078,297
census blocks and 389 MSAs. In 2016 there were 33,120 five digit ZIP
CodeTM Tabulation Areas (ZCTATM) in the U.S. As
with buildings and census blocks, the sheer number of census tracts and
ZIP codes, along with their variability over time, significantly
undermine the administrability of using them for the competitive market
test for incumbent carriers, competitive providers and the Commission.
3. Appropriate Level of Competition
117. Upon examining the structure of the business data services
industry and the record before us, we find that a combination of either
one competitive provider with a network within a half mile from a
location served by an incumbent LEC or a cable operator's facilities in
the same census block as a location with demand will provide
competitive restraint on the incumbent LEC that will be more effective
than our legacy regulatory regime in ensuring rates, terms, and
conditions are just and reasonable. Our conclusion that a ``nearby BDS
competitor'' provides sufficient competition to forgo regulation of an
incumbent LEC's provision of BDS is based on three findings: (1) A
determination of the geographic scope within which a likely BDS
provider can realistically compete with an incumbent LEC; (2) a finding
that one such competitor in addition to the incumbent LEC provides a
reasonable degree of competition in BDS supply; and (3) a finding that
the benefits of such competition outweigh the potential unintended
costs of regulation.
a. Effect of a Nearby BDS Competitor
118. The record in this proceeding indicates that providers
actively compete for customers located within about a half mile from
their networks by bidding on requests for proposals and sending their
sales personnel to offer their services. When bidding on a contract,
providers often ``have no way of knowing with any reasonable degree of
certainty which other providers are capable of serving that customer
over their own facilities'' and, therefore, when bidding on an RFP they
``make much rougher assessments of the possibility of facing
competitive bids''--a dynamic that ``ensure[s] that the benefits of
competition redound to all customers in an area where competitive
facilities have been deployed, not just those who are located within a
certain distance of a network, or that offer a certain level of
revenues.'' Accordingly, we determine nearby competitive network
facilities exert competitive pressure on incumbent LECs whether or not
their network is within a half mile of a customer's location.
119. We further find that wireline providers of BDS are commonly
willing to extend their existing network out approximately a half mile,
and in some instances further, to meet demand. That is, the cost of
meeting demand within
[[Page 25676]]
one-half mile, including the costs of network extension and customer
connection, is usually less than the present value of expected net
revenues that buildout to that location will entail. This is true for
cable companies who today are major and aggressive business data
services suppliers. For example, in 2013 cable already supplied BDS,
largely over fiber facilities, to more than one in ten locations with
BDS demand, and may well reach 23.5 percent of locations today. We
additionally assume as a reasonable approximation that a cable company
competes for any BDS demand, or will do so within a few years, wherever
it is supplying mass market broadband services over its own network, or
will do so sometime over the next few years. We find this is so even
for locations with BDS demand that are not currently connected to the
cable company's network, and which may be more than a half mile from a
fiber-node (because cable companies are actively driving fiber closer
to all end users, and so extending fiber to a new location beyond that
distance may be economic given broader network objectives). In sum, we
find a wireline supplier is an effective competitor in meeting BDS
demand at a location if it either delivers BDS to a location or has a
network within one half mile of the location with BDS demand, and/or is
a cable company with a widespread HFC network that surrounds the
location with BDS demand. We hereafter refer to such competitors as
nearby competitors, and to their networks as nearby networks.
b. Effect of a Single BDS Competitor
120. We find that, in the market for business data services, there
is a substantial competitive effect when a wireline competitor is
present to discipline rates, terms, and conditions to just and
reasonable levels. We arrive at this conclusion because there is a
general expectation that the largest benefits from competition come
from the presence of a second provider, with added benefits of
additional providers falling thereafter, in part because, consistent
with other industries with large sunk costs, the impact of a second
provider is likely to be particularly profound in the case of wireline
network providers. A wireline provider is willing to cut prices to as
low as the incremental cost of supplying a new customer, requiring
minimal contribution to its sunk costs. In addition, we find that the
presence of a nearby competitor is likely to prevent substantial abuse
of market power, whether through high prices or lack of innovation, and
equally that a lack of actual supply by a nearby competitor likely
arises when existing suppliers' offerings are reasonable in both price
service characteristics. That is, active supply occurs most rapidly in
locations where the most profits are likely to be obtained, including
where, for example, the transition to packet-based services is most
valued. In other words, active supply is most likely to occur where the
costs of missing competition are greatest. Equally, active supply is
most likely to be postponed where the benefits of additional
competition are small, because the potential profit gained from
extending supply is small.
121. We reject some commenters' characterization of the Qwest
Phoenix Order as a blanket finding by the Commission that two
competitors are insufficient to constrain incumbent LEC pricing.
Although the Commission raised concerns about the competitive nature of
a duopoly in that order, it did not categorically reject the
possibility that a market with two competitors could represent
sufficient competition to restrain supracompetitive pricing by
providers. To the contrary, it specifically recognized that ``under
certain conditions duopoly will yield a competitive outcome.'' We find
that the high sunk cost nature of the BDS market gives providers the
incentive to extend their network facilities to new locations with
demand even when those locations contribute revenue only marginally
above the incremental cost of the network extension. In their comments,
incumbent LECs substantiate this conclusion by citing substantial
losses they have recently incurred, primarily to new entrant cable
operators. They also provide examples of their responses to cable
competition involving both price reductions and new service offerings.
Reports by cable providers of significant year-over-year growth in
their BDS revenues corroborate this story and show a shift in demand to
higher (and more competitive) bandwidths.
122. We also distinguish our analysis here from that which the
Commission employed in the Qwest Phoenix order. Although our
competitive market test takes into account competition only from
providers of copper, fiber, and coax last-mile facilities, in many
locations there are likely more competitors present than the two
captured by the test, such as providers of fixed wireless last-mile
services, including providers of emerging 5G last-mile transmission
technology, which promises to be widespread. Thus, technological
changes that have occurred or are likely to occur in the near future
make the Commission's reasoning in the Qwest Phoenix decision
inapposite.
123. Some competitive LECs urge us to deregulate only locations
with four providers (one incumbent LEC and three competitors) with
last-mile connections in the building or in the census block. We find
that such an approach would result in substantial overregulation of the
business data services market and therefore we decline to adopt it. The
primary driver of the number of connections at any location is the
nature of demand in the location. We fully expect locations with a
single customer to typically have only one provider. Even those
locations with multiple customers may only have a single provider--the
provider that won the bidding process to supply the location. However,
as we explain above, the high sunk network cost nature of this industry
indicates that even as few as two nearby providers have the incentive
to undercut each other's price to win customers so long as they at
least recover the incremental cost of extending supply to any customer.
Accordingly, requiring even two, let alone three or four providers to
be already supplying a given location as the rule for deregulation
would result in overregulation in numerous locations that have
competitive choice. This issue would become even more pronounced as
wireline network providers compete for more locations. On the basis of
the 2015 Collection, deregulating locations with at least three (an
incumbent LEC plus two other facilities-based providers) or four (an
incumbent LEC plus three other facilities-based providers) suppliers
would mean less than one percent of locations would be price
deregulated and would re-impose price regulation on the vast majority
of locations. Such a radical change would impose substantial regulatory
costs on incumbent LECs--and consequently on small businesses, wireless
carriers, and other consumers--and would dramatically reduce incentives
for all carriers to build out next-generation infrastructure, which
directly contravenes our goal of encouraging investment and innovation.
124. Though we believe the record is convincing on the impact of
one nearby competitor ensuring reasonably competitive outcomes in the
medium term (i.e., over several years), even if it were not, the
inability to draw firm conclusions from the data permits the Commission
to make a predictive judgment regarding the impact of regulation on the
market. Notwithstanding whether one nearby competitor is sufficient for
a market to realize the substantive benefits of
[[Page 25677]]
competition, we note that the 2015 Collection analysis did not permit a
definitive conclusion on incumbent LEC market power. In addition, as
demonstrated by the market analysis in this Order, the evidence in the
record suggests significant competition for these business data
services. We conclude the best policy to encourage competition is to
refrain from ex ante pricing regulation when the competitive market
test adopted in this Order is satisfied. We find this policy to be
sound even if our market analysis does not result in the perfect
regulation of every building in the country--for any administrable rule
will necessarily be overinclusive in some cases and underinclusive in
others. Consistent with our precedent, we conclude that competition is
the preferred method of ensuring just and reasonable rates, terms and
conditions and preventing unreasonable discrimination. Refraining from
ex ante pricing regulation in these instances where we see active and
likely medium-term competition developing is the most effective means
of ensuring continued development of actual and robust competitive
outcomes.
c. Potential Unintended Costs of Regulation
125. Finally, we find that there are substantial costs of
regulating the supply of BDS and these likely outweigh any costs due to
the residual exercise of market power that may occur in the absence of
regulation. As a baseline, the presumption that ``[c]ompetition is best
. . . because competition is the single best way of ensuring that
customers benefit'' and the promotion of the same guides us. The
question is not whether today nearby competition is everywhere fully
effective, or even whether it will become so over the next few years.
The question is whether the costs of the lack of fully effective
competition, even as these decline over time, are likely smaller than
the net costs of regulation.
126. Here we explain why we find that the net costs of regulation
in the business data services industry are likely to be large, most
especially because regulation is likely to undermine entry, potentially
postponing the gains from competition for many years. Even well-crafted
regulations have unintended consequences, inhibiting competition,
reducing investment, and end user benefits. This is especially true in
markets as highly dynamic and complex as those for BDS. In general,
regulation discourages entry wherever it enforces prices that do not
allow firms full cost recovery or raises the costs of entry. As the
record before us indicates, both of these side effects are likely in
BDS supply. Moreover, regulation in rapidly growing markets is riskier
than in otherwise similar stable or stagnating markets.
127. First, it is very difficult for firms to set efficient prices
when they must tariff and for a regulator to estimate the efficient
price level in a business with the following characteristics: High
uncertainty due to frequent and often large unforeseen changes in both
customer demand for services and network technologies that are hard to
anticipate and hedge against in contracts with customers; a complex set
of products and services, which are tailored to individual buyers;
costs of provision that vary substantially across different customer-
provider combinations; and large irreversible sunk-cost investments
that a provider is required to make before offering service. In these
circumstances, efficient prices are often tailored to individual
purchasers, and are often subject to renegotiations that account for
changing circumstances. Moreover, in these circumstances, the efficient
price level, which must be reflected in the price cap, is extremely
difficult to determine, not least because it must reflect the option
value of sinking network investments in a rapidly-changing environment.
Both of these sources of regulatory error, especially failure in
setting a price cap, can lead to prices that are too low which prevent
entry (or alternatively prices that are too high which encourage
excessive entry). For example, an inability to quickly adjust a tariff,
means prices can be too low where they otherwise would be changed,
while the restraints of tariffing can force a provider to set prices
that are too low for some customers and too high for others, simply
because of barriers to filing separate tariffs that allow such
different customers to self-select into the option that suits them
best. Similarly, price caps can force, through required averaging (such
as the geographic average required in our price caps), prices that are
too low in some locations and too high in others. The effect is to rule
out entry in the former case, and to sometimes encourage inefficient
entry in the latter. Moreover, price caps that are overall too low
discourage entry (as well as long-run network reinvestment), which can
have substantive knock-on effects on entry decisions given that supply
in BDS is about recovering more than the incremental cost of each
customer to pay for total network costs. Such negative effects
accumulate over the life of the cap.
128. Second, given that most wireline network costs must be sunk
for periods of between 20 years and sometimes two or more times that
length of time, entrants and incumbents looking to reinvest are
extremely sensitive to any increases in costs that might reduce their
capacity to recover these costs. In particular, a small rise in costs
that remains in place over a long time period can have a substantial
impact on whether a particular investment opportunity is viewed
positively. That is exactly what regulation does. It directly raises
incumbent's costs, making them unwilling to invest and hence making
them less effective competitors, and it creates an additional source of
uncertainty that entrants must contend with when evaluating entry. If
there is a small probability that future regulation will harm the
entrant's projected income streams, then this can materially discourage
entry (because over the course of the decades the expected present
value of the accumulated harm can be large).
129. Lastly, we reiterate that ``the Commission should construct
regulation to meet not only today's marketplace, but tomorrow's as
well.'' Available metrics show the BDS market as dynamic, evolving
rapidly, and becoming increasingly competitive across all service
offerings. When a market is changing and growing, it offers tremendous
opportunities to new entrants and therefore creates fewer regulatory
concerns. Rather than only having the option of taking customers from
existing suppliers by offering them very similar services, new entrants
can seek unaffiliated customers, or tempt incumbents' customers away by
offering new services that incumbents either do not offer, or if they
do, are no more experts in it than the entrant (in fact, incumbents may
be hampered by fears of cannibalizing their legacy services or by their
cultures and other factors that suited the legacy world). In short,
competition is likely to be more effective in dynamic growing markets
than regulation. In addition, a high degree of flux greatly increases
the chances that regulatory error will stifle competition and reduce
welfare because it is applied to a circumstance that, without the
regulation, may have quickly been overtaken by innovation and/or
competition. Thus, regulation of such markets is generally considered
to be counterproductive.
[[Page 25678]]
4. Competitive Market Test Methodology
130. In this section, we adopt the competitive market test
methodology that we will use to determine which local markets are
sufficiently competitive to warrant deregulation of price cap incumbent
LEC provision of DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations and certain
other business data services. As we note above, we take a pragmatic
approach to structuring the competitive market test, with the goal of
promoting innovation and investment and recognizing recent trends and
developments in the BDS marketplace. Furthermore, as also discussed
above, we take a network-centric approach which takes into account the
high sunk cost nature of BDS networks that gives nearby competitors a
significant incentive to compete for potential clients within an
economically buildable distance from their networks. This is the case
for traditional competitive LECs and for newer entrants such as cable
providers with extensive networks.
131. For the competitive market test to most closely approximate
the realities of competition in the business data services market, it
ideally should deregulate where there is competition and regulate where
there is not. Accordingly, we can use the 2015 Collection to measure
the relative effectiveness of different competitive market tests at
that point in time by assessing their respective error rates--i.e., how
often they fail to deregulate locations or census blocks that are
competitive and how often they fail to regulate locations or census
blocks that are not. A competitive market test with an appropriately
weighted combination of such error rates will tend toward maximizing
competitive effects and minimizing regulatory failure. However, we also
consider the importance of minimizing regulatory disruption. In
particular, we seek to be conservative in deregulation and
reregulation, and we specifically decline to re-regulate counties that
were previously granted Phase II pricing flexibility.
132. Data. Our first step in establishing a competitive market test
is to use data from the 2015 Collection to identify areas that are
competitive. First, we use the location data in the 2015 Collection to
determine which buildings or locations with last-mile access demand are
within a half mile of a location served by a competitor over its own
facilities. We use a half mile distance based on our analysis of the
record, discussed above, that determined that competitive providers are
actively competing for customers located within that distance and are
generally willing to build out that distance in response to business
data services demand. We previously determined that two providers in
the relevant market are sufficient to ensure competitive prices. Thus,
all business locations with demand for last-mile access in a county
that are within a half mile of a competitive provider's facilities are
deemed competitive.
133. We supplement the 2015 Collection data with additional and
more current data from the Form 477 on broadband availability by cable
providers which offers the best available and most current data on the
sale of broadband services by cable providers and which is closely
correlated with physical presence of cable networks. Data based on
census blocks are very granular and therefore provide an appropriate
measure on which to base our calculations for cable networks. Census
blocks can be very small. If the median census block ``were a circle,
then it would be approximately 0.2 miles across''--an area that can
easily fit (and often does fit) a single building. Indeed, ``half [of
all census] blocks are smaller than a tenth of a square mile (6.4
acres).'' Given the high sunk cost nature of cable broadband networks,
we find when a cable provider is capable of providing Internet
broadband service within any census block, then generally they have the
incentive to make the incremental investment necessary to serve
locations with BDS demand in that census block, especially over the
medium term. Accordingly, we treat as competitive census blocks in
price cap incumbent LEC study areas that the Form 477 data show have a
cable presence--whether serving business or residential clients.
134. We conclude that it is necessary to base the competitive
market test on data from both the 2015 Collection and the Form 477 data
collections since neither collection captures the full extent of
competition. The 2015 Collection includes data on traditional
competitive LECs but only includes a portion of cable competitive
facilities both because of the nature of the data reported and the fact
that it does not capture cable competition that has emerged since the
collection. The Form 477 data includes reasonably comprehensive data
from which we can infer the presence of cable network facilities but
does not provide comprehensive data on traditional competitive LECs.
Because competitive LECs do not typically have locally ubiquitous
networks, a report of supply by such a provider in a census block is
less likely to mean they can extend their network to cover demand
anywhere in the census block, so a traditional competitive LEC's Form
477 report of presence in a census block often is not a good indication
whether it can readily extend service to other locations in that census
block. Additionally, such providers may offer business data services in
a block, but not supply broadband service as defined in the Form 477
data collection and not report that service for Form 477 purposes.
Basing our test on both datasets will most closely approximate the full
spectrum of competition in the business data services market, including
competition from medium-term entrants. As we explain above, recent
buildout by cable companies dwarfs that of traditional competitive LECs
and, therefore, the 2015 Collection is likely to closely reflect the
state of traditional competitive LEC deployment as of 2013. To the
extent the test does not capture some recent deployment by traditional
competitive LECs, providers have recourse through a section 208
complaint process.
135. Setting Appropriate Thresholds. The next step in formulating
the competitive market test is to use the highly granular data from
both datasets to assess the accuracy of different combinations of
thresholds we might adopt for the test. These datasets measure
competition at very local levels--individual locations and census
blocks. However, for administrative purposes we have chosen to use
counties to apply regulation. Thus, we use these more granular data to
assess competition at the county level. This entails a higher degree of
imprecision than if we were to base the test on locations or census
blocks (which would entail more burden and administrative cost). In
particular, we do not require a county to be 100 percent competitive to
deregulate it. Were we to require this, few counties, if any, would
qualify. For similar reasons, we do not require a county to completely
lack competition in order to regulate it. We acknowledge that by
setting the percentage threshold at something less than 100 percent
necessarily leaves a portion of businesses at non-competitive locations
within a county deemed competitive without the near-term potential for
competition. However, for the reasons discussed above, it is important
not to overregulate, and thereby reduce incentives for competitive
entry. Indeed, competitors, and particularly near-ubiquitous
competitors like cable providers, have an incentive to build to
[[Page 25679]]
locations even beyond a half mile from their facilities, depending on
cost and revenue opportunity. Conversely, setting a percentage
threshold too low would also distort the results of the competitive
market test by deregulating counties with only a relatively minor
competitive presence, leaving a higher percentage of locations with
business data services demand without the likelihood of a competitive
option. Consequently, we apply our judgment to strike a balance in
light of the data at our disposal.
136. We set percentage thresholds that result in a test that more
accurately approximates competitive conditions in the county broadly.
We set a separate threshold for each of the two datasets we use and
note that, given the differences in the two datasets, the percentage
thresholds will not be identical. Given the interdependency of the
datasets, we analyze combinations of thresholds to assess their impact
on the accuracy of our test and to determine which combination yields
results with the lowest weighted error rates.
137. Utilizing the data from the 2015 Collection and Form 477, we
tested a variety of thresholds for both datasets. Any pair of
thresholds regulates certain price cap counties and deregulates all
others. This leads to two types of regulatory error that we can
approximately measure using the 2015 Collection: the first type of
error occurs in regulated counties where there will be locations as of
2013 that were within a half mile of a location supplied over the
facilities of a competitor (i.e., wrongly regulated), while the second
type of error occurs in deregulated counties where there will be
locations that were not within such a distance (i.e., wrongly
deregulated). We measure these two types of errors by the number of
locations in each category. Given the preceding, a natural way to
proceed would be to seek a pair of thresholds that minimize some
weighted sum of these two error counts.
138. Following our competitive analysis that revealed the high
costs of regulating this industry, we could, for example, assign twice
as much weight to the first type of error of regulating where we should
deregulate (i.e., wrongly regulating) as to the second type of error of
deregulating where we should regulate (i.e., wrongly deregulating).
Such a measure would overstate the first type of error, regulating
locations that should be deregulated. This would reflect the scenario
where one thought that the burdens and costs of inappropriately
regulating were twice those of inappropriately deregulating. For
example, in Figure 2 a weight of 2/3 is assigned to a competitive
building that is regulated and a weight of 1/3 is assigned to a
noncompetitive building that is deregulated. The darkest blue area
shows the range in which the weighted sum of errors takes its lowest
values, while the darkest red area shows the range in which the
weighted sum of errors takes its highest values. Taking this approach
allows us identify the thresholds that minimize the weighted sum of
these two errors. In particular, the appropriate thresholds given these
weights would deregulate a county where 32 percent of buildings with
BDS demand are within a half mile of a location supplied over
competitive facilities or with 3 percent of census blocks with cable
presence. [``Figure 2. Threshold percentage combinations (wrongly
regulated locations given twice as much weight): Sum of Number of
Buildings Deregulated without Competition and Sum of Number of
Buildings Regulated with Competition'' omitted].
139. We next reverse these weights and instead assign twice as much
weight to wrongly deregulated non-competitive buildings as to wrongly
regulated competitive buildings. As the dark blue area of the contour
map indicates, the appropriate thresholds for deregulating a county
would be 48 percent for buildings with BDS demand within a half mile of
a location supplied over competitive facilities and 23 percent for
census blocks with cable presence. [``Figure 3. Threshold percentage
combinations (wrongly deregulated locations given twice as much
weight): Sum of Number of Buildings Deregulated without Competition and
Sum of Number of Buildings Regulated with Competition'' omitted].
140. Alternatively, we can assign equal weight to both errors--that
is, give both types of errors equal importance--then we would choose
thresholds that minimize the simple sum of the number of buildings
inappropriately regulated or deregulated. Figure 4 demonstrates that
under this scenario the resulting thresholds would deregulate a county
where about 47 percent of buildings with BDS demand are within a half
mile from competitors' facilities as competitive or where about 11
percent of census blocks have cable facilities. [``Figure 4. Threshold
percentage combinations (wrongly regulated and wrongly deregulated
locations equally weighted): Sum of Number of Buildings Deregulated
without Competition and Number of Buildings Regulated with
Competition'' omitted].
141. This analysis suggests that setting a threshold of 32 to 48
percent for the 2015 Collection would be reasonable. Out of an
abundance of caution--we want to ensure that counties we deregulate
will be predominantly competitive--we select the highest threshold--48
percent--and round up to 50 percent, which only slightly increases the
error rate. Based on this threshold alone, we find that 1,862 or 59
percent of all counties and county equivalents in the United States
that have some census blocks that are within a price cap study area
would be treated as competitive, resulting in the deregulation of 91.1
percent of locations with special access demand. If we were to use this
threshold alone, we estimate that 89.5 percent of locations with
special access demand would be appropriately regulated, with 77,900
locations potentially over regulated and 48,045 potentially under
regulated.
142. Our analysis suggests that setting a threshold of 3 to 23
percent would be one reasonable means of setting the trigger threshold
for the Form 477 data. Nonetheless, we believe a more cautious approach
is warranted for three reasons. First, we recognize that all but 8.9
percent of locations with special access demand are already deregulated
by the half mile test--and any test using the Form 477 data will likely
overlap substantially with the locations already targeted by that test.
So any additional deregulation using Form 477 must be justified at the
margin. Second, we recognize that deployment in any marginal counties
targeted alone by the cable census block test is likely to be more
sparse than in those targeted by the half mile test, and so the
facility of cable deployment to any given location is likely to be
somewhat less than in more concentrated areas. Third, we want to ensure
that counties we deregulate--now and in future competitive market test
updates--will be predominantly competitive in nature. Accordingly, we
choose a more conservative approach and adopt a 75 percent threshold
for the Form 477 data. With that threshold, an additional 17 or 0.5
percent of all counties and county equivalents would be treated as
competitive, resulting in the deregulation of an additional 0.8 percent
of locations with special access demand. We estimate that adding that
threshold increases the percentage of locations appropriately regulated
to 90.2 percent, with 8,367 locations more appropriately regulated. We
note also that because Form 477 data encompass cable's best-efforts
business data services, and this source of cable
[[Page 25680]]
competition is growing rapidly, we expect setting even a conservative
threshold such as this one will result in further deregulation going
forward.
143. We acknowledge that this competitive market test does not as
perfectly delineate areas as we would like; yet we believe it strikes
the right balance. It balances the need for precision against the need
for a test that is feasible to administer, and also balances the
benefits of appropriate regulation of competitive and non-competitive
areas while seeking to avoid the costs of inappropriate regulation. It
does not require additional data collections and yet closely
approximates the results such data collections are likely to yield. It
ensures that we adopt competitive thresholds that most closely
approximate actual competitive market conditions and minimize
regulatory error. It deregulates areas with sufficient potential for
competitive entry in response to significant profit opportunities and
retains ex ante pricing regulation in areas where competitors are less
likely to be able to enter and therefore creates appropriate incentives
for just and reasonable rates and continued growth, innovation,
investment, and deployment in the dynamic business data services
market. Lastly, it is conservative in deregulating, reflecting a desire
to not move too quickly and recognizing the nascent nature of cable
competition not captured in the 2015 Collection.
144. We find that it is not necessary to create a special process
or mechanism for challenging the results of the competitive market
test. For administrability purposes, any such process would need to be
limited to a single criterion, for example, the accuracy of the Form
477 data. The Commission has designed the competitive market test in a
manner that reduces the need for, and the significance of, any post-
decision challenge process because it has established very clear
standards based on data that is readily accessible. In addition, we
believe that parties can rely on the accuracy of the Form 477 data
because it is certified to by company officials, compliance is subject
to enforcement actions, and filers are required to submit revised data
upon discovery of a significant error. Furthermore, commenters
generally agree that the Commission should avoid establishing a
separate process that is burdensome on the parties and the Commission.
For example, NCTA urges the Commission to forego any extensive and
involved challenge process such as in the Connect American Phase II
universal service program that included more than 140 parties
challenging the classification of nearly 180,000 census blocks and that
took the Commission nine months to resolve. Accordingly, consistent
with our goal of eliminating unnecessary administrative burdens, we
conclude, based on the substantial administrative costs and apparently
minor benefit, there is no reason to implement a challenge process
here.
D. Updating Competitive Market Test Results
145. To ensure the results of the competitive market test continue
to reflect competitive conditions in the business data services
marketplace, we adopt a process for updating those results every three
years using Form 477 data across all areas served by price cap
carriers.
146. The results of the competitive market test offer a static
snapshot of a dynamic and constantly changing business data services
market. Most commenters that support the use of a competitive market
test also support updating the test periodically. We therefore adopt an
administratively efficient process that will periodically update the
results of the test to govern the transition of a county from non-
competitive to competitive status.
147. We base our initial application of the competitive market test
on the two principle data sources we currently have at our disposal,
the 2015 Collection and Form 477. The Form 477 data are updated on a
semi-annual basis and will therefore continue to be useful in measuring
competition in subsequent updates to the test. The data in the 2015
Collection, however, will become increasingly stale and therefore less
relevant to actual market conditions in subsequent updates of the test.
We agree with commenters that express concerns about the burdens such
new data collections would entail. At this point, we find that the
costs of such collections outweigh the benefits. The 2015 Collection
was the most comprehensive data collection the Commission has
conducted, and the burden of conducting additional such collections,
even if streamlined, would likely be considerable.
148. Moreover, we agree with commenters that the Commission ``does
not need to issue a request for a broad, large-scale data collection as
it did in 2012'' in order to obtain updated market data. We can instead
use the existing Form 477 data collection, which would provide
continuity with the initial test that also relies on these data. The
Form 477 data on broadband availability are well suited to identify
increases in competitive broadband deployment, particularly by cable
providers which are the most likely sources of competitive growth. We
conclude it is not necessary, as some commenters suggest, to modify
Form 477 to request additional information. The current Form 477 data
are sufficiently precise to capture the changes in competitive
deployment that are likely to occur in a three-year timeframe. Thus we
are able to achieve our goals of updating the competitive market test
results using accurate data and at the same time avoid imposing any
additional burdens on providers or the Commission.
149. We agree with commenters that support the suggestion in the
Further Notice that the Commission reapply the test every three years.
We find that the three-year period strikes the right balance between
ensuring the competitive market test remains reasonably accurate and
avoiding unnecessary disruption of sales arrangements and
administrative burdens by overly frequent updates.
150. As Sprint explains, ``[three years] permits the Commission to
evaluate whether markets are changing to become more competitive and
will ensure that the regulatory framework reflects accurate information
about the BDS marketplace.'' We disagree with commenters arguing for
more or less frequent updates. More frequent updates are likely to be
unnecessarily disruptive of longer-term business data services sales
arrangements, while less frequent updates will be insufficient for the
Commission to properly assess changes in the marketplace and to ensure
the test remains current.
151. We direct the Wireline Competition Bureau to review Form 477
data on a regular three-year basis and determine whether any additional
regulated counties meet the 75 percent threshold. The Bureau shall
release a Public Notice that lists newly competitive counties and shall
also provide this information on the Commission Web site. Parties
desiring to challenge these results may file petitions for
reconsideration or seek full Commission review through an application
for review.
152. While commenters may disagree with how to update the initial
competitive market test results, commenters widely note that the
Commission should select administrative processes that are efficient.
We note there are more than 3,100 counties in the U.S. that are
included in our initial competitive market test computations. About 40
percent of these are treated as non-competitive and about 60 percent as
competitive. We have previously noted
[[Page 25681]]
that, given the sunk and irreversible cost nature of business data
services provision, it is unlikely that locations that were
competitive, as evidenced in the 2015 Collection and Form 477 data,
would become noncompetitive. Sunk costs represent the biggest barrier
to entry, and these data demonstrate that this barrier has been
overcome. On the other hand, given the recent pace of technology,
innovation, and the rollout of more efficient products in the business
data services market, we are confident that competition will continue
to grow in competitive markets. As a result, we find that the cost of
reapplying the competitive market test for nearly 2,000 counties
already treated as competitive would outweigh the benefit, if any. We
thus decide we can achieve our objectives of adopting an
administratively efficient process to update the competitive market
test by reducing the number of counties subject to retesting. We shall
update our test calculations only for the non-competitive counties to
determine whether customers in these locations are benefitting from
competition. Consistent with this approach, once a county is treated as
competitive, it will not be retested.
E. Altering Business Data Services Forbearance
153. Prior forbearance actions and deemed grants have created a
situation in which the statutory provisions and rules that apply to a
price cap incumbent LEC or a competitive LEC in its provision of
business data services vary depending on the provider's identity and
the specific services being provided. We expand upon and adjust these
prior actions and deemed grants to the extent necessary to level the
regulatory playing field for all of these business data services
providers. We also amend our rules as appropriate to implement our
light-touch regulatory framework for business data services. These
actions flow from--and are consistent with--our findings above on the
intense and growing competition in business data services.
154. Our actions expanding forbearance are taken pursuant to
section 10 of the Communications Act. That provision, enacted as an
integral part of the ``pro-competitive, de-regulatory national policy
framework'' established in the 1996 Act, requires that the Commission
forbear from applying any provision of the Act, or any of the
Commission's regulations, if the Commission makes certain findings with
respect to such provisions or regulations. Under section 10(a), the
Commission is required to forbear from any such provision or regulation
if it determines that: (1) Enforcement of the provision or regulation
is not necessary to ensure the telecommunications carrier's ``charges,
practices, classifications, or regulations'' are ``just and reasonable
and are not unjustly or unreasonably discriminatory;'' (2) enforcement
of the provision or regulation is ``not necessary for the protection of
consumers;'' and (3) forbearance is ``consistent with the public
interest.'' In making this public interest determination, the
Commission must also consider, pursuant to section 10(b), ``whether
forbearance from enforcing the provision or regulation will promote
competitive market conditions.''
1. Detariffing of Packet-Based Services and Circuit-Based Services
Above the DS3 Bandwidth Level
155. We forbear from the application of section 203 of the
Communications Act to each price cap LEC in its provision of any
packet-based business data services or circuit-based business data
services above the DS3 bandwidth level. This action expands upon prior
forbearance grants and deemed grants applicable only to certain
carriers and certain packet-based and circuit-based business data
services.
156. In 2006, Verizon's Broadband Forbearance Petition was deemed
granted by operation of law after the Commission did not act on it
within the statutory time limit. That petition had sought forbearance
from the application of Title II common carrier and Computer Inquiry
requirements to ``all broadband services'' that Verizon ``does or may
offer.'' But Verizon had subsequently narrowed the scope of its
forbearance request to exclude DS1 and DS3 services. Following this
deemed grant, AT&T, legacy Embarq, legacy Frontier, Qwest, and ACS
filed petitions requesting similar forbearance relief. The Commission
granted these petitions in part, finding that forbearance from the
application of dominant carrier regulation, including tariffing under
section 203, to the petitioning incumbent LECs' then existing packet-
based and optical transmission broadband data services met the
statutory forbearance criteria. These partial grants reflected the
Commission's predictive judgment that, in comparison to traditional
dominant carrier regulation and for the carriers' and services being
addressed, ``eliminating the extra layer'' of regulation provided by
tariffing and the Commission's ex ante pricing rules, ``while leaving
in place basic Title II common-carrier regulation'' under sections 201,
202, and 208, ``will better promote competition and the public
interest.'' The record here confirms this predictive judgment and
supports expanding the prior forbearance to include additional carriers
and services.
157. Currently the vast majority of business data services
providers are not subject to section 203 in their provision of business
data services--non-incumbent LECs are not required to comply with
tariffing requirements, nor are the price cap incumbent LECs that have
received forbearance to the extent they provide services within the
scope of the forbearance grants and deemed grants. We find that the
lack of regulatory parity that stems from the prior applications of
forbearance is preventing competition and holding back our efforts to
``encourage the deployment on a reasonable and timely basis of advanced
telecommunications capability to all Americans.'' Thus, our
determination is based on ``what the agency permissibly sought to
achieve with the disputed regulation,'' that is, to ensure that rates,
terms, and conditions for the provision of these business data services
are just, reasonable, and not unreasonably discriminatory. We find that
``in light of an overwhelming record of declining prices, it is simply
not credible to argue that rate regulation is necessary to simulate
competitive pricing'' for these services. Additionally, the lack of
regulatory parity among broadband data services providers created by
the imbalanced forbearance grants and deemed grants over the years has
created barriers to entry and impeded competition. Extending
forbearance from tariffing will lead to regulatory parity, and a more
level playing field among packet-based and optical transmission
business data services providers.
158. We further conclude that disparate forbearance treatment of
carriers providing the same or similar services is not in the public
interest as it creates distortions in the marketplace that may harm
consumers. Allowing such disparate application of our tariffing
requirements undermines, rather than promotes, competition among
telecommunications services providers within the meaning of section
10(b).
159. We predict that competition in the business data services
market, along with the statutory and regulatory requirements that
remain, is sufficient to ensure just, reasonable, and not unjustly or
unreasonably discriminatory rates, terms, and conditions by business
data services providers and to protect business data services
consumers. We therefore find that application of section
[[Page 25682]]
203 is not necessary within the meaning of sections 10(a)(1) and
10(a)(2). Those same considerations, plus our desire to promote
competition and broadband deployment, likewise persuade us that such
forbearance is in the public interest. Therefore, consistent with the
Commission's prior findings, we find that forbearing from these
regulations in an equal manner is consistent with the public interest
within the meaning of section 10(a)(3).
2. Detariffing of Other Special Access Services
160. We also forbear from the application of section 203 to each
price cap incumbent LEC in its provision of business data services
elements that comprise transport pursuant to section 69.709(a)(4) of
the Commission's rules, and to DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations services and any other special access services currently
tariffed in competitive counties or in non-competitive counties
previously subject to Phase II pricing flexibility.
161. The Commission has previously recognized that ``tariffs
originally were required to protect consumers from unjust,
unreasonable, and discriminatory rates in a virtually monopolistic
market, and that they become unnecessary in a marketplace where the
provider faces significant competitive pressures.'' We find above that
business data services transport is competitive throughout the nation
and that DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations services and other
tariffed special access services are competitive in certain counties.
Where a price cap LEC provides these services in competitive markets,
application of section 203, including its tariffing requirement, is not
necessary to ensure that the LEC's charges, practices, classifications,
or regulations are just, reasonable, and not unjustly or unreasonably
discriminatory. Nor is application of section 203 necessary to protect
consumers.
162. We recognize that in some discrete geographic areas, including
portions of non-competitive counties previously subject to Phase II
pricing flexibility, some customers may not have access to competitive
transport services during the near-term. Similarly, in some portions of
the counties that we classify as competitive, some end users may not
have viable alternatives to the incumbent LEC's DS1 and DS3 end user
channel terminations services and other special access services within
that time frame. But even in these areas, we believe tariffing may
reduce incentives for competitive entry and ultimately inhibit growth
in the market and competition over the longer term. Additionally, price
cap LECs will remain subject to sections 201 and 202, and to our
enforcement of those provisions through the section 208 complaint
process. In these circumstances, we find that the additional
contribution that tariffing--and other ex ante regulation--of price cap
LECs' special access services provides to protection against unjust,
unreasonable, and unreasonably discriminatory rates, terms, and
conditions is not necessary within the meaning of sections 10(a)(1) and
10(a)(2).
163. Those same considerations, plus our desire to promote
competition and business data services deployment, likewise persuade us
that forbearance is in the public interest. In competitive markets,
tariffing has several adverse consequences, including reducing a
carrier's incentives to offer price discounts and ability to respond
quickly to changes in demand or costs, delaying and increasing the
costs of innovation, and preventing a carrier from tailoring service
arrangements to meet its customers' specific needs. Tariffing also
imposes significant administrative costs on carriers and the
Commission, and ultimately inhibits competitive entry in discrete areas
where a price cap LEC currently may be the only provider. Given these
costs, we find that forbearance from the application of section 203 to
price cap LECs' business data services elements that comprise transport
pursuant to section 69.709(4), and to DS1 and DS3 end user channel
termination and any other tariffed special access services in
competitive counties, is consistent with the public interest within the
meaning of section 10(a)(3). We note that the record was supportive of
detariffing services in competitive markets.
164. A small number of counties that had been regulated under Phase
II pricing are now deemed non-competitive pursuant to our competitive
market test. Incumbent LECs in these counties have been providing DS1
and DS3 end user channel termination and other special access services
free of price cap, but not tariffing, regulation. Like we do for other
services, we conclude that for these incumbent LECs tariffing's costs
generally outweigh its benefits to consumers, and that forbearance from
the application of section 203 to DS1 and DS3 end user channel
termination and other tariffed special access services by these
incumbent LECs in these counties is consistent with the public
interest.
165. In contrast, we conclude it is not practical to detariff
carriers that are now subject to--and will remain subject to--price cap
regulation, where the tariff is the tool the Commission has used--and
will continue to use--to enforce that regulation. This is not a concern
with the counties now subject to Phase II pricing to the extent an
incumbent LEC has not been subject to price cap regulation and, as we
decide below, will not be subject to such regulation going-forward.
3. Transition Mechanisms
166. Our detariffing actions in this Order will be mandatory after
a transition that will provide price cap incumbent LECs sufficient time
to adapt their business data services operations to a detariffing
regime. We also require that competitive LECs, which are currently
subject to a permissive detariffing regime, detariff their business
data services by the end of this transition.
167. The transition will begin on the effective date of this Order
(sixty (60) days after Federal Register publication) and will end
thirty-six (36) months thereafter, a period that we find sufficient for
carriers to adapt to a detariffing regime. In addition, for six (6)
months after the effective date of this Order, we require price cap
incumbent LECs to freeze the tariffed rates for end-user channel
terminations in newly deregulated counties, as long as those services
remain tariffed. We adopt these transition mechanisms in light of the
need for an adequate transition to ensure that small businesses will
have time to adjust to the new regulatory conditions.
168. During this transition, tariffing for these services will be
permissive--the Commission will accept new tariffs and revisions to
existing tariffs for the affected services. Apart from the rate freeze
noted above, carriers will no longer be required to comply with price
cap regulation for these services, and once the rules adopted in this
Order are effective, carriers that wish to continue filing tariffs
under the permissive detariffing regime are free to modify such tariffs
to reflect the new regulatory structure outlined in this Order for the
affected services. This will allow carriers to respond to competitive
pressures and introduce new business data services as they adapt to
detariffing.
169. Carriers, including non-incumbent LECs, may remove the
relevant portions of their tariffs for the affected services at any
time during the transition, and the rate freeze does not apply to
services that are no longer tariffed. Once the transition ends, no
price cap incumbent LEC or competitive
[[Page 25683]]
LEC may file or maintain any interstate tariffs for affected business
data services. This will prevent carriers from obtaining ``deemed
lawful'' status for tariff filings that are not accompanied by cost
support and invoking the filed-rate doctrine in contractual disputes
with customers. Business data services providers will also be prevented
from picking and choosing when they are able to invoke the protections
of tariffs.
170. We recognize that our detariffing actions will change the
legal framework for existing service arrangements for business data
services, many of which assume a tariffing environment and may not
expire until after the end of the transition to mandatory detariffing.
We do not intend our actions to disturb existing contractual or other
long-term arrangements--a contract tariff remains a contract even if it
is no longer tariffed. In that vein, contract tariffs, term and volume
discount plans, and individual circuit plans do not become void upon
detariffing. Instead, we expect all carriers to act in good faith to
develop solutions to ensure rates are just and reasonable.
4. Verizon Deemed Grant
171. In this section of the Order, we conform the forbearance
provided to Verizon and its successors in interest, Hawaiian Telcom,
and the legacy Verizon portions of FairPoint and Frontier (together the
Verizon Legacy Companies), to the forbearance provided other price cap
carriers. This action, when coupled with our other forbearance actions
in the Order, levels the playing field among price cap carriers
providing packet-based and optical transmission business data services
as telecommunications services.
172. In 2006, Verizon's 2004 petition seeking forbearance from the
application of Title II and Computer Inquiry requirements to certain of
its enterprise broadband services was deemed granted by operation of
law after the Commission did not act on that petition within the
statutory time limit. We agree with those commenters that argue that we
have statutory authority to reverse the deemed grant. Section 10
directs the Commission to ``forbear from applying'' statutory
provisions and regulations to a telecommunications carrier when certain
statutory criteria are met. We read the statute as giving us the
authority to modify or reverse forbearance that has been deemed granted
when we determine that one or more of those forbearance criteria are no
longer met. Otherwise, forbearance based on the lack of a need to apply
a statutory provision or regulation, and the public interest in such
non-application, under one set of circumstances would remain locked in
place even when circumstances change. Congress would not have intended
to create such rigidity in enacting statutory provisions requiring
``Regulatory Flexibility,'' as section 10(a) is captioned. As the D.C.
Circuit has observed, the Commission's forbearance actions--and the
forbearance relief ``deemed granted'' to Verizon--are ``not chiseled in
marble.'' Instead, the Commission may ``reassess'' that forbearance as
it ``reasonably see[s] fit based on changes in market conditions,
technical capabilities, or policy approaches to regulation'' of
business data services.
173. We reject certain commenters' argument that statutory silence
means that we lack authority to modify or withdraw forbearance once it
is deemed granted, or that only Congress can modify or reverse
forbearance received through a deemed grant. That argument largely
rests on the D.C. Circuit's holding in Sprint Nextel v. FCC that the
Verizon deemed grant ``did not result in reviewable agency action''
because ``Congress, not the Commission, [had] `granted' Verizon's
forbearance petition'' In so holding, the D.C. Circuit did not address
the Commission's authority, under section 201(b), to adopt rules
necessary ``to carry out the `provisions of this Act,' '' which include
each Title II provision encompassed within the Verizon deemed grant.
Congress's determination in section 10(c) that forbearance will be
``deemed granted'' in the absence of timely agency action does not in
any way limit our authority to later ``reassess'' the deemed grant as
we ``reasonably see fit.''
174. We recognize that modifying or reversing forbearance once
granted by the Commission or by operation of law is a step that should
be taken with great care. We find this narrowly tailored action is
appropriate in this case because such reversal is consistent with the
substance of the statutory forbearance requirements. Verizon's
forbearance from core Title II obligations came from the highly unusual
circumstance of a deemed grant. Our partial reversal is consistent with
the Commission's unanimous commitment, in the AT&T Forbearance Order,
``to avoid persistent regulatory disparities between similarly-
situated'' carriers by issuing ``an order addressing Verizon's
forbearance petition . . . on grounds comparable to those set forth''
in the AT&T Forbearance Order.
175. Notably, in its own comments in this proceeding, Verizon has
recognized the importance of a level playing field in the business data
services arena. The forbearance relief ``deemed granted'' to Verizon
encompasses economic regulation that applies to all other common
carriers, economic regulation that applies to all other incumbent LECs
or Bell Operating Companies (BOCs), and public policy regulation that
applies to all other common carriers. Continued forbearance from this
regulation would be inconsistent with the statutory forbearance
criteria. For example, as we find above, the protections provided by
sections 201 and 202(a), coupled with our ability to enforce those
provisions in a complaint proceeding pursuant to section 208, are
necessary to protect against unjust, unreasonable, and unjustly or
unreasonably discriminatory rates, terms, and conditions for those
business data services. Similarly, section 251(b) imposes a number of
duties on LECs, including the duty to implement number portability and
the duty to provide competing telecommunications service providers with
access to the LECs' poles, ducts, and conduits under just and
reasonable rates, terms, and conditions. Acting to bring the Verizon
Legacy Companies' forbearance into line with the forbearance granted to
other carriers is necessary to ensure just, reasonable, and not
unreasonably discriminatory rates, terms, and conditions for business
data services provided on a common carrier basis, and is consistent
with the Commission's decisions granting more tailored forbearance to
other carriers.
176. Other provisions and requirements forborne from by the deemed
grant promote access to telecommunications services by individuals with
disabilities, protect customer privacy, and increase the effectiveness
of emergency services, among other objectives. As the Commission
previously found, these and other public policy requirements under
Title II ``advance critically important national objectives'' and thus
are necessary to protect consumers. Indeed, continued forbearance from
these requirements would be inconsistent with the critical consumer-
protection goals that led to their adoption.
177. We further conclude that disparate treatment of carriers
providing the same or similar services is not in the public interest as
it creates distortions in the marketplace that may harm consumers.
Allowing Verizon and its successors in interest, but not its business
data services competitors, to continue to avoid compliance with
obligations applicable to other business data services providers would
[[Page 25684]]
undermine, rather than promote, competition among telecommunications
services providers within the meaning of section 10(b). Therefore,
consistent with the Commission's repeated findings, we find that
applying these obligations to the Verizon Legacy Companies to the
extent they provide business data services on a common carrier basis is
consistent with the public interest.
V. Regulation in Non-Competitive Counties
178. We now turn to the question of what ex ante regulation, if
any, we should apply to special access services in counties that are
classified as non-competitive pursuant to our competitive market test.
To ensure affordability of DS1 and DS3 services without unnecessarily
constraining incumbent LECs' incentives to invest and innovate, we will
apply price cap regulation in the form of Phase I pricing flexibility
(Phase I pricing) to DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations and
certain other business data services provided by incumbent LECs in
counties that we determine are non-competitive. Allowing Phase I
pricing will enable incumbent LECs to timely and effectively respond to
any competition that develops in these markets through contract tariffs
and volume and term discounts. We also prohibit the use of overly
restrictive non-disclosure agreements in contract tariffs for business
data services sold in non-competitive areas.
A. Retaining Price Cap Regulation in Non-Competitive Counties
179. We conclude that, subject to the exception discussed below, we
should continue to apply price cap regulation, as modified in this
Order, to price cap LECs' DS1 and DS3 end user-channel terminations and
certain other non-competitive business data services in non-competitive
counties to ensure the rates, terms and conditions for such services
are just and reasonable. We agree with the commenters--including
Verizon, INCOMPAS, Sprint, Windstream, Ad Hoc, Birch et al., NASUCA et
al., and Public Knowledge--that argue that price cap regulation is the
most effective regime for ensuring that rates for non-competitive
services are just and reasonable. The price cap system, as modified by
the measures we adopt in this proceeding, will limit the extent to
which price cap LECs can exercise their market power over the rates for
TDM-based end user channel terminations in non-competitive counties.
180. When properly applied, price cap regulation replicates some of
the beneficial incentives of competition in the provision of business
data services while balancing ratepayer and stockholder interests.
Price caps encourage LECs to become more productive and innovative by
permitting them to retain reasonably higher earnings while discouraging
wasteful investment. At the same time, price cap regulation offers
regulated firms flexibility in setting relative prices, instead of
relying on uniformed regulatory direction. In sum, price cap regulation
helps ensure just and reasonable prices for customers in non-
competitive markets while affording providers good incentives to reduce
costs and an opportunity to earn a reasonable return on their
investments.
181. We do not, however, require incumbent LECs that were
previously granted Phase II pricing flexibility to reinstitute price
caps in non-competitive counties that are within former Phase II
pricing areas because we find that the costs of doing so exceed the
benefits as described above. Incumbent LECs that have previously been
granted Phase II pricing flexibility in these counties have been
providing DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations and other business
data services free of price cap regulation for a number of years and
have adapted their internal systems accordingly. Bringing these
services back into price caps would require that incumbent LECs revamp
their billing, information technology, and third-party management
systems, at significant cost. Additionally, reinstituting price cap
regulation would require the carrier to recreate what the price cap
would be had it never received pricing flexibility, which would involve
burdensome and complicated calculations. According to the 2015
Collection, only 69 counties in former Phase II pricing areas are
deemed non-competitive pursuant to our competitive market test, and
these counties collectively have only [REDACTED] buildings with demand
for end user channel terminations (only a portion of which is for DS1s
or DS3s). We find that the costs of reinstituting price caps for
carriers previously granted Phase II pricing flexibility in these
counties outweigh the potential benefits. We also recognize that
incumbent LECs in non-competitive counties that were not previously
granted Phase II pricing flexibility would not have to bring services
back into price caps, and therefore would not have the same costs.
Therefore, these carriers will remain within the revised price cap
system adopted in this Order.
182. To encourage competitive entry into the counties we have
identified as non-competitive, we will not apply price cap regulation
to DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations provided by non-incumbent
LECs. When a non-incumbent LEC provides DS1 or DS3 services in a non-
competitive market, it typically does so in competition with an
incumbent LEC that enjoys marketplace advantages, including a
ubiquitous network and significant economies of scale. Extending price
cap regulation to non-incumbent LECs would impose significant costs
while generating few, if any, benefits. These costs would include
administrative compliance costs that, by their very nature, would
reduce the amount of capital available for the non-incumbent to upgrade
its network and expand its business data services footprint to
additional locations within the non-competitive county. Of greater
concern, such regulation would reduce the non-incumbent's capacity to
efficiently set prices and increase its exposure to regulatory risk,
further leading to less competitive entry and investment. And, any
benefits would be minimal since the incumbent LEC's price cap rates
typically will set a ceiling on the rates the non-incumbent can charge
for its DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations.
B. Expanding Pricing Flexibility in Non-Competitive Counties
183. In 1999, the Commission established a process for granting
price cap LECs pricing flexibility for special access services when
specified regulatory triggers were satisfied. The pricing flexibility
framework separates special access services into two segments, end user
channel terminations and dedicated transport and special access
services other than end user channel terminations, and provides two
levels of pricing flexibility relief for each segment. Phase I relief
gives price cap LECs the ability to lower their rates through contract
tariffs and volume and term discounts, but requires that price cap LECs
maintain their generally available price cap-constrained tariff rates
to ``protect[ ] those customers that lack competitive alternatives.''
Phase II relief permits a price cap LEC to raise or lower its rates
throughout an area, unconstrained by price cap regulations.
184. Business data services remaining within price caps after this
Order will consist largely of incumbent LECs' DS1 and DS3 end user
channel terminations in non-competitive counties, but will also include
various other price cap
[[Page 25685]]
services that carriers decide to keep regulated pursuant to price caps
during the transition to mandatory detariffing. Consistent with the
proposal the Commission made in the Further Notice, we transition all
business data services that remain subject to price caps into Phase I
pricing. This will provide price cap LECs with flexibility while
precluding them from charging above-cap rates in non-competitive
counties. Price cap LECs in non-competitive areas will be able to
negotiate individualized rates through contract tariffs and volume and
term discounts. Those LECs must maintain generally available tariff
rates subject to price cap regulation for end user DS1 and DS3 channel
terminations, and other special access services included in their price
cap tariffs in non-competitive counties that are not subject to the
regulatory relief provided in this Order.
185. The record is clear that contract tariffs benefit both
customers and price cap LECs. As Ad Hoc observes, Phase I pricing
flexibility allows price cap LECs to respond to competition by
negotiating lower contract rates. This flexibility, when coupled with
our requirement that price cap LECs choosing to exercise Phase I
pricing flexibility remove contract revenues from the relevant price
caps basket for purposes of determining their price cap indices and
actual price indices, will protect customers that do not negotiate
contract tariffs from cross-subsidizing those that do. And the
requirement that carriers maintain generally available price cap-
constrained tariff rates will ``protect those customers that lack
competitive alternatives'' against unreasonably high rates. We
therefore amend our price cap rules to allow all price cap LECs in non-
competitive counties to lower their rates through contract tariffs and
volume and term discounts in a manner consistent with the Commission's
current Phase I pricing flexibility rules. Accordingly, these incumbent
LECs will be required to maintain generally available tariffs offering
price cap regulated rates available to all subscribers.
186. These requirements will not apply to carriers within former
Phase II pricing areas that are deemed non-competitive pursuant to our
competitive market test that were previously granted Phase II pricing
flexibility. Instead, current Phase II price cap LECs in these non-
competitive counties will be required to continue offering its current
generally available rates for end user DS1 and DS3 channel terminations
and for the other special access services as long as those services
remain under tariff. This requirement will cease once the services are
detariffed.
C. Prohibiting Non-Disclosure Agreements in Non-Competitive Areas
187. In order to ensure that purchasers of business data services
can fully participate in Commission proceedings and that the Commission
can conduct appropriate oversight of business data services, we adopt a
rule prohibiting the use of non-disclosure agreements in tariffs,
contract tariffs, and commercial agreements for business data services
provided in non-competitive areas that forbid or restrict disclosure of
information to the Commission. In the interest of protecting sensitive
information, a provider may require that information related to its
business data services be submitted to the Commission subject to a
Commission protective order or, if there is none, with a request for
confidential treatment pursuant to the Commission's rules.
188. We agree with commenters that argue that non-disclosure
agreements affecting the provision of business data services in non-
competitive areas that restrict parties from disclosing commercially
sensitive information to the Commission deter parties from sharing
information with the Commission. The use of such non-disclosure
agreements has been described as ``ubiquitous'' and their impact
significant. Such non-disclosure agreements hinder the Commission's
access to data important to its oversight of the business data services
market and its ability to effectively discharge its core statutory
responsibilities under sections 201 and 202. The Commission previously
observed in another proceeding that ``overly broad, restrictive, or
coercive nondisclosure requirements may well have anticompetitive
effects'' and explained that ``demands by incumbents [for such non-
disclosure agreements] . . . are of concern and any complaint alleging
such tactics should be evaluated carefully.''
189. We find misplaced AT&T's assertion that the Further Notice
fails ``to identify a single instance where it has actually requested a
contract pertaining to BDS and the parties refused to provide it.'' To
the contrary, the record demonstrates that the risks of inhibiting the
flow of information about the business data services market to the
Commission are real and have at times impacted the conduct of this
proceeding. Indeed, as the Commission observed in the Further Notice,
non-disclosure agreements likely precluded some parties from responding
fully to the voluntary data requests issued by the Bureau in 2010 and
2011, contributing to delay in analyzing and resolving the questions at
issue in this proceeding. Parties acknowledged that non-disclosure
agreements had this effect. Moreover, it is not the instances where the
Commission has sought information and been denied that are our chief
concern, but rather the instances where the Commission has been unaware
of potentially important information about the business data services
market and stakeholders have been precluded by non-disclosure
agreements from sharing that information in the first place.
190. AT&T also expresses concern that public release of information
subject to a non-disclosure agreement will result in ``significant
competitive harm.'' Disclosure to the Commission, however, is clearly
distinguishable from disclosure to the public generally. We routinely
adopt protective orders to protect parties' interests in maintaining
the confidential nature of information submitted. As Level 3 explains,
``AT&T's claim that such a rule would undermine parties'
confidentiality [interests] is without merit because the Commission's
rules and procedures prohibit disclosure of information that has been
made subject to confidentiality requirements.'' In this proceeding, the
Commission has sought confidential data and information on multiple
occasions and has consistently adopted protective orders limiting
access to the information to certain individuals in order to ensure the
confidentiality of these data and information.
191. We agree with commenters that recognize that the solution for
concerns about inappropriate disclosure of sensitive information
submitted to the Commission is to ensure such information is submitted
subject to a protective order or to a request for confidential
treatment pursuant to the Commission's rules. We conclude that because
the information in question will not be made generally available to the
public, our action here does not undermine parties' interest in
insulating confidential or commercially sensitive information from the
public. We therefore require that parties submitting to the Commission
confidential information that is subject to a non-disclosure agreement
seek confidential treatment of that information under the relevant
protective orders, or otherwise pursuant to the Commission's rules.
192. We address two types of restrictions non-disclosure agreements
impose and determine that both are precluded by the action we take
here. First, we find that there is no justification for non-disclosure
agreements that contain provisions that
[[Page 25686]]
prohibit outright the disclosure of confidential information to the
Commission. Such agreements are expressly intended to obstruct parties'
ability to disclose information to the Commission and the Commission's
ability to access information necessary to oversee and evaluate the
business data services market. They undermine our ability to render
fact-based decisions informed by a complete record, and are generally
contrary to the public interest.
193. We also find that non-disclosure agreements that require a
direct request or legal compulsion prior to allowing disclosure also
inhibit the Commission's conduct of its core regulatory and oversight
functions and are therefore contrary to the public interest. By
precluding the voluntary disclosure of information, such agreements
render it impossible for the Commission to be aware of information in
business data services sales agreements or even the existence of such
sales agreements, and effectively preclude the Commission's ability to
seek that information or those sales agreements.
194. Allowing voluntary disclosure to the Commission, subject to
the Commission's protections for confidential information where
necessary, will allow parties to disclose relevant information in a
more timely fashion, which will in turn make the Commission's oversight
and regulatory work more timely and efficient. The Commission's
protective orders and confidentiality regulations will effectively
insulate against the risk of inappropriate disclosure by ensuring
confidential treatment of such information.
195. We agree with commenters that argue that restrictions on non-
disclosure agreements for business data services are unnecessary in
markets treated as competitive under the competitive market test. In
these areas, market forces should be sufficient to protect purchasers
of business data services from unreasonable practices. NASUCA et al.
asserts, however, that prohibiting overly restrictive non-disclosure
agreements is necessary to facilitate competitive conditions in the BDS
marketplace generally. We agree that imposing a prohibition on such
non-disclosure agreements will foster competitive conditions in areas
that our data show are not yet competitive. We do not, however, see a
need to impose this prohibition in competitive areas. In those areas,
the Commission will still have access to relevant industry data through
mandatory requests or data collections if needed. We therefore limit
our restrictions on business data services-related non-disclosure
agreements to those that apply to non-competitive areas as we define
them in this Order. This reasoning applies to all non-disclosure
agreements that govern business data services sales--whether they are
contained in tariffs, contract tariffs, or commercial agreements. The
presumption should be that competitive market dynamics would
characterize the majority of sales in any arrangements that governed
sales in both types of areas. Additionally, the bulk of sales of TDM
based business data services in non-competitive areas would presumably
be effected through TDM-only tariffs and contract tariffs. Parties are
of course free to structure their sales arrangements in such a manner
as to avoid including sales of services for both types of areas in a
single agreement.
196. Accordingly, we adopt a general rule prohibiting the use of
non-disclosure agreements in or related to tariffs or contract tariffs
for the sale of business data services in areas treated as non-
competitive by our competitive market test to the extent they forbid or
impose any restriction on a party's ability to voluntarily disclose
information to the Commission pursuant to appropriate safeguards for
confidential information. No provider of business data services in
areas treated as non-competitive may enter into or enforce a non-
disclosure agreement that in any way forbids or prevents any party to
that agreement from disclosing any information relevant to the
Commission's business data services proceedings to the Commission. The
rule we adopt today applies to all forms of agreements for the sale of
TDM-based business data services, including price cap tariffs and
contract tariffs in non-competitive areas. Parties submitting
confidential information to the Commission that is subject to a non-
disclosure agreement must either submit such information subject to the
relevant protective orders governing this proceeding or, in the absence
of a relevant protective order, seek confidential treatment for such
information pursuant to sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commission's
rules.
D. Adjustments to Price Cap Levels
197. Pursuant to the framework adopted in this Order, the primary
services that will remain under price cap regulation will be the DS1
and DS3 end user channel terminations that incumbent LECs provide in
non-competitive counties. To help ensure just and reasonable rates for
these services, we adopt an X-factor of 2.0 percent that reflects our
best estimate of the productivity growth that incumbent LECs will
experience in the provision of these services relative to productivity
growth in the overall economy. We retain Gross Domestic Product-Price
Index (GDP-PI) as the measure of inflation that incumbent LECs will use
in their price cap index calculations, continue to make a low-end
adjustment available to price cap LECs in certain circumstances, and
decline to adopt other changes that would affect price cap rates. In
particular, we find that that no catch-up adjustment to the price cap
indices is warranted.
1. Background
198. The core component of the Commission's price cap system is the
price cap index, which is designed to limit the prices that a price cap
LEC may charge for services. Each price cap LEC's price cap index
historically has been adjusted annually based primarily on a
productivity factor or ``X-factor'' and a measure of inflation (GDP-
PI). The X-factor initially represented the amount by which LECs could
be expected to outperform economy-wide productivity gains. The X-factor
serves as an adjustment to the price cap indices to account for these
productivity gains, and is subtracted from GDP-PI in the Commission's
price cap formula.
199. The Commission last set X-factors for special access services
in the 2000 CALLS Order. These X-factors, unlike prior X-factors, were
not productivity-based but collectively acted as ``a transitional
mechanism . . . to lower rates for a specified time period'' based on
an industry agreement. The CALLS X-factor for special access services
increased from 3.0 percent in 2000 to 6.5 percent for 2001 through 2003
but was set equal to inflation beginning in 2004. This frozen X-factor
was intended to be an interim measure, lasting only until the
expiration of the CALLS plan on June 30, 2005, yet the Commission has
not acted to replace it with a productivity-based measure. As a result,
price cap LECs' special access rates have remained frozen at 2003
levels, excluding any necessary exogenous cost adjustments.
2. Adopting a Productivity-Based X-Factor
200. The Commission's price cap system has been running on
autopilot since June 30, 2005, with no analysis as to why rate levels
from 2003 might have remained reasonable despite widespread changes in
the business data services marketplace. We end this freeze by replacing
the CALLS era frozen X-
[[Page 25687]]
factor with a productivity-based X-factor.
201. Our analysis includes several steps. We begin by deciding to
use a total factor productivity (TFP) methodology in calculating
business data services productivity gains or losses relative to growth
in the general economy. We then decide to use the U.S. Bureau of Labor
Statistics' Capital, Labor, Energy, Materials, and Services data for
the broadcasting and telecommunications industries (KLEMS (Broadcasting
and Telecommunications)) in applying our methodology. We use KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications) data to establish a zone of
reasonable X-factor estimates. From that zone, we select an X-factor of
2.0 percent. Price cap LECs will apply this X-factor annually to help
ensure that their price cap indices incorporate future productivity
growth.
a. Selecting a Methodology for Calculating Productivity Gains or Losses
202. A price cap is intended to mimic competitive-market outcomes.
One aspect of a competitive market is that output price growth over
time matches the difference between industry input price growth and
industry productivity growth. Another aspect of a competitive market is
strong cost-reduction and investment incentives. A price cap that grows
at a rate equal to the difference between the growth rate of input
prices and industry productivity growth might, at least initially, hold
prices to competitive levels, but if it were frequently updated on the
basis of the regulated firms' behavior, quickly taking away any
additional profits obtained either by implementing productivity
increases or by negotiating lower input prices, the regulated firms
would have little incentive to invest in cost and input price
reduction. Consequently, in the Further Notice, the Commission proposed
to use a proxy for the difference between the growth rate of input
prices and industry productivity growth in setting allowed price growth
under the cap. That proxy is a measure of the economy-wide rate of
inflation, based on a national price index (i.e., GDP-PI), that is
adjusted, through an infrequently updated X-factor chosen to account
for systematic differences between the growth rates of national prices
and the difference between telecommunications industry input price
growth and industry productivity growth. This proxy approach provides
regulated firms with good incentives to reduce costs.
203. Under the approach outlined above, steps that a firm takes to
lower its costs will not immediately affect the price cap. To see why,
note that the price cap is adjusted based on two quantities: the
national rate of inflation (GDP-PI) and the X-factor. The firm's cost-
lowering actions will have, at most, a negligible effect on the
national inflation rate. As for the X-factor, while the regulator
periodically will assess the extent to which the regulated firms have
lowered their costs (and thus might adjust the X-factor and price cap
accordingly), this process typically occurs with substantial delays.
Between X-factor adjustments, firms can keep any additional profits
that they achieve through cost reductions; hence, the price-cap regime
provides material incentives for firms to reduce their costs.
204. In summary, our proposed approach is to estimate an X-factor
to be subtracted from the annual change in the GDP-PI to determine the
annual change, c, in the price cap index: c = P-(D + t) (Equation 1),
where P is the economy-wide rate of inflation (i.e., the GDP-PI), D is
the projected difference between the economy-wide rate of inflation and
the growth rate of industry input prices, and t is the projected growth
rate of the industry's productivity level. The X-factor, which is the
sum of D and t, may be interpreted as a correction term by which the
projected growth rates of economy-wide prices are adjusted to account
for systematic differences between the broader economy and the
regulated industry. Several commenters agree that this approach is
sound, no commenters oppose it, and we adopt it.
205. In the past, the Commission has relied on staff studies of the
historical total factor productivity (or TFP) growth rate of incumbent
LECs to estimate future productivity growth. TFP is the relationship
between the output of goods and services to inputs, and is commonly
used to measure productivity in the economy as a whole. TFP studies
typically measure productivity using the ratio of an index of the
outputs of a firm, industry, or group of industries to an index of
corresponding inputs. Productivity growth is measured by changes in
this ratio over time. In a TFP model, output is typically measured in
terms of physical units (e.g., minutes or calls) of the good or service
produced. In a case in which more than one good or service is supplied
(i.e., there are multiple outputs), a standard practice is to create an
index (e.g., an average that weights by output revenue shares) that
aggregates the output levels. The resulting output index shows changes
in the level of output over time; in other words, it provides the
growth rate of the measured output. Similarly, the growth rate of the
aggregate input index depends on the combined growth rates of the
individual input indices--such as indices for capital, labor, energy,
materials and services--weighted, for example, by input expenditure
shares.
206. In the Further Notice, the Commission proposed to calculate
the X-factor by subtracting from the historical rate of change in GDP-
PI the historical rate of change in industry input prices and adding to
it the historical rate of change in industry TFP. The calculation can
be expressed by the following formula: X = % [Delta] GDP-PI-% [Delta]
Industry Input Prices + % [Delta] Industry TFP (Equation 2). No
commenter challenges this basic TFP methodology. The X-factor analyses
presented by the parties generally follow this approach. Consistent
with past practice, we conclude that we should apply this TFP
methodology in our X-factor calculations.
b. Selecting an Appropriate Data Source
207. Having settled on a methodology for calculating the X-factor,
we need to identify an appropriate data source. Upon review of the
record, we find that KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) is the
only reliable and internally consistent dataset in the record for
measuring incumbent LEC productivity and input prices. We select that
dataset for our X-factor calculations.
(i) Available Data Sources
208. The KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) database was
one of three datasets on which the Commission invited comment. The
other two consist of: (a) Data from the peer review process in
connection with the development of the Connect America Cost Model
(CACM); and (b) those data in combination with cost data that TDS
Metrocom (TDS) submitted in this proceeding (CACM-TDS). All three
datasets are described more fully in Appendix B to the Report and
Order. The Commission asked whether these datasets would provide a
reasonable basis for estimating business data services productivity
growth relative to growth in the general economy.
209. The Commission also asked the parties to suggest adjustments
to these datasets that might improve their utility as a measure of
business data services productivity growth and requested that the
parties suggest additional datasets that might better balance precision
with administrative feasibility. Only one party, Sprint, suggests an
additional dataset--a version of KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications)
[[Page 25688]]
that purportedly is restricted to data from the telecommunications
industry (KLEMS (Telecommunications)). Sprint also suggests refinements
to the CACM dataset that, in Sprint's view, improve it. We discuss
these datasets in turn.
210. KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications). This dataset
provides yearly industry-level measures of input prices and total
factor productivity. This dataset has many merits because, as
commenters point out, it relies on ``publicly available, annual
industry-level data on industry-level measures of input prices and
total factor productivity'' and was ``developed using rigorous total
factor productivity principles and is a valid source of measuring total
factor productivity and input price trends for various industries.'' It
also is ``reliable and internally consistent,'' and based on ``well-
accepted economic theory and publicly available data.'' But instead of
being restricted to business data services or wireline
telecommunications, this dataset provides data for the broadcasting and
telecommunications sectors, which collectively have annual revenues
approximately twelve times those for business data services. These
sectors include broadcasting, cable television, and satellite
television distribution services, wireless telecommunications, mass
market Internet access services, and the Voice-over-Internet Protocol
(VoIP) industries, each of which has a cost structure and produces
outputs different from the business data services industry.
211. The parties dispute the effect of this broad scope on BDS
productivity growth estimates that are derived from the KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications) dataset. Ad Hoc and Sprint
contend that this broad scope creates a downward bias in those
estimates. AT&T and CenturyLink maintain, however, that any bias would
overstate BDS productivity growth relative to productivity growth in
the overall economy. AT&T argues that ``wireless services, broadband
Ethernet services, and cable and wireline Internet access services''
supply are more productive than legacy DSn and that the KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications) dataset therefore may overstate
productivity growth for the TDM-based services to which the X-factor
will apply. CenturyLink asserts that growth in labor productivity has
been significantly higher in broadcasting and wireless
telecommunications than in wireline telecommunications, and that it is
therefore unlikely that broadcasting and wireless telecommunications
have experienced lower overall productivity growth than wireline
telecommunications. Although the record falls short of providing the
information we would need to resolve whether the KLEMS (Broadcasting
and Telecommunications) dataset overstates or understates BDS
productivity growth, we find that this dataset provides the best
available information under the circumstances.
212. CACM and CACM-TDS. The CACM and CACM-TDS datasets, even with
the refinements suggested by Sprint, are less than ideal. As explained
more fully in Appendix B to the Report and Order, the CACM dataset
combines CostQuest cost share data from the CACM peer review process
with labor cost data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), and
real estate price data from Moody's Investor Service and Real Capital
Analytics. While this dataset provides a more direct focus on business
data services than KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
provides, we find it neither reliable nor internally consistent.
Sprint's refinements to this database do not cure these fundamental
problems. Both of these datasets rely in part on data from the CACM
peer review process that was developed to determine the forward-looking
economic costs of providing broadband Internet access services. Those
data provide at best a clumsy tool for determining historical total
factor productivity growth for business data services. In addition, as
refined by Sprint, the CACM dataset includes company-specific data that
we and the parties to this proceeding are unable to fully evaluate and,
therefore, may be unreliable. We therefore reject the CACM dataset as
well as that dataset as refined by Sprint as potential data sources for
our X-factor calculations.
213. The CACM-TDS dataset adds historical cost data from TDS's
incumbent LEC operations to the CACM dataset. While the addition of the
TDS data further tightens the focus on business data services, those
data do ``not address or eliminate any of the fundamental shortcomings
with the CACM data'' because they are ``proprietary, unvalidated data
from a single competitor that is seeking regulation.'' We therefore
reject the CACM-TDS dataset as a potential data source for our X-factor
calculations.
214. KLEMS (Telecommunications). To address, in part, the alleged
overbreadth of the KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) dataset,
Sprint proposes a dataset that purportedly excludes broadcasting
industry data and therefore, as asserted by Sprint, is preferable to
KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) as a tool for measuring
business data services productivity growth. The KLEMS
(Telecommunications) dataset, however, suffers from many of the scope
problems of the KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) dataset
with several additional problems. As an initial matter, excluding
broadcasting data from the KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
dataset would reduce, but not eliminate, any overbreadth problem. And
we are unable to verify Sprint's assertion that the KLEMS
(Telecommunications) dataset excludes broadcasting industry data.
Indeed, AT&T and CenturyLink et al. make credible arguments that the
KLEMS (Telecommunications) dataset ``comingle[s] broadcasting and
telecommunications data.'' This uncertainty over which industries are
reflected in the KLEMS (Telecommunications) dataset precludes any
finding that it provides a more narrow focus on business data services
productivity growth than that provided by the KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) dataset. We are unable to determine what
methodology the European Union used to translate KLEMS (Broadcasting
and Telecommunications) data into KLEMS (Telecommunications) data and
whether that data source is indeed restricted to telecommunications
data.
215. Even if it does exclude broadcasting, the KLEMS
(Telecommunications) dataset is problematic for at least two additional
reasons. First, that dataset only provides a price index for energy,
non-energy materials, and purchased services inputs, and omits critical
input prices for capital and labor, which means that it provides only
an incomplete picture of the industries within its scope. Second, the
KLEMS (Telecommunications) dataset also provides a value-added, rather
than a gross output, measure of productivity growth, which precludes an
apples to apples comparison of that growth to input prices, which are
based on gross input. Each of these problems--lack of transparency,
omission of critical inputs, and employing a value-added methodology--
provides an independent basis for not using KLEMS (Telecommunications)
in our X-factor calculations. We therefore reject this dataset as a
potential data source for those calculations.
(ii) Selection of Data Source
216. None of the datasets before us allow us to estimate with
precision business data services productivity growth relative to growth
in the general economy, and indeed of those datasets
[[Page 25689]]
only KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) is reliable and
internally consistent. In these circumstances, we conclude that the
better course is for us to use that dataset to determine business data
services productivity and input price growth, relative to economy-wide
productivity and input price growth, rather than postponing that
determination pending a search for a better option. As the D.C. Circuit
has recognized, the Commission endeavors to find the best solutions
but, at times, must settle for solutions that are ``reasonable under
difficult circumstances.'' The D.C. Circuit has noted:
[W]hen an agency makes rational choices from among alternatives
all of which are to some extent infirm because of a lack of concrete
data, and has gone to great lengths to assemble the available facts,
reveal its own doubts, refine its approach, and reach a temporary
conclusion, it has not acted arbitrarily or capriciously.
Here, where our X-factor decision provides only our `` `tentative
opinion' about the dividing line between reasonable and unreasonable
rates for the limited purpose of exercising [our] suspension power''
under section 204 of the Act, we believe that we may properly rely on
the KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) dataset in our X-factor
calculations. We now turn to those calculations.
c. X-Factor Calculations
217. We determine the productivity-based X-factor as follows.
First, we use KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) data to
develop a range of X-factors for four periods: 1987 to 2014; 1997 to
2014; 2005 to 2014; and 2009 to 2014. Second, from this range of X-
factors we develop a zone of reasonableness from which it would be
appropriate to select an X-factor. Third, we decide not to adjust that
zone to compensate for KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications)'s
overbreadth. Finally, we select the X-factor from within this zone.
218. Data Periods. We use four different data periods to calculate
four different X-factors to gauge the sensitivity of KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications)-based calculations to different
data periods and because there is no single, correct data period that
we might use for this purpose. The four data periods are: 1987 to 2014;
1997 to 2014; 2005 to 2014; and 2009 to 2014. We note that Sprint
supports using 1997 to 2014, and AT&T supports using 2005 to 2014.
219. 1987 to 2014. This is the longest period for which KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications) data are available. As the
longest timeframe, this data period has the most observations and
therefore collectively these observations contain the most information.
In particular, this period includes two complete business cycles. This
is an advantage because productivity increases when the economy expands
and decreases when the economy contracts. Measuring productivity over
at least one complete business cycle increases the likelihood that the
results represent the future state of the economy. Two complete cycles
might be preferred to one because no two business cycles are alike. One
business cycle may not represent the future any better than the other.
220. This period also includes a significant amount of time before
and after the two business cycles. Using a timeframe that includes the
maximum period for which data are available minimizes the likelihood of
an arbitrary choice among many possible shorter periods within the
longer period, given that there is no obviously correct choice. The
disadvantage of this time period is that the data from the earliest
years in the period may be stale or otherwise reflect economic
conditions that are unlikely to persist into the future. The value of
the most recent and most relevant data within this time period might
not be apparent if combined with older data that are stale and
irrelevant.
221. 1997 to 2014. This period includes one complete business
cycle. As discussed above, at least one complete business cycle should
be included in the data on which a productivity study is based because
productivity is procyclical. Sprint supports using 1997 to 2014 data
instead of 2005 to 2014 data because the latter period largely reflects
the longest and deepest recession the U.S. has experienced since 1945.
Sprint concludes that a longer time period is therefore likely to
provide a better estimate of future productivity growth. An additional
reason to use this period, or one longer, is that the current economic
expansion is 93-months-old, which is significantly longer than the 58-
month average length of prior expansions going back to 1945. A shorter
period may give too much weight to a relatively long-period of
expansion. Another reason why this current economic expansion is unique
is that the average annual growth rate of this expansion is the lowest
among expansions since 1945, approximately 2.1 percent per year.
222. 2005 to 2014. AT&T argues that this period balances the
tradeoff between short and long data periods. AT&T claims that data for
a shorter period better captures recent productivity trends, but that
such a period might reflect large variation in productivity that would
lead to unstable X-factor projections. In contrast, AT&T asserts that a
longer period might produce a more stable series, but such a period
might include stale data that are irrelevant to forward-looking
productivity projections. One disadvantage of this timeframe is that it
does not encompass at least one complete business cycle. This problem
perhaps is partially mitigated because the period includes the December
2007 peak and June 2009 trough of the current business cycle and a
large fraction of the current expansion.
223. 2009 to 2014. This period minimizes the number of observations
that contain stale information and depicts recent trends. The main
disadvantage of this period is that it does not contain at least one
complete business cycle. In fact, this period only includes years of
expansion. So, this period might not provide data representative of
future productivity growth.
224. Table 2 provides, for each of these four periods, X-factors
calculated using Equation 2 and KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) data. [``Table 2. KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) X-factors'' omitted].
d. Zone of Reasonableness
225. The four data periods reflected in Table 2 establish a zone of
productivity-based X-factor estimates of between 1.7 and 2.3 percent.
This zone is relatively narrow, as the data period does not have a very
large impact on the value of the X-factor. For example, the difference
between the lowest and the highest percentages is 0.6 percentage
points. The arithmetic average and the mid-point of the four X-factors
are both 2.0 percent. The average implicitly weights the most-recent
observations the most and the earliest observations the least because
the most recent observations are in the most periods and the earliest
observations are in the fewest periods.
226. We find that it would be unreasonable to adjust this zone
either upward or downward to account for the broad scope of the KLEMS
(Broadcasting and Telecommunications) dataset from which this zone was
derived. Any such adjustment would necessarily reflect our
determination that this overbreadth creates either a downward bias in
our productivity growth estimates (which could lead to our adjusting
the range upward) or an upward bias (which could lead to our
[[Page 25690]]
adjusting the range downward). The parties provide sharply divergent
views on the direction of any possible adjustment. On the one hand,
several parties argue that price cap LECs are realizing decreasing
business data services per unit costs from the growth in packet-
switched services, such as Ethernet, as customers transition from TDM
to packet-switched services. Other parties maintain that price cap LECs
have achieved little productivity growth relative to that in the
overall economy and that the DS1 and DS3 services that will be subject
to price caps have not shared in any decrease in per unit costs.
227. Cost-reducing growth is clearly occurring in price cap LECs'
overall business data services operations. A significant portion of the
assets, particularly outside plant, used to provide DS1s and DS3s, are
also used to provide higher bandwidth circuit-based services or packet-
based services, and vice versa. The more such sharing occurs (i.e., the
more demand density increases), the lower both the incremental and
average cost of any service, and total factor productivity increases.
These cost reducing effects occur and apply to remaining DS1 and DS3
services, even when higher bandwidth circuit-based services or packet-
switched services are substituted for them, so long as the two sets of
services share costs.
228. Growth in providing higher bandwidth circuit-based services
and packet-based services is outpacing declining DS1 and DS3 services,
a trend that strongly suggests that overall unit costs will continue
decreasing into the foreseeable future. Price cap LECs are investing
aggressively in modern packet-based telecommunications networks and
services. AT&T, for example, announced that by the year 2020, 75
percent of its network will be controlled by software. AT&T disclosed
in an annual report that it was ``focused on building a modern network
architecture that will provide the highest efficiency and productivity
in the industry'' and ``[t]o make that happen'' the ``biggest [front]
by far is transforming [AT&T's] network from hardware to software-
centric'' which allows AT&T to ``deliver the most network traffic at
the lowest marginal cost in the industry.'' Verizon announced a
software-defined networking-based strategy ``to introduce new
operational efficiencies and allow for the enablement of rapid and
flexible service delivery to Verizon's customers.''
229. The record does not make clear, however, to what extent, if
any, these decreasing unit costs and overall productivity gains will
apply to the services that will remain under price caps, which for
practical purposes consist of DS1 and DS3 channel terminations. Indeed,
it is possible that, for DS1 and DS3 services in general, declining
utilization of incumbent LEC plant and rising service-specific costs
will more than offset any overall gains in business data services
productivity. As AT&T points out, ``demand for DSn services has been in
rapid decline in recent years, as price cap LECs retire their legacy
TDM networks.'' As a result, price cap LECs are likely experiencing
``very low utilization on [their] legacy TDM switches'' and the
``accompanying loss of scale economies suggests that it is unlikely
that price cap LECs have achieved productivity gains that are in excess
of inflation'' for DS1 and DS3 services. This declining utilization of
DSn-specific plant means that providers must amortize shared costs
among fewer customers (i.e., unit costs are likely rising). It
therefore appears that, for DS1 and DS3 services generally, price cap
LECs' operating expenses may have fallen at a much slower rate than the
demand for their services, causing their average cost of providing DSn
services to steadily climb.
230. Nor does the record make clear whether any overall trend in
DS1 and DS3 productivity growth extends to the areas that will remain
under price caps. These non-competitive areas have significantly less
demand density than the competitive areas that will no longer be
subject to the price cap regime. The price cap LECs therefore may be
less likely to achieve the same gains in economies of scale in non-
competitive areas than in competitive areas. Whether these gains would
be higher or lower than elsewhere cannot be determined from the record.
The price cap LECs' initial price cap indices (and consequently all
changes to those indices) reflected the costs of serving all areas
within those LECs' service territories. CenturyLink argues adjustments
to those indices should account for the higher costs of serving the
areas that will remain under prices caps ``[w]hether due to unique
geographic difficulties, insufficient population density to generate
economies of scale, or an array of other possible rationales.''
However, the X-factor is determined by the rate of change of costs, not
by whether the absolute level of costs is higher or lower in a given
location.
231. While the record does not enable us to resolve the disputes
over price cap LECs' productivity growth and ability to recover the
costs of serving non-competitive areas with absolute certainty, we find
that our KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications)-based calculations
likely overstates, rather than understates, business data services
productivity growth in those areas. The price cap LECs have not
submitted the company-specific input price and output data that we
would need to quantify this overstatement (and adjust the zone of
reasonableness downward). We therefore make no such adjustment.
232. We reject Sprint's argument that we should adjust the zone of
reasonableness upward to bring it into line with prior X-factor
prescriptions, which were based on relatively narrow sets of data
related almost exclusively to price cap LEC operations rather than
broad datasets such as KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications).
Sprint points out that in the 1999 Price Cap Performance Review
proceeding, Commission staff computed X-factors for each of the years
1986 through 1998 using price cap LEC-specific data that were
significantly higher than the X-factors that would have been computed
using KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) data. We find that
this comparison fails to account for differences between the task
before the Commission in the 1999 Price Cap Performance Review
proceeding, which was to determine an X-factor for all special and
switched access services to be provided by price cap LECs, and our task
here of determining an X-factor only for those business data services
that price cap LECs will provide in non-competitive areas.
e. Selection of X-Factor
233. We conclude that we should select an X-factor below the top of
the zone of reasonableness, 2.3 percent, in order to recognize the
diminishing share DS1 and DS3 services have had, and will continue to
have, of the overall business data services market. Indeed, over the
longer term, these services will be replaced by Ethernet services or
other more advanced business data services made possible by the
transition to IP-based services transmitted over fiber. As demand for
DS1 and DS3 services continues to fall, the costs directly attributable
to (in contrast to the costs for assets shared between those services
and packet-based services) maintaining this legacy technology, will
begin to rise. For example, over time the volume of TDM equipment sales
will fall to levels that deny manufacturers economies of scale.
Similarly, there will likely be additional costs associated with
warehousing, work programs, and
[[Page 25691]]
maintaining expertise in TDM technology, while moving aggressively
toward the widespread deployment of Ethernet and other advanced
technologies.
234. Requiring DS1 and DS3 rates to be reduced by percentages that
ignore the transition from a legacy, TDM technology to an advanced
technology could require the incumbent LECs to supply DS1s and DS3s at
rates that do not recover their costs, and that inefficiently
incentivize businesses to rely on DS1 and DS3 services, rather than
more advanced business data services. Presumably, there are customers
that will wish to continue to rely on a legacy technology at least for
a period of time even though a new technology is readily available
because it is less expensive on a net present basis for them to do so.
In a competitive market, customers that continued to rely on a legacy
technology as a new technology begins to dominate the market would be
charged higher prices if costs directly attributable to the old
technology were rising. Our X-factor decision should incorporate this
aspect of competitive markets.
235. The lower-bound of the zone of reasonableness is 1.7 percent,
a percentage based on data from 2009 to 2014. While this percentage
provides insight into the most-recent trends in productivity and input
prices, it reflects only a period of unusual macroeconomic expansion,
as explained above. We find this period too short and too
unrepresentative by itself to provide reliable insight into future
business data services productivity growth. No party has submitted an
X-factor study or similar data-based analysis purporting to show that
the X-factor should be lower than 2.0 percent. AT&T's proposed X-
factor, like our X-factors, reflect KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) data. AT&T used data for 2005 to 2014 in
calculating its X-factor, a period for which the X-factor is 2.0
percent. In these circumstances, we find that the X-factor we select
should be above the lower bound of reasonableness.
236. As mentioned, the KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
data on which this zone of reasonableness is based is overly broad;
and, although we think an upward bias more likely, we are unable to
resolve the dispute among the parties as to whether this broad scope
creates a downward or upward bias. Our inability on the record before
us to quantify either the magnitude or the direction of this bias
supports selection of the average or the mid-point of the four X-
factors, both of which are 2.0 percent. Taking all of these factors
into account, we prescribe an X-factor of 2.0 percent. This X-factor
reasonably assigns weight to the four different X-factors and accounts
to the extent possible for the uncertain effects of bias in the overly-
broad data.
3. Methodology for Setting Inflation Measure
237. We retain the U.S. Department of Commerce's Bureau of Economic
Analysis's (BEA's) chain-weighted GDP-PI as the measure of inflation
that price cap LECs will use in their price cap index calculations. As
a chain-weighted index, GDP-PI captures economy-wide inflation over the
medium-term and long-term comprehensively and ``significantly more
accurate[ly]'' than fixed-weighted indexes, which become
unrepresentative after a few years of change. We find no alternative
measure of inflation that is as accurate as GDP-PI in the medium and
long-term and that is not susceptible to carrier influence or
manipulation. Accordingly, we retain GDP-PI as the inflation measure in
our price cap formula.
4. No Catch-Up Adjustment Is Warranted
238. The price cap indices have been effectively frozen since the
CALLS plan expired on June 30, 2005. We conclude that no catch-up
adjustment to those indices is warranted.
239. Assessment Periods. We use three time periods in assessing
whether a catch-up adjustment is warranted: July 1, 1997 to November
30, 2017; July 1, 2000 to November 30, 2017; and July 1, 2005 to
November 30, 2017. The starting points for these periods are the day
the Commission's 1997 X-factor prescription took effect, the date the
CALLS plan took effect, and the day after the CALLS plan expired. Their
ending point is the day before the going-forward X-factor adopted in
this Order will take effect. For simplicity, we refer to these periods
as 1997 to 2017, 2000 to 2017, and 2005 to 2017.
240. The Commission prescribed X-factors in 1991, 1995, 1997, and
2000. The 1991 and 1995 prescribed X-factors were productivity-based
and judicially upheld. The 1997 X-factor of 6.5 percent, while
productivity-based, was reversed and remanded by the D.C. Circuit.
Including 1997 to 2000 in the assessment period reflects that judicial
action as well as the fact that the Commission never addressed the
remanded X-factor on its merits. Instead, in the CALLS Order, the
Commission replaced the remanded X-factor with a ``transitional
mechanism'' under which the X-factor increased from 3.0 percent in 2000
to 6.5 percent for 2001 through 2003 and was set equal to inflation
beginning in 2004. These X-factors, however, were based on an industry
agreement, not changes in productivity and input prices. Including 2000
to 2005 in the assessment period reflects that administrative history.
Finally, including 2005 to 2017 in the assessment period reflects the
Commission's failure to incorporate a productivity-based X-factor into
its price cap system once the CALLS plan expired.
241. Methodology. First, for each of the three assessment periods,
we use the most currently-available KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) data through 2014 to calculate compound annual
growth rates in broadcasting and telecommunications productivity and
input prices. We then calculate the difference between these two rates.
Second, we compound the value of each annual difference over the number
years in each assessment period. The results are the percentages by
which the price cap index would be adjusted to accurately reflect
changes in productivity and input prices. Third, we subtract the
historical change in the price cap index from each compounded value to
calculate the catch-up adjustment for each assessment period. Finally,
we evaluate whether we should adjust the price cap indices using these
catch-up factors.
242. We use KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) data for
three data periods--1997 to 2014, 2000 to 2014 and 2005 to 2014--to
estimate historical changes in levels of productivity and input prices
for purposes of the catch-up calculations. The year 2014 is the most
recent year for which KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications) data
are available, and data are published only for calendar years. As we
explain below, we adopt December 1, 2017 as the effective date for the
going-forward X-factor. As we have no data for 2015 to November 30,
2017, we extrapolate annual growth rates based on the data periods that
end in 2014 for an additional 35 months beyond the end of the data
(i.e., for 2015, 2016, and 11 months of 2017), because mathematically
it is simple, the period of extrapolation is relatively short, and
there is no obviously superior method. We also assume that productivity
and input price growth rates over the last six months of 1997, 2000,
and 2005 were the same as over each entire year, again for simplicity
and the lack of any obviously superior way to exclude the first six
months of 1997, 2000, and 2005 or to reconcile the
[[Page 25692]]
use of calendar-year data with an estimation period that reflects
tariff years that begin on July 1.
243. Table 3, below, sets forth the KLEMS (Broadcasting and
Telecommunications) compound annual rates of growth in productivity and
input prices for 1997 to 2017, 2000 to 2017 and 2005 to 2017, and the
annual difference between the two rates of growth, C. Table 3 also
shows the value of these differences compounded over the assessment
periods, E, and the historical change in the price cap index over the
assessment periods, F. The historical change in the price cap index
reflects the X-factors that were in effect during the assessment
periods and the rate of inflation during these periods as measured by
changes in GDP-PI (but ignores exogenous cost changes). The catch-up
adjustment for each assessment period, G, is equal to the compounded
change in price cap index, E, minus the historical change in the price
cap index, F. This calculation accounts for differences between what a
KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications)-based X-factor would have
been and the actual X-factors that applied. [``Table 3. Potential
Catch-up Adjustments for Multiple Periods Through November 30, 2017''
omitted].
244. Discussion. We decline to require price cap LECs to implement
a catch-up adjustment to baseline price cap levels. First, focusing on
the period since expiration of the CALLS plan, 2005 to 2017, the annual
difference between the KLEMS (Broadcasting and Telecommunications)
industry price index and productivity is only -0.11 percent annually,
which when compounded over a 12-year, five-month period results in only
a 1.40 percent potential reduction in the price cap index. This
suggests that historical business data services productivity gains for
the assessment period 2005 to 2017 were almost exactly offset by
inflation, which is what the X-factor has been set equal to since the
expiration of the CALLS plan on June 30, 2005. Indeed, the annual and
12-year, five-month differences of -0.11 percent and -1.40 percent,
respectively, are so small as to be well within the margin of error for
our calculations. Any catch-up adjustment would apply only to lower
bandwidth business data services, such as DS1s and DS3s, and only to
the extent price cap LECs provide them within non-competitive areas. We
find it likely that productivity growth for these services in these
areas lagged productivity growth for price cap LECs' business data
services generally between 2005 and 2017.
245. Second, the results for the assessment periods that begin in
1997 and 2000 suggest that the 6.5 percent X-factor that the Commission
prescribed in 1997 as well as the X-factors that were in effect during
the CALLS plan were unreasonably high and therefore that the price cap
indices were unreasonably low. This could help explain the extent to
which certain price cap incumbent LECs have priced at the top of the
price caps. The 1997 to 2017 assessment period results show a
difference between industry price index and productivity of -0.35
percent annually, which when compounded over a 20-year, five-month
period would have reduced the price cap index by 6.84 percent.
Adjusting this figure by the -26.31 percent historical change in the
price cap index produces a catch-up adjustment that would increase
price cap levels by 19.47 percent. The 2000 to 2017 assessment period
results show a difference between industry price index and productivity
of -0.34 percent annually, which when compounded over a 17-year, five-
month period would have reduced the price cap index by 5.81 percent.
Adjusting this figure by the -13.94 percent historical change in the
price cap index produces a catch-up adjustment that would increase the
price cap index by 8.13 percent.
246. We decline to require price cap LECs to implement a catch-up
adjustment to the price cap index. An adjustment based on the period
since the CALLS plan expired would result in only a modest decrease in
price cap levels and would likely overstate productivity growth for the
business data services that will remain under price caps. Such an
adjustment also would ignore the facts that the X-factors used during
the CALLS plan itself were not productivity-based and that the X-factor
adopted before CALLS was struck down by the D.C. Circuit. Adjustments
based on periods when those X-factors were in effect would increase
price cap levels, a result that no party has urged. In these
circumstances, we believe it more prudent to rely on existing price
caps levels, which at least have the benefit of minimizing potential
rate shock to consumers.
247. Finally, we recognize that carriers have entered price-cap
regulation at different points over the last 20 years, and so any
catch-up adjustments would need to reflect that fact. It would make no
sense, for example, to impose a catch-up adjustment calculated to
reflect productivity over the last 12 or 20 years to a carrier that
converted to price cap regulation just five years ago. And weighing the
uncertain benefit of such adjustments to consumers against the cost to
carriers (and ultimately consumers) of applying these differing
adjustments as well as the cost to the Commission to monitor
compliance, we conclude that not imposing a catch-up adjustment serves
the public interest.
5. Additional Price Cap Adjustment Mechanisms
248. We consider several potential features of the price cap regime
whose implementation could affect price cap rates. We retain the low-
end adjustment mechanism for price cap LECs that meet certain
conditions. We, however, decline to incorporate into our price cap
regime three mechanisms that would affect the X-factor--a consumer
productivity dividend, a growth or ``g'' factor, and earnings sharing
between ratepayers and carriers, or to subdivide the special access
price cap basket into different categories or subcategories.
249. Low-End Adjustment. We retain a low-end adjustment mechanism
because we find it provides an appropriate backstop to ensure that
carriers are not subject to protracted periods of low earnings that
impair their ability to attract capital and provide service. This
adjustment will only be available to price cap LECs to the extent they
provide business data services in non-competitive areas. Carriers that
obtained pricing flexibility under the Commission's prior rules,
exercise downward pricing flexibility pursuant to this Order (for
example, by entering into a contract tariff with a customer), or elect
the option to use Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP)
rather than the Part 32 Uniform System of Accounts as set forth in our
recent Part 32 Accounting Order will be ineligible for a low-end
adjustment. We find that, consistent with past practice, setting the
low-end adjustment mark at 8.75 percent, 100 basis points below the
authorized rate of return for rate of return carriers, will continue to
ensure that price cap LECs have the opportunity to attract sufficient
capital.
250. Historically, the low-end adjustment permitted price cap LECs
that earn a rate of return 100 basis points or more below the
prescribed rate of return for rate-of-return carriers to temporarily
increase their price cap indices in the next year to a level that would
allow them to earn 100 basis points below the prescribed rate of
return. Unusually low earnings may be attributable to an error in the
productivity factor, the application of an industry-wide factor to a
particular LEC, or unforeseen circumstances in a particular area of the
country. Failure to include any adjustment for such
[[Page 25693]]
circumstances could harm customers as well as stockholders of such a
LEC, as a below-normal rate of return over a prolonged period could
threaten the LEC's ability to raise the capital necessary to provide
modern, efficient services to customers. We therefore retain the low-
end adjustment mechanism.
251. The low-end adjustment mechanism permits a one-time PCI
adjustment to a single year's rates to avoid back-to-back earnings
below a benchmark. If a price cap LECs' earnings fall below the low-end
adjustment mark in a base year period, it is entitled to adjust its
rates upward to target earnings to an amount not to exceed the low-end
mark, using the period as a baseline. In the past, the Commission used
100 basis points below the authorized rate of return for rate-of-return
carriers as the low-end adjustment mark. The authorized rate of return
for rate-of-return carriers is presently 9.75 percent, and 8.75 percent
is 100 basis points below that percentage. The latter percentage is
above the embedded cost of debt the Commission determined for each
price cap LEC in March 2016. An 8.75 percent rate of return should
provide each eligible price cap LEC with the opportunity to meet its
existing obligations to debtholders and attract sufficient capital
while continuing to provide services.
252. We reject Sprint's argument that we should not base our low-
end mark on the authorized rate of return for rate-of-return carriers
because that rate does not reflect the large price cap LECs' cost of
capital. The rate reflects a weighted average cost of capital that was
calculated using data from a proxy group that included large price cap
LECs (e.g., AT&T, Verizon, and CenturyLink), mid-sized price cap LECs
(e.g., FairPoint, Frontier, Hawaiian Telcom, and Windstream), as well
as publically traded rate-of-return LECs. Accordingly we set the low-
end adjustment mark at 8.75 percent.
253. Consumer Productivity Dividend. We decline to incorporate a
consumer productivity dividend (CPD) adjustment into the X-factor
adopted in this Order. In instituting price caps in 1990, the
Commission expected that incentive regulation would result in greater
productivity gains than LECs had historically achieved under rate of
return regulation. The CPD was designed to ensure that ratepayers would
benefit from these additional gains. The 2.0 percent X-factor adopted
in this Order reflects all anticipated future business data services
productivity growth. There should be no additional gains beyond those
captured in this X-factor. We therefore do not include a CPD in the X-
factor.
254. Growth Factor. We decline to adopt a growth or ``g'' factor
adjustment to the price cap indices because we find that our 2.0
percent X-factor already accounts for average cost decreases due to
demand growth, which the ``g'' factor was designed to capture. We find
that a ``g'' factor is unnecessary because the 2.0 percent X-factor
should capture all of the productivity changes for business data
services, including demand growth. If business data services demand
growth leads to the realization of scale economies, input prices fall,
and productivity increases, which our X-factor calculations should
capture. Therefore, we do not include a growth factor similar to the
``g'' factor in the price cap index formula for special access
services.
255. Earnings Sharing. We decline to reinstate earnings sharing
arrangements between ratepayers and carriers. In the Further Notice,
the Commission asked whether it should reinstate earnings sharing,
which had been a feature of the Commission's original price cap system.
In 1997, the Commission eliminated earnings sharing, finding that it
blunted price cap LECs' efficiency incentives and that eliminating it
would remove vestiges of rate of return regulation from the price cap
system. The only party directly addressing this area opposes
reinstating earnings sharing. We find that the Commission's prior
reasoning supporting eliminating earnings sharing persuasive, and there
is no record support to overturn the Commission's past finding and
reinstate earnings sharing.
256. Baskets and Bands. We decline to subdivide the special access
basket into different categories and subcategories. The only party
addressing this area, Inteliquent, asks that we create a service basket
subcategory for multiplexing services to ensure that any required TDM
rate reductions flow through to these services, which it asserts have
unreasonably high rates. Simply creating a multiplexing subcategory
within the special access basket, however, would not by itself result
in lower multiplexing rates. Even if we were to accept Inteliquent's
premise that multiplexing rates are unreasonably high, the record in
this proceeding would not enable us to determine a reasonable level.
6. Implementation
257. Having adopted a new X-factor for use in the price cap index
for price cap LECs in non-competitive areas, we now set forth the path
for implementing that new approach. We require revised tariff review
plans (TRPs) implementing the X-factor to be filed with the Commission
to become effective on December 1, 2017.
258. Incumbent LECs that file tariffs under the price cap
ratemaking methodology are required to file revised annual access
charge tariffs every year, which become effective on July 1. The annual
filings include submission of TRPs that are used to support revisions
to the rates, including revisions that pertain to the X-factor. To ease
the burden on the industry, and because base period demand and the
value of GDP-PI reflected in the price cap indices typically are not
updated during a tariff year, we permit incumbent LECs to use the same
base period demand and value of GDP-PI in their December 1, 2017
filings as in their July 1, 2017 annual filings.
259. Consistent with that approach, each price cap incumbent LECs
must file, for business data services, revised TRPs and rates to
reflect the newly revised X-factor. The X-factor adopted in this Order
only applies prospectively, and each price cap incumbent LEC must
recalculate its price cap index based on the December 1, 2017,
effective date of this X-factor. In particular, the new X-factor should
be reflected in the calculation of the price cap index for the special
access basket and the pricing bands for each service category and
subcategory within this basket. Rates must be established at levels
where the actual price index does not exceed the price cap index and
the service band index for each service category and subcategory does
not exceed its upper limit. For purposes of this filing, the price cap
incumbent LECs must base the calculation of these indices on our rules
for an annual filing, other than for the periods used to measure base
period demand and the value of GDP-PI. Further specific direction on
the material required to be filed in the TRPs will be provided in a
public notice or order preceding the December 1, 2017 effective date of
the 2.0 percent X-factor, which will address compliance with price cap
tariff filing procedures (including required certifications).
E. Wholesale Pricing
260. We decline to adopt ex ante rules governing the relationship
between wholesale and retail rates for business data services, or to
otherwise intervene in the marketplace for wholesale business data
services.
261. The Communications Act and Commission precedent provide ample
guidance regarding the pricing of wholesale business data services.
[[Page 25694]]
Section 201(b) of the Act requires that ``[a]ll charges . . . for and
in connection with [interstate or international telecommunications
service] shall be just and reasonable . . . .'' Section 202(a) of the
Act prohibits ``any unjust or unreasonable discrimination in charges .
. . for or in connection with like communication service . . . .'' It
has long been the Commission's policy that, under these provisions,
``interstate access services should be made available on a non-
discriminatory basis and, as far as possible, without distinction
between end user and . . . [wholesale] customers.'' But, as the D.C.
Circuit has explained, ``[b]y its nature, section 202(a) is not
concerned with the price differentials between qualitatively different
services or service packages. In other words, so far as `unreasonable
discrimination' is concerned, an apple does not have to be priced the
same as an orange.''
262. In response to requests for comments on the issue in the
Further Notice, some commenters offer anecdotal evidence that price
caps LECs provide retail services at rates lower than the prices they
charge competitive LECs for components of those services. They argue
that charging retail rates that are lower than wholesale rates violates
the Act's prohibition against unjust or unreasonable discrimination in
charges and that we should adopt a rule prohibiting providers from
charging more for resale than wholesale services. However, despite
competitive LEC assertions to the contrary, we find that there is
little concrete evidence that incumbent LECs charge their wholesale
customers higher rates than they charge retail customers for like
business data services. At most, the record provides selective
information regarding a handful of incidents where an incumbent LEC's
wholesale pricing policies allegedly impeded a competitive LEC's
ability to compete. As such the record provides no basis for us to
adopt generally applicable rules governing the application of section
201(b)'s prohibition against unjust or unreasonable practices or
section 202(a)'s prohibition against unjust or unreasonable
discrimination to alleged problems in the wholesale business data
services marketplace.
263. In reaching this conclusion, we also reject requests that we
mandate that, as a general matter, wholesale business data services
rates must be lower than the retail rates for like services. Certain
parties argue that because it costs business data services providers
less to provide wholesale services than to provide like retail services
wholesale rates should reflect these lower costs. However, any such
mandate could have the unintended effect of preventing providers from
reducing retail rates to competitive levels, as the provider would then
have to reduce its wholesale rates to below those levels.
264. Three commenters suggest potential methods and amounts for an
industry-wide discount. Advocates of action on wholesale pricing share
an underlying premise, that wholesale services pricing should exclude
avoided retail sales expenses. We do not find it necessary to make a
finding concerning the accuracy of this premise and decline to set an
industry-wide wholesale discount. Incumbent LECs are not required to
tailor prices based solely on costs, although rates must be just and
reasonable and not unreasonably discriminatory. We expect that
continued growth in competition as a result of this Order will have a
positive effect on the marketplace without the need for a wholesale
discount. Additionally, our section 208 complaint procedures remain
available to remedy any claimed anticompetitive or discriminatory
behavior.
265. Sections 201(b) and 202(a) do not explicitly require rates to
correspond to costs--only that such rates be just and reasonable and
not unreasonably discriminatory. Indeed, with any generally available
offering, it is unlikely that the costs to provide service to any two
customers would be exactly the same, and we do not require carriers to
price their offerings based on the myriad of different costs imposed by
various customers. In fact, we prohibit carriers from discriminating
against similarly-situated customers. The same analysis is true in this
situation.
266. Additionally, Sprint and Windstream ask that we ``confirm that
carriers cannot avoid [their] resale obligations merely by bundling
non-Internet telecommunications services with Internet access or with
add-on information services.'' LARIAT asks that we establish rules to
prohibit ``refusal to deal.'' We find that these practices do not lend
themselves to blanket rules or detailed pricing methodologies, and we
therefore reject these requests.
VI. Additional Modernizing Actions
A. Certain Services Described In the Record Are Not Common Carrier
Services
267. A number of commenters dispute the accuracy of a seemingly-
categorical statement in the Further Notice ``not[ing] that business
data services are telecommunications services, regardless of the
provider supplying the service,'' and going on to assert that ``BDS
providers are therefore common carriers . . . subject to Title II in
the provision of their services . . . .'' As we discuss below, that
terse suggestion in the Further Notice does not accurately reflect the
nuanced analysis required for such a classification decision. This
proceeding is not the appropriate place to make any generalized or
comprehensive classification decisions of that sort for business data
services. We do, however, discuss the services described in detail in
the record by certain providers, which we find to be private carriage
offerings based on the facts provided here. In doing so, we reiterate
the Commission's longstanding approach to the associated classification
issues, guarding against any lingering misunderstandings regarding
classification flowing from statements in the Further Notice.
1. Background
268. Under the analytical framework for distinguishing between
services offered on a common carriage or private carriage basis--
commonly known as the `NARUC analysis' (or the like) for the court
cases from which it derives--common carriage under the Act has two
prerequisites: (1) An indifferent holding out of service to all
potential users; and (2) the transmission by customers of
``intelligence of their own design and choosing.'' By contrast, ``a
carrier will not be a common carrier where its practice is to make
individualized decisions, in particular cases, whether and on what
terms to deal.'' As the D.C. Circuit explained in NARUC I, ``[t]he
original rationale for imposing a stricter duty of care on common
carriers was that they had implicitly accepted a sort of public trust
by availing themselves of the public at large.'' This ``quasi-public
character . . . coupled with the lack of control exercised by''
customers of the carriers' services ``was seen to justify imposing upon
the carrier'' heightened duties.
269. In the 1996 Act, Congress added new statutory categories of
``telecommunications,'' ``telecommunications services,'' and
``telecommunications carriers'' to the Communications Act.
Telecommunications is defined in relevant part as ``the transmission .
. . of information of the user's choosing,'' echoing the second prong
of the traditional NARUC analysis. Telecommunications services, in
turn, involve the offering of telecommunications for a fee to the
public, which the Commission has found to ``encompass only
telecommunications provided on a
[[Page 25695]]
common carrier basis,'' relying on the longstanding NARUC analysis for
that evaluation. As the Commission found, this interpretation gives
meaning to the `to the public' criteria in the telecommunications
service definition in a manner that accords with the relevant
legislative history. Because telecommunications services meet the
standard for common carriage, providers of telecommunications
services--i.e., telecommunications carriers--are acting as common
carriers to the extent that they are providing such services.
2. Discussion
270. Against the backdrop of the Commission's established approach
to addressing private carriage, common carriage, and telecommunications
service classification issues, we agree with commenters that statements
in the Further Notice were unduly broad insofar as they could be read
to suggest that all business data services necessarily are
telecommunications services subject to common carrier regulation. Our
approach to such classification issues requires an understanding and
analysis of the facts regarding particular service offerings that the
record underlying the Further Notice was lacking. To the contrary, as
discussed below, the record generated in response to the Further Notice
demonstrates that some business data services currently are being
offered on a private carriage basis in the marketplace today. The
record is not sufficiently detailed and comprehensive to provide a
basis to broadly classify all business data services. By addressing
examples where particular providers submitted more detailed information
regarding certain of their services, however, we can mitigate the risk
of continued uncertainty or confusion regarding the Commission's
approach to such classification questions that potentially were
introduced by statements in the Further Notice.
271. Affirmative Arguments for Private Carriage Classification of
Certain Services. Comcast and Charter each submitted detailed
information about certain categories of services sufficient to enable
us to classify those as private carriage offerings based on the record
here. With respect to its wholesale cellular backhaul service and E-
Access service, Comcast explains that it makes individualized decisions
whether it will, in fact, offer such services in a given instance or to
a given customer. Comcast describes its offering of retail Ethernet
transport similarly, explaining that it does not hold out such services
to all interested buyers. For its part, Charter explains that
particularly in the case of business data services provided to
enterprise customers, it makes individualized decisions whether to
offer service to given customers. The case-by-case decisions about
whether to offer these services to a given customer described by
Comcast and Charter stand in contrast to the ``quasi-public character''
that is a ``critical'' premise of common carrier classification--and
the associated heightened duties--identified by the D.C. Circuit in
NARUC I. The absence of this critical factor is central to our private
carriage analysis of these services.
272. Comcast and Charter each further explain that they make
highly-individualized decisions regarding any rates and terms they do
offer for the relevant categories of services in order to meet the
particular needs of a given customer. The plausibility of these
descriptions is reinforced by the fact that the customers for these
services typically include large wireless carriers, other large service
providers, or enterprises. The record reveals that such entities are
likely to have the size and sophistication to demand uniquely-tailored
wholesale or retail offerings that enable them to meet particularized
needs. Although a few commenters dispute the private carriage claims in
the record, for the reasons described below in our response to those
arguments, we are not persuaded that they require a different
conclusion with respect to the services we classify as private carriage
here. Thus, considering the totality of the circumstances, we conclude
that the Comcast and Charter services identified above, when offered in
the manner described in the record, constitute private carriage
services--not common carrier services or telecommunications services.
273. As other examples, Mediacom, ACS, and BT Americas also argue
that services they each provide constitute private carriage. Although
the information they submitted is not quite as detailed or specific as
that of Comcast and Charter, we nonetheless agree that, as described,
these services reflect private carriage offerings. Notably, each of
these providers explains with respect to its relevant services that,
rather than offering service to all potential customers and offering
rates and terms indifferently, they instead make individualized
decisions about whether and on what terms to offer service. There also
is little indication in the record of any disagreement that these
particular providers are offering service on a private carriage basis,
as they contend. Building on our analysis for Comcast and Charter
above, under our evaluation of the totality of the evidence here, we
likewise conclude that the services described by Mediacom, ACS, and BT
Americas are private carriage when offered as these providers describe.
274. Responses to Arguments Disputing that Those Services are Held
Out on a Private Carriage Basis Under the NARUC Analysis. Some
commenters purport to provide evidence that business data service
providers generally, or Comcast and Charter in particular, offer
business data services in a manner that reflects an indifferent holding
out of service to the public, and thus should be classified as common
carrier telecommunications services. We reject such claims in the
context of the specific providers' services addressed above for a
number of reasons.
275. First, generalized statements about marketplace trends
broadly, or Comcast's or Charter's networks or services generally--but
which do not purport to address more specifically the particular
services we discuss above--do not provide a basis to reject the
evidence put forward by Comcast, Charter or the other providers
addressed above that is specific to those providers' services. Even
assuming arguendo that certain characterizations of the marketplace as
a whole or particular providers' networks or offerings might commonly
hold true in a general sense, we find no basis to assume that they hold
true with respect to particular service offerings sufficient to
overcome more specific contrary evidence.
276. Second, we are unpersuaded by arguments that particular
aspects of how these providers offer service do not inherently require
a classification of private carriage as to the offering of the relevant
services, or can be consistent with common carriage. We do not base our
decision on any single aspect of the manner in which Comcast, Charter,
Mediacom, ACS, or BT Americas offer the specified services. Rather, we
confirm those providers' claims of private carriage based on the
totality of the evidence before us describing the manner in which the
relevant services are offered. Under that analysis we find sufficient
evidence of individualized determinations whether to offer service to
given customers and, when services are offered, individualization on a
sufficient range of key terms of the offering to warrant a finding of
private carriage. Thus, whether any subset of actions taken by those
providers would or would not be sufficient to support a private
carriage classification is not an issue we confront or address here.
277. We also find a variety of those claims overstated, even on
their own terms. For example, some commenters
[[Page 25696]]
cite marketing materials or other statements from certain of the
providers discussed above as undercutting these providers' claims that,
as to the relevant services, the providers make individualized
decisions whether and on what terms to deal. In many cases, the cited
materials or statements, while focused on particular services or
categories of services, nonetheless still are too high-level or
generalized to provide meaningful insight into the more granular
details of how particular services are offered in practice. Even
materials or statements purporting to speak to particular service
offerings on a somewhat more granular basis do not lend themselves to
simplistic analysis. Where service is offered via a tariff, the
analysis can be more straightforward not only because the filed tariff
doctrine requires the tariffed rates and terms to be controlling, but
even more fundamentally because only common carrier services may be
offered on a tariffed basis. Outside the tariffing context, we agree
with commenters that marketing materials or the like might well be used
merely to make it known that a given company is a potential provider of
particular services without representing a formal offer of service to
all customers to which the service might legally and practicably be of
use. On their face, we do not find the marketing materials or other
provider statements cited here to represent a formal holding out of the
services addressed above to all potential users. Nor are we persuaded
by the record that, in practice, Comcast, Charter, Mediacom, ACS, or BT
Americas treat those statements or marketing materials in such a
manner. Insofar as the statements and marketing materials thus are
compatible with those providers' representations regarding whether and
how they offer the relevant services, we are not persuaded to reject
the providers' representations on the basis of such materials and
statements.
278. Also overstated are commenters' claims regarding common
technical characteristics or terms of agreements, whether in marketing
materials, ``rate sheets,'' or from practical interactions with
Comcast, Charter, Mediacom, ACS, or BT Americas. These claims do not
dissuade us from the private carriage determination we make as to those
providers. Such considerations can be relevant to the classification
analysis, but the evidence before us in that regard does not require a
common carrier classification here. Even to the extent that such
evidence here directly applies to the particular providers' services
addressed above, we are persuaded that, in significant part, they do
not reflect a formal offer of service at particular rates and terms
that these providers genuinely anticipate potential customers
accepting, but merely serve a starting point for negotiations of
relevant rates and terms. In addition, to the extent that Verizon
identifies certain similarities in its interactions with a variety of
different service providers (when acting as a customer) and with its
own operation (when acting as a service provider), that is distinct
from the relevant question of whether a single provider treats all
potential customers similarly and thus should be classified as a common
carrier. Further, some uniformity in technical characteristics in a
given provider's service offering appears largely inevitable given the
need to conform to industry standards, common equipment, and the like,
and if that were enough to warrant a finding of common carriage, the
notion of private carriage could be rendered a nullity. Additionally,
issues regarding the rates and terms of any offering are distinct from
the question of whether any offering (whatever the rates and terms) is
made to all potential users of the service--a ``critical'' issue under
NARUC I--and do not implicate our findings in that regard discussed
above. Thus, while relevant to consider as part of arguments about a
providers' individualization in rates and terms, under the totality of
the circumstances here, we conclude that the alleged ``uniformity'' in
service offerings cited by commenters is limited and does not preclude
our private carriage classification for Comcast, Charter, Mediacom,
ACS, and BT Americas.
279. Third, we reject common carriage claims based on asserted
similarities between particular aspects of these providers' offering of
service and the manner in which incumbent LECs or others offer service.
We are not persuaded that comparisons or analogies to how other
providers such as incumbent LECs or others have offered service
necessarily are illuminating. Although there are a variety of prior
decisions where the Commission has suggested that business data
services are telecommunications services, those decisions are best
understood as descriptive of the agency's general sense of how
providers--and particularly incumbent LECs--were, in practice, offering
such services at the time. They do not expressly claim (or justify) any
formal, comprehensive classification of business data services under
our longstanding classification approaches. Those prior decisions thus
also do not prejudge the classification of services being offered in
the marketplace today or in the future--whether by competitive
providers or incumbent LECs--which potentially could be appropriately
classified as private carriage, as well. We need not and do not resolve
such broader classification issues here.
280. The record also does not demonstrate that the Commission has
any statutory authority to compel common carriage offerings of what
otherwise are private carriage business data services--to compel a
provider to ``offer[]'' business data services ``for a fee directly to
the public'' if the provider has not voluntarily done so. The precedent
cited by commenters advocating such a compulsion arose where the
Commission was exercising licensing authority. By contrast, the
providers that are the focus of private carriage arguments in the
record here--particularly cable operators--do not require any
Commission license or authorization before introducing domestic,
private carriage business data services, so those orders do not
demonstrate Commission authority as relevant here. Instead, commenters
merely assert their view that doing so would be desirable as a way to
advance various policy goals. Absent any statutory authority, we cannot
compel common carriage for what otherwise are private carriage
offerings.
281. Responses to Arguments Advocating Compelled Common Carriage or
a Different Classification Approach. We also reject arguments for
requiring that some or all business data services be offered on a
common carriage basis as telecommunications services even where
providers otherwise have elected to offer them on a private carriage
basis. Although the traditional NARUC analysis recognizes the
possibility that a service provider might be under a legal compulsion
to offer service on a common carrier basis, the record does not
demonstrate grounds for imposing such a requirement here. As a
threshold matter, we agree with commenters that the Further Notice did
not provide adequate APA notice for the Commission to compel common
carriage for business data services generally, or to do so for some
segment of the industry, via the adoption of a legislative rule of
general applicability.
282. In addition, we also find insufficient the policy grounds
cited by commenters advocating compelled common carriage here. As a
number of commenters recognize, our precedent generally has identified
market power as a prerequisite for potentially compelling common
carriage, but the record here
[[Page 25697]]
does not reveal that the specific providers offering particular
business data services on a private carriage basis have market power
with respect to those services. While arguing that the Commission also
can compel common carriage based on other public interest
considerations, Public Knowledge et al. nonetheless acknowledge that
even then the Commission must consider ``whether the public interest
benefits outweigh the costs of applying regulation.'' Yet even that
standard is not met on the record here. Although some commenters seek
to minimize the perceived extent of regulatory burdens that would flow
from compelled common carriage, the Commission itself has acknowledged
that meaningful burdens do, in fact, flow from common carrier
treatment. Some service provider commenters also explain that they have
relied on their ability to operate on a private carriage basis, and the
flexibility it provides, when electing to enter the marketplace with
particular business data service offerings. Thus, we find it likely
that Commission action broadly treating as common carriage services
that providers wish to offer as private carriage would discourage
investment in such services. At the same time, we find any alleged
countervailing public interest benefits entirely speculative. The
generalized claims in the record about the need for common carriage,
even assuming arguendo that they held true in some cases, do not
demonstrate the nature and extent of any benefits (if any) that would
flow from compelling common carriage by the specific providers
discussed above as to the specific services that we find here to be
offered on a private carriage basis. We thus find no policy rationale
for compelling common carriage by any particular providers here.
283. For similar reasons, we decline to adopt a new approach to
classification here that departs from our longstanding reliance on the
NARUC analysis as some commenters propose. Commenters advocating that
we classify business data services solely through our own
interpretation of the statutory ``telecommunications service''
definition do not put forward a theory of interpretation that we find
reasonable. Instead, these commenters focus to such a degree on the
desired outcome of such a classification approach that we are left
unclear how the Commission could achieve that outcome without adopting
such a sweeping interpretation of ``telecommunications services'' as to
virtually eliminate any distinction between offerings ``to the public''
and private offerings. Thus, as a matter of statutory construction, the
record does not persuade us to depart from our longstanding
classification approach, which gave full meaning to the relevant
statutory language consistent with the legislative history.
284. Independently, we are not persuaded by policy arguments that
we should depart from our longstanding classification approach even if
we could do so as a matter of statutory interpretation. The arguments
in favor of such action are, like the arguments commenters raised in
favor of compelled common carriage, generalized assertions about
providing perceived benefits or remedying perceived risk of harms that
are divorced from any specific circumstances where application of our
longstanding classification approach would yield private carriage
classifications. As we explained when rejecting proposals to compel
common carriage, such arguments do not demonstrate what public benefits
would flow if the specific services of certain providers that we find
to be offered on a private carriage basis--or those of other providers
not addressed here--were instead classified as common carriage. That
shortcoming is even more problematic for any argument to revisit the
Commission's classification approach, because absent some theory for
limiting the interpretation just to this context, increasing the reach
of the telecommunications service definition would also result in
regulatory burdens for providers of other communications services that
would be classified as common carrier telecommunication services under
that interpretive approach. We thus find no grounds for adopting an
approach to service classification here that departs from our
longstanding reliance on the NARUC analysis.
285. Given that we do not depart here from our longstanding
approach to evaluating private carriage and common carriage
classification, we also continue to adhere to our precedent under which
shared use arrangements typically were classified as private carriage.
Consequently, this addresses the concerns of some commenters that
research and education (R&E) networks that historically had been
treated as private carriage under that framework might newly be
classified as common carrier telecommunications services under a new
approach to classification.
B. Expiration of the Section 214 Interim Wholesale Access Rule
286. By this Order, the Commission ``identifies a set of rules and/
or policies that will ensure rates, terms, and conditions for special
access services [business data services] are just and reasonable.'' As
a result, the interim wholesale access rule for discontinued TDM-based
business data services and unbundled network element platform (UNE-P)
replacement services (also called commercial wholesale platform
services) established in the 2015 Technology Transitions Order will
expire when these rules and policies become effective. We decline to
extend the interim rule for UNE-P replacement services.
287. Background. UNE-P replacement services are wholesale voice
services that consist of a DS0 loop, switching, and shared transport,
and allow competitive carriers to provide local exchange service
without facilities. In the 2015 Technology Transitions Order, the
Commission concluded that, as a condition to receiving authority to
discontinue a legacy TDM-based service used as a wholesale input by
competitive providers, an incumbent LEC must provide wholesale access
to UNE-P replacement services and business data services at DS1 speed
and above on reasonably comparable rates, terms, and conditions to any
requesting telecommunications carrier. This interim rule will expire
when the requirements established in this Order are published in the
Federal Register and become effective. In the 2015 Technology
Transitions Further Notice, the Commission asked whether it should
extend the interim rule for UNE-P replacement services only for a
further interim period beyond completion of this proceeding, and if so,
for how long. The Commission ``recognize[d] that incumbents are
currently offering such commercial arrangements in TDM on a voluntary
basis'' and further ``recognize[d] the benefits of agreements reached
through market negotiations.''
288. Discussion. Consistent with the Commission's statement in the
2015 Technology Transitions Order that ``the special access proceeding
provides a foreseeable and definitive point in the future at which we
can reassess the efficacy and necessity of the [interim] requirement,''
we have reevaluated the continued need for the interim rule. We
determine that the interim rule is no longer necessary, and we will not
extend it beyond the timeline for expiration established in the 2015
Technology Transitions Order. In reaching this conclusion, we return to
the Commission's longstanding policy of ``encourag[ing] the innovation
and investment that come from facilities-based competition.'' Thirteen
years ago, the Commission found that ``[i]t is now
[[Page 25698]]
clear, as discussed below, that, in many areas, UNE-P has been a
disincentive to competitive LECs' infrastructure investment.'' Today,
we conclude that if we maintained and extended the interim rule, it
would have a similar negative impact on incumbent LEC deployment of,
and transition to, next-generation network infrastructure and
innovative IP services that benefit all Americans, businesses and
consumers alike. We will no longer deter investment in next-generation
facilities or distort the market by extending the interim rule.
Although Granite argues that UNE-P rate regulation was more stringent
than the ``reasonably comparable'' interim rule, the difference is
merely one of degree rather than of kind.
289. We find arguments raised by proponents of extending the UNE-P
replacement rule today to be highly similar to arguments that the
Commission rejected in 2015 when declining to set a further end date
for the interim rule. Granite and others have known since the interim
rule's adoption that the Commission intended the condition ``to be
interim and short-term in nature''; indeed, the Commission emphasized
that ``consistent with that goal we have adopted a specific and
foreseeable endpoint.'' In the 2015 Technology Transitions Further
Notice the Commission inquired only whether it would be appropriate to
require an extension for a further interim period to the extent
``wholesale arrangements for voice are unlikely.'' Based on our
conclusions herein, we decline to alter the end date of the interim
rule. We find some merit to the argument that it did not make sense to
specifically tie the interim rule's termination as to UNE-P replacement
services to the end of this proceeding as opposed to a fixed end date.
However, unlike proponents of the interim rule, we find that the
appropriate remedy for this arguably erroneous decision is to
permanently terminate the interim rule as expeditiously as possible.
290. We are not persuaded that competition will be harmed by the
termination of the interim rule. Proponents of the interim rule ask us
to ensure that the specific wholesale inputs on which they depend are
available at ``reasonably comparable'' rates, terms, and conditions if
and when incumbent LECs transition those inputs fully to Internet
Protocol (IP). But ``[o]ur statutory duty is to protect efficient
competition, not competitors.'' Companies that offer multilocation
enterprise voice service--such as Granite and the members of the
Wholesale Voice Coalition--contend that their service is difficult to
provide without access to regulated inputs due to the high cost of
serving some individual customer locations, the typically low number of
lines per customer location, and the need to serve numerous locations
per customer. Given these companies' multilocation business model, it
is plausible that they could absorb a loss to serve some customer
locations yet still find serving that customer worthwhile. However,
neither Granite nor any other party has linked the challenges of
serving some individual customer locations to competitive or customer
impact. For instance, Granite has not quantified how many of its
customers would become uneconomical to serve without the interim rule,
shown how it would choose among constructing its own facilities,
reselling cable, and reselling incumbent LEC services in the absence of
the rule, nor shown how these issues would adversely affect overall
competition in the market. Instead, supporters of extending the interim
rule focus on how it would adversely impact them as individual
competitors and call for us to conduct a detailed examination of the
marketplace for wholesale voice platform services and--if we are
unwilling to cement the rule permanently in place--extend the interim
rule until the study is complete. We decline to expend public resources
to further distort the market, raise costs associated with the
transition to IP, deter facilities investment, and introduce regulatory
uncertainty.
291. We find the remainder of the arguments in the record in
support of extending the condition similarly unpersuasive. Granite has
argued that its overall costs would increase 159 percent if it were
required to convert from purchasing UNE-P replacement services to
resold incumbent LEC voice lines, but it has not demonstrated that
absent the interim rule such a conversion would be necessary, nor
supported that assertion beyond submitting a generalized declaration.
We are equally unpersuaded by a June 2015 study that purports to find
that loss of wholesale access to incumbents' voice services would
result in customer harm of between $4.443 billion and $10.168 billion
per year. This calculation is based on Granite's estimate that
competitive carriers provide $30 per line of value to their customers,
a remarkable assertion for which the study provides no particularized
or verifiable support. Moreover, proponents of extending the interim
rule continue to rely on the same data submitted in support of the
initial adoption of the interim rule.
292. Finally, we note that arguments in favor of extending the
interim rule are premised on the expectation that wholesale voice
arrangements will not occur absent regulatory action. We disagree. Our
view is informed significantly by developments subsequent to the 2015
Technology Transitions Order. First, we anticipate that growing
intermodal competition will continue to diminish incumbent LECs' once-
central role in the voice marketplace. Second, incumbent LECs--in
particular, BOCs such as AT&T, Verizon, and CenturyLink--continue to
offer UNE-P replacement services in TDM on a voluntary basis under
commercially negotiated terms. In the course of forbearing from local
switching and shared transport unbundling obligations under section 271
in the 2015 USTelecom Forbearance proceeding, the Commission concluded
that it did ``not find persuasive Granite's argument that BOCs would
never offer UNE-P replacement services [in TDM] but for the section 271
`backstop.' '' Since that time, neither Granite nor others have shown
that prices or availability of TDM-based UNE-P replacement services
have changed as a result of the forbearance. We see no convincing
reason in the record to assume that the market would operate
differently in IP. Granite attempts to show otherwise by pointing to
negotiations in which AT&T refused Granite's request to include a
clause acknowledging the interim rule. However, the interim rule was a
time-limited regulatory obligation independent of any contract. We fail
to see how AT&T's refusal of Granite's requested belt-and-suspenders
protection is probative. Similarly, we do not see Granite's barebones
allegation of ``one ILEC's refusal to engage in negotiations with
competitive carriers about access to replacement IP voice services'' as
significantly probative. Carrier practices may change over time,
particularly in this early phase of the IP transition, and one
carrier's practices may be suggestive, but are not demonstrative of the
entire market. Given that incumbent LECs offer UNE-P replacement
services in TDM in a manner that proponents of the interim rule deem
satisfactory (as demonstrated by their goal of obtaining mandated
``reasonably comparable'' rates in IP), and assuming as Granite does
that ``IP-based services . . . cost less to provide than the TDM
services,'' we anticipate that incumbent LECs will make similar
offerings available in IP.
[[Page 25699]]
293. While our predictive judgment regarding the availability of
wholesale voice inputs from incumbent LECs in IP influences our
decision, it alone is not dispositive. Our overarching goal here is to
increase incentives for and remove barriers to facilities investment
and the IP transition. We therefore allow the interim rule to terminate
as scheduled. We also reject the request to prohibit non-disclosure
agreements with respect to UNE-P replacement services as unsupported by
the record, inconsistent with our decision to reduce regulatory
intervention, and beyond the scope of the Further Notice.
VII. Other Issues
A. Denying Applications for Review
294. The Commission delegated authority to the Bureau to implement
the 2015 Collection. In carrying out this responsibility, the Bureau
released the Data Collection Implementation Order and the Data
Collection Reconsideration Order, making certain modifications and
clarifications to the 2015 Collection requirements. CenturyLink and
USTelecom each filed applications for review (AFRs), seeking reversal
of certain Bureau actions in these orders. We deny these applications.
We conclude that the CenturyLink AFR is moot in light of the reforms
adopted in the Order, and we deny the USTelecom AFR because we find
that the Bureau acted within its delegated authority in limiting the
data collection to one year.
295. On September 18, 2013, the Bureau released the Data Collection
Implementation Order clarifying the scope of the collection, providing
instructions on how to respond to the data collection questions, and
providing a list of all modifications and amendments to the data
collection questions and definitions. These actions were based on
feedback received from potential respondents, including the PRA
comments filed with the Commission during the 60-day public comment
period, and the Bureau's further internal review. The 2015 Collection
required providers to report locations with connections. In the Data
Collection Implementation Order, the Bureau clarified that this meant
the connections were considered capable of providing a dedicated
service for the purposes of reporting locations. The Bureau further
clarified that cable system operators in their local franchise areas
were required ``to report those Locations with Connections owned or
leased as an IRU (i.e., an indefeasible right of use) that are
connected to a Node (i.e., headend) that has been upgraded or was built
to provide Metro Ethernet (or its equivalent) service, . . . regardless
of the service provided over the Connection or whether the Connection
is idle or in-service.'' For connections not linked to a MetroE-capable
node, cable system operators were only required to report in-service
connections used ``to provide a Dedicated Service or a service that
incorporates a Dedicated Service within the offering as part of a
managed solution or bundle of services sold to the customer.''
296. On October 22, 2013, CenturyLink filed an AFR, seeking
reversal of the Bureau's decision in the Data Collection Implementation
Order to exclude from the collection those cable system operator
locations neither used to provide a dedicated service nor connected to
a MetroE-capable node. CenturyLink argued the decision would ``result
in a failure to account fully for robust and growing cable-based
competition'' and the Bureau thus exceeded its delegated authority.
ACA, NCTA, and Sprint opposed the CenturyLink application for review.
297. Following the release of the Data Collection Implementation
Order, the Bureau submitted the collection to OMB for review as
required by the PRA, and after a lengthy review process, OMB approved
the collection subject to modifications on August 15, 2014. The most
notable modifications to the collection were: (1) Collecting data for a
single year, 2013, instead of data for two years, 2010 and 2012; (2)
reducing the mapping requirements for cable companies to report only
fiber routes making up the local transport network and not reporting
feeder routes to end user locations; (3) modifying the definition of
purchasers required to respond to exclude entities spending less than
$5 million dollars on business data services in 2013; and (4) making
many of the questions directed at purchasers optional. On September 15,
2014, the Bureau released the Data Collection Reconsideration Order,
which implemented these changes to the collection.
298. On October 24, 2014, USTelecom filed an application seeking
Commission review of the Bureau's modification of the collection, in
the Data Collection Reconsideration Order, to one year's worth of data
as approved by OMB pursuant to the PRA. USTelecom asserted this change
``exceeds the Bureau's delegated authority, and threatens to undermine
the Commission's goals for the data collection effort.'' Oppositions to
the USTelecom AFR were filed by Sprint and a coalition of competitive
LECs, urging the Commission to reject the application as a meritless
tactic to delay the proceeding.
299. We first deny the CenturyLink AFR as moot in light of the
reforms adopted in this Order. CenturyLink's concern was that the
Bureau's decision would result in the Commission's failing to take into
account the growing cable competition present in the business data
services market. By using Form 477 data in addition to the 2015
Collection data to craft the competitive market test, the Commission
has ensured that the competitive market test fully takes cable
competition into account, both in this initial test and in future
updates.
300. We also deny the US Telecom AFR. In the Data Collection Order,
the Commission directed the Bureau that ``[t]o the extent the Bureau
cannot obtain Office of Management and Budget approval for some portion
of the data collection . . . to proceed with the remainder of the
collection.'' The OMB approval restricted the data collection to one
year. The Bureau thus properly proceeded pursuant to Commission
delegation and continued with the data collection as allowed by OMB.
B. Addressing Motion to Strike
301. On June 17, 2016, CenturyLink et al. filed a motion seeking to
strike from the record the analysis contained in the Rysman Paper that
was attached to the Further Notice and other analyses contained in the
record and Further Notice that were based on the 2015 Collection.
According to CenturyLink et al., the Rysman Paper and Further Notice
were based on flawed data regarding cable entry and capability in the
market, which massively distorted the competitive landscape evaluated
by Dr. Rysman. USTelecom filed comments supporting the motion. In light
of the reforms adopted in the Order, which rely on cable entry as
reported in the Form 477 data, we conclude that the motion to strike is
moot.
302. CenturyLink et al.'s motion to strike is in response to
various cable reporting errors contained in the 2015 Collection. After
release of the Further Notice, the Commission discovered that four
cable companies--Comcast, Charter, Cox, and Legacy TWC--had failed to
report all locations connected to Metro-E capable headends. These
companies did report in their original submissions each location to
which they provided business data services in 2013. Subsequent to this
discovery, these companies supplemented their submissions, as
necessary, with information to indicate, or to allow the Commission to
determine, those census blocks with non-residential locations
[[Page 25700]]
serviceable by Metro-E headends in 2013.
303. Commission staff have already accounted for the supplemented
cable information in the context of the rulemaking proceeding and
updated its analysis accordingly. Moreover, the competitive market test
relies heavily on data from the Form 477 to determine where cable
competition is present in the business data services market and has
based significant regulatory relief on the presence of a single cable
provider located in 75 percent of the census blocks in a county. The
arguments from CenturyLink et al. are based on the concern that the
Commission would not have the appropriate evidence of cable competition
in evaluating the business data services market. Because we have
included the Form 477 data in our analysis and based significant
regulatory relief on the presence of cable competition, we conclude
that the motion to strike has been rendered moot and is therefore
denied.
C. Addressing Previously-Filed Motion Seeking Additional Information on
Fiber Maps
304. The Bureau on September 18, 2015, released an order clarifying
and modifying the Protective Order initially adopted for the 2015
Collection. In that order, the Bureau declined to make available to
authorized parties fiber mapping files showing ``the starting points
for connections to end user locations,'' ``the transmission paths,'' or
``the connections to end user locations'' in order to mitigate
potential risks to critical communications infrastructure. The Bureau
as an alternative offered to ``provide maps depicting the presence of
fiber by listing all the providers with fiber facilities in a census
block or by indicating a connected end-user location's distance to
fiber without including information on the specific route of the
fiber.''
305. On March 17, 2016, AT&T filed a motion seeking access to the
highly confidential fiber route maps submitted by competitive providers
in response to the 2015 Collection. Denying access, according to AT&T,
would violate the Administrative Procedure Act by not allowing it to
refute claims by competitive LECs that competition only exists at the
building level because AT&T could not ``show where the CLECs have
actually deployed fiber.'' Specifically, AT&T asserted it could not
refute arguments by showing ``precisely how many locations with special
access demand are within the CLECs' own stated distances for lateral
build-out from their fiber facilities'' or ``calculate the full reach
of each competitor's network.''
306. At the time AT&T filed its motion, the Commission staff had
only made available a data file identifying the census blocks in which
fiber routes reported by competitive providers were present. On March
30, 2016, the Bureau made available an additional data file providing
the distances from each unique reported location to each competitive
provider's fiber network. AT&T, its economists, and other commenters
have relied on this information in advocating their positions in this
proceeding. We find the alternative data file that Commission staff
provided addresses AT&T's identified concerns, and we therefore deny
the motion.
D. Severability
307. All of the rules and policies that are adopted in this Order
are designed to work in unison to ensure that rates for business data
services are just and reasonable while also encouraging facilities-
based competition and facilitating technology transitions. However,
each of the separate reforms we undertake in this Order serves a
particular function toward these goals. Therefore, it is our intent
that each of the rules and policies adopted herein shall be severable.
If any of the rules or policies is declared invalid or unenforceable
for any reason, it is our intent that the remaining rules shall remain
in full force and effect.
E. Directive to Bureau To Correct Errors and Omissions
308. Given the complexities associated with modifying existing
rules as well as other reforms adopted in this Order, we direct the
Wireline Competition Bureau to make any further rule revisions
extending only to technical and conforming edits to ensure that the
reforms adopted in this Order are properly reflected in the rules. If
any such rule changes are warranted, the Bureau shall be responsible
for such changes. We note that any entity that disagrees with a rule
change made by the Bureau will have the opportunity to file an
Application for Review by the full Commission.
309. This Order will require price cap incumbent LECs and their
customers to make operational changes that will raise technical issues,
many of which will only come to light as the Order begins to be
implemented. We direct that, in resolving these issues, the Bureau
shall make sure that the operational changes properly reflect the
reforms adopted in the Order.
310. In addition, we take this opportunity to make several non-
substantive rule amendments. We find that notice and comment is
unnecessary for rule amendments to ensure consistency in terminology
and cross references across various rules, correct inadvertent failures
to make conforming changes when prior rule amendments occurred, and to
delete references to rules governing past time periods that no longer
are applicable.
VIII. Procedural Matters
A. Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
311. This document contains new information collection requirements
subject to the PRA. It will be submitted to OMB for review under
section 3507(d) of the PRA. OMB, the general public, and other Federal
agencies will be invited to comment on the new information collection
requirements contained in this proceeding. In addition, we note that
pursuant to the Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of 2002, we
previously sought specific comment on how the Commission might further
reduce the information collection burden for small business concerns
with fewer than 25 employees. We describe impacts that might affect
small businesses, which includes most businesses with fewer than 25
employees, in the Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis.
B. Congressional Review Act
312. The Commission will send a copy of this Report and Order to
Congress and the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the
Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
C. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
313. As required by the Regulatory by the Regulatory Flexibility
Act of 1980, as amended (RFA) an Initial Regulatory Flexibility
Analysis (IRFA) was incorporated into the Further Notice of Proposed
Rulemaking (Further Notice) for the business data services (BDS)
proceeding. The Commission sought written public comment on the
proposals in the Further Notice, including comment on the IRFA. The
Commission received no comments on the IRFA. Because the Commission
amends its rules in this Report and Order, the Commission has included
this Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (FRFA). This present FRFA
conforms to the RFA.
1. Need for, and Objectives of, the Rules
314. In the Further Notice, the Commission proposed to replace the
existing business data services
[[Page 25701]]
regulatory structure with a new technology-neutral framework and sought
comprehensive comments on the proposed new framework. This Order,
therefore, provides a new framework for business data services that
minimizes unnecessary government intervention and allows market forces
to continue working to spur entry, innovation and competition.
315. Based on the 2015 Collection, the Commission makes findings as
to the relevant market for analysis, trends in competition, and the
presence of market power. Significantly, the Commission finds
competition in the provision of the following business data services to
be sufficiently widespread that pricing regulation would be
counterproductive: Packet-based business data services, optical
transmission services with bandwidths in excess of a DS3, and TDM
transport services. The Commission, therefore, declines to adopt, and
where applicable ends, ex ante pricing regulation for such services.
With respect to the provision by price cap incumbent LECs of DS1 and
DS3 end user channel terminations, the Commission adopts the following
competitive market test. For a particular county if: 50 percent of the
buildings in that county are within a half mile of a location served by
a competitive provider based on the 2015 Collection or 75 percent of
the census blocks in a county have a cable provider present based on
Form 477 data, the Commission finds that ex ante pricing regulation of
that county would be counterproductive. The services relieved of ex
ante pricing regulation will be subject to permissive detariffing for a
period of 36 months at which time they will be subject to mandatory
detariffing.
316. For counties that do not meet the competitive market test, the
Commission will retain price cap regulation for incumbent LEC provision
of DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations, and certain other
business data services, and apply the principles of Phase I pricing
flexibility to these counties, which will permit the carriers to offer
volume and term discounts, as well as contract tariffs. These services
will also be subject to a productivity-based X-factor of 2.0 percent
and restrictions on the incumbent LEC's use of non-disclosure
agreements.
2. Summary of Significant Issues Raised by Public Comments in Response
to the IRFA
317. The Commission did not receive comments specifically
addressing the rules and policies proposed in the IRFA.
3. Response to Comments by the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration
318. The Chief Counsel did not file any comments in response to
this proceeding.
4. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to Which
the Rules Will Apply
319. The RFA directs agencies to provide a description of, and
where feasible, an estimate of the number of small entities that may be
affected by the proposed rules, if adopted. The RFA generally defines
the term ``small entity'' as having the same meaning as the terms
``small business,'' ``small organization,'' and ``small governmental
jurisdiction.'' In addition, the term ``small business'' has the same
meaning as the term ``small-business concern'' under the Small Business
Act. A small-business concern'' is one which: (1) Is independently
owned and operated; (2) is not dominant in its field of operation; and
(3) satisfies any additional criteria established by the Small Business
Administration (SBA).
a. Total Small Entities
320. Our proposed action, if implemented, may, over time, affect
small entities that are not easily categorized at present. We therefore
describe here, at the outset, three comprehensive, statutory small
entity size standards. First, as of 2013, the SBA estimates there are
an estimated 28.8 million small businesses nationwide--comprising some
99.9% of all businesses. In addition, a ``small organization'' is
generally ``any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned
and operated and is not dominant in its field.'' Nationwide, as of
2007, there were approximately 1,621,315 small organizations. Finally,
the term ``small governmental jurisdiction'' is defined generally as
``governments of cities, towns, townships, villages, school districts,
or special districts, with a population of less than fifty thousand.''
Census Bureau data for 2012 indicate that there were 90,056 local
governmental jurisdictions in the United States. We estimate that, of
this total, as many as 89,195 entities may qualify as ``small
governmental jurisdictions.'' Thus, we estimate that most governmental
jurisdictions are small.
b. Wireline Providers
321. Incumbent Local Exchange Carriers (Incumbent LECs). Neither
the Commission nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard
specifically for incumbent LEC services. The closest applicable size
standard under SBA rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications
Carriers. Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees. According to Commission data, 1,307 carriers
reported that they were incumbent LEC providers. Of these 1,307
carriers, an estimated 1,006 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 301 have
more than 1,500 employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that
most providers of incumbent LEC service are small businesses that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
322. We have included small incumbent LECs in this present RFA
analysis. As noted above, a ``small business'' under the RFA is one
that, inter alia, meets the pertinent small business size standard
(e.g., a telephone communications business having 1,500 or fewer
employees), and ``is not dominant in its field of operation.'' The
SBA's Office of Advocacy contends that, for RFA purposes, small
incumbent LECs are not dominant in their field of operation because any
such dominance is not ``national'' in scope. We have therefore included
small incumbent LECs in this RFA analysis, although we emphasize that
this RFA action has no effect on Commission analyses and determinations
in other, non-RFA contexts.
323. Competitive Local Exchange Carriers (Competitive LECs),
Competitive Access Providers (CAPs), Shared-Tenant Service Providers,
and Other Local Service Providers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA
has developed a small business size standard specifically for these
service providers. The appropriate NAICS Code category is Wired
Telecommunications Carriers, as defined in paragraph 6 of this FRFA.
Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or
fewer employees. U.S. Census data for 2012 indicate that 3,117 firms
operated during that year. Of that number, 3,083 operated with fewer
than 1,000 employees. Based on this data, the Commission concludes that
the majority of Competitive LECs, CAPs, Shared-Tenant Service
Providers, and Other Local Service Providers, are small entities.
According to Commission data, 1,442 carriers reported that they were
engaged in the provision of either competitive local exchange services
or competitive access provider services. Of these 1,442 carriers, an
estimated 1,256 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 186 have more than
1,500 employees. In addition, 17 carriers have reported that they are
Shared-Tenant Service Providers, and all 17 are estimated to
[[Page 25702]]
have 1,500 or fewer employees. Also, 72 carriers have reported that
they are Other Local Service Providers. Of this total, seventy have
1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently, based on internally researched
FCC data, the Commission estimates that most providers of competitive
local exchange service, competitive access providers, Shared-Tenant
Service Providers, and other local service providers are small entities
that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
324. Interexchange Carriers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a definition specifically for providers of interexchange
services. The closest NAICS Code category is Wired Telecommunications
Carriers as defined in this FRFA. The applicable size standard under
SBA rules is that such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. U.S. Census data for 2012 indicates that 3,117 firms
operated during that year. Of that number, 3,083 operated with fewer
than 1,000 employees. According to internally developed Commission
data, 359 carriers have reported that their primary telecommunications
service activity was the provision of interexchange service. Of this
total, an estimated 317 have 1,500 or fewer employees. Consequently,
the Commission estimates that the majority of interexchange carriers
are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to
the Order.
325. Operator Service Providers (OSPs). Neither the Commission nor
the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically for
operator service providers. The appropriate size standard under SBA
rules is for the category Wired Telecommunications Carriers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. According to Commission data, 33 carriers have reported that
they are engaged in the provision of operator services. Of these, an
estimated 31 have 1,500 or fewer employees and two have more than 1,500
employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of
OSPs are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted pursuant
to the Order.
326. Prepaid Calling Card Providers. Neither the Commission nor the
SBA has developed a small business definition specifically for prepaid
calling card providers. The most appropriate NAICS code-based category
for defining prepaid calling card providers is Telecommunications
Resellers. This industry comprises establishments engaged in purchasing
access and network capacity from owners and operators of
telecommunications networks and reselling wired and wireless
telecommunications services (except satellite) to businesses and
households. Establishments in this industry resell telecommunications;
they do not operate transmission facilities and infrastructure. Mobile
virtual networks operators (MVNOs) are included in this industry. Under
the applicable SBA size standard, such a business is small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees. U.S. Census data for 2012 show that 1,341
firms provided resale services during that year. Of that number, 1,341
operated with fewer than 1,000 employees. Thus, under this category and
the associated small business size standard, the majority of these
prepaid calling card providers can be considered small entities.
According to Commission data, 193 carriers have reported that they are
engaged in the provision of prepaid calling cards. All 193 have 1,500
or fewer employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the
majority of prepaid calling card providers are small entities that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
327. Local Resellers. The SBA has developed a small business size
standard for the category of Telecommunications Resellers. Under that
size standard, such a business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. Census data for 2012 show that 1,341 firms provided resale
services during that year. Of that number, 1,341 operated with fewer
than 1,000 employees. Under this category and the associated small
business size standard, the majority of these local resellers can be
considered small entities. According to Commission data, 213 carriers
have reported that they are engaged in the provision of local resale
services. Of these, an estimated 211 have 1,500 or fewer employees.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of local
resellers are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
328. Toll Resellers. The Commission has not developed a definition
for Toll Resellers. The closest NAICS Code Category is
Telecommunications Resellers, and the SBA has developed a small
business size standard for the category of Telecommunications
Resellers.\1\ Under that size standard, such a business is small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for 2012 show that 1,341
firms provided resale services during that year. Of that number, 1,341
operated with fewer than 1,000 employees. Thus, under this category and
the associated small business size standard, the majority of these
resellers can be considered small entities. According to Commission
data, 881 carriers have reported that they are engaged in the provision
of toll resale services. Of these, an estimated 857 have 1,500 or fewer
employees. Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of
toll resellers are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
329. Other Toll Carriers. Neither the Commission nor the SBA has
developed a definition for small businesses specifically applicable to
Other Toll Carriers. This category includes toll carriers that do not
fall within the categories of interexchange carriers, operator service
providers, prepaid calling card providers, satellite service carriers,
or toll resellers. The closest applicable size standard under SBA rules
is for Wired Telecommunications Carriers as defined in paragraph 6 of
this FRFA. Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for 2012 shows that there were
3,117 firms that operated that year. Of this total, 3,083 operated with
fewer than 1,000 employees. Thus, under this category and the
associated small business size standard, the majority of Other Toll
Carriers can be considered small. According to internally developed
Commission data, 284 companies reported that their primary
telecommunications service activity was the provision of other toll
carriage. Of these, an estimated 279 have 1,500 or fewer employees.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that most Other Toll Carriers
are small entities that may be affected by the rules and policies
adopted pursuant to the Order.
330. 800 and 800-Like Service Subscribers. Neither the Commission
nor the SBA has developed a small business size standard specifically
for 800 and 800-like service (toll free) subscribers. The appropriate
size standard under SBA rules is for the category Telecommunications
Resellers. Under that size standard, such a business is small if it has
1,500 or fewer employees. The most reliable source of information
regarding the number of these service subscribers appears to be data
the Commission collects on the 800, 888, 877, and 866 numbers in use.
According to our data, as of September 2009, the number of 800 numbers
assigned was 7,860,000; the number of 888 numbers assigned was
5,588,687; the number of 877 numbers assigned was 4,721,866; and the
number of 866 numbers assigned was 7,867,736. We do not have data
specifying the number of
[[Page 25703]]
these subscribers that are not independently owned and operated or have
more than 1,500 employees, and thus are unable at this time to estimate
with greater precision the number of toll free subscribers that would
qualify as small businesses under the SBA size standard. Consequently,
we estimate that there are 7,860,000 or fewer small entity 800
subscribers; 5,588,687 or fewer small entity 888 subscribers; 4,721,866
or fewer small entity 877 subscribers; and 7,867,736 or fewer small
entity 866 subscribers.
c. Wireless Providers--Fixed and Mobile
331. The rules adopted in the Report and Order may affect wireless
providers. As a general matter, the number of winning bidders that
claim to qualify as small businesses at the close of an auction does
not necessarily represent the number of small businesses currently in
service. Also, the Commission does not generally track subsequent
business size unless, in the context of assignments and transfers or
reportable eligibility events, unjust enrichment issues are implicated.
332. Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). This
industry comprises establishments engaged in operating and maintaining
switching and transmission facilities to provide communications via the
airwaves. Establishments in this industry have spectrum licenses and
provide services using that spectrum, such as cellular services, paging
services, wireless internet access, and wireless video services. The
appropriate size standard under SBA rules is that such a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. For this industry, Census
data for 2012 show that there were 967 firms that operated for the
entire year. Of this total, 955 firms had fewer than 1,000 employees.
Thus under this category and the associated size standard, the
Commission estimates that the majority of wireless telecommunications
carriers (except satellite) are small entities. Similarly, according to
internally developed Commission data, 413 carriers reported that they
were engaged in the provision of wireless telephony, including cellular
service, Personal Communications Service (PCS), and Specialized Mobile
Radio (SMR) services. Of this total, an estimated 261 have 1,500 or
fewer employees. Thus, using available data, we estimate that the
majority of wireless firms can be considered small.
333. Wireless Communications Services. This service can be used for
fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital audio broadcasting satellite
uses. The Commission defined ``small business'' for the wireless
communications services (WCS) auction as an entity with average gross
revenues of $40 million for each of the three preceding years, and a
``very small business'' as an entity with average gross revenues of $15
million for each of the three preceding years. The SBA has approved
these definitions.
334. 218-219 MHz Service. The first auction of 218-219 MHz spectrum
resulted in 170 entities winning licenses for 594 Metropolitan
Statistical Area (MSA) licenses. Of the 594 licenses, 557 were won by
entities qualifying as a small business. For that auction, the small
business size standard was an entity that, together with its
affiliates, has no more than a $6 million net worth and, after federal
income taxes (excluding any carry over losses), has no more than $2
million in annual profits each year for the previous two years. In the
218-219 MHz Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order, we
established a small business size standard for a ``small business'' as
an entity that, together with its affiliates and persons or entities
that hold interests in such an entity and their affiliates, has average
annual gross revenues not to exceed $15 million for the preceding three
years. A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity that, together
with its affiliates and persons or entities that hold interests in such
an entity and its affiliates, has average annual gross revenues not to
exceed $3 million for the preceding three years. These size standards
will be used in future auctions of 218-219 MHz spectrum.
335. 2.3 GHz Wireless Communications Services. This service can be
used for fixed, mobile, radiolocation, and digital audio broadcasting
satellite uses. The Commission defined ``small business'' for the
wireless communications services (``WCS'') auction as an entity with
average gross revenues of $40 million for each of the three preceding
years, and a ``very small business'' as an entity with average gross
revenues of $15 million for each of the three preceding years. The SBA
has approved these definitions. The Commission auctioned geographic
area licenses in the WCS service. In the auction, which was conducted
in 1997, there were seven bidders that won 31 licenses that qualified
as very small business entities, and one bidder that won one license
that qualified as a small business entity.
336. 1670-1675 MHz Services. This service can be used for fixed and
mobile uses, except aeronautical mobile. An auction for one license in
the 1670-1675 MHz band was conducted in 2003. One license was awarded.
The winning bidder was not a small entity.
337. Wireless Telephony. Wireless telephony includes cellular,
personal communications services, and specialized mobile radio
telephony carriers. As noted, the SBA has developed a small business
size standard for Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). Under the SBA small business size standard, a business is
small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. According to Commission data,
413 carriers reported that they were engaged in wireless telephony. Of
these, an estimated 261 have 1,500 or fewer employees and 152 have more
than 1,500 employees. Therefore, a little less than one third of these
entities can be considered small.
338. Broadband Personal Communications Service. The broadband
personal communications services (PCS) spectrum is divided into six
frequency blocks designated A through F, and the Commission has held
auctions for each block. The Commission initially defined a ``small
business'' for C- and F-Block licenses as an entity that has average
gross revenues of $40 million or less in the three previous calendar
years. For F-Block licenses, an additional small business size standard
for ``very small business'' was added and is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates, has average gross revenues of not more
than $15 million for the preceding three calendar years. These small
business size standards, in the context of broadband PCS auctions, have
been approved by the SBA. No small businesses within the SBA-approved
small business size standards bid successfully for licenses in Blocks A
and B. There were 90 winning bidders that claimed small business status
in the first two C-Block auctions. A total of 93 bidders that claimed
small business status won approximately 40 percent of the 1,479
licenses in the first auction for the D, E, and F Blocks. On April 15,
1999, the Commission completed the reauction of 347 C-, D-, E-, and F-
Block licenses in Auction No. 22. Of the 57 winning bidders in that
auction, 48 claimed small business status and won 277 licenses.
339. On January 26, 2001, the Commission completed the auction of
422 C and F Block Broadband PCS licenses in Auction No. 35. Of the 35
winning bidders in that auction, 29 claimed small business status.
Subsequent events concerning Auction 35, including judicial and agency
determinations, resulted in a total of 163
[[Page 25704]]
C and F Block licenses being available for grant. On February 15, 2005,
the Commission completed an auction of 242 C-, D-, E-, and F-Block
licenses in Auction No. 58. Of the 24 winning bidders in that auction,
16 claimed small business status and won 156 licenses. On May 21, 2007,
the Commission completed an auction of 33 licenses in the A, C, and F
Blocks in Auction No. 71. Of the 12 winning bidders in that auction,
five claimed small business status and won 18 licenses. On August 20,
2008, the Commission completed the auction of 20 C-, D-, E-, and F-
Block Broadband PCS licenses in Auction No. 78. Of the eight winning
bidders for Broadband PCS licenses in that auction, six claimed small
business status and won 14 licenses.
340. Specialized Mobile Radio Licenses. The Commission awards
``small entity'' bidding credits in auctions for Specialized Mobile
Radio (SMR) geographic area licenses in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz bands
to firms that had revenues of no more than $15 million in each of the
three previous calendar years. The Commission awards ``very small
entity'' bidding credits to firms that had revenues of no more than $3
million in each of the three previous calendar years. The SBA has
approved these small business size standards for the 900 MHz Service.
The Commission has held auctions for geographic area licenses in the
800 MHz and 900 MHz bands. The 900 MHz SMR auction began on December 5,
1995, and closed on April 15, 1996. Sixty bidders claiming that they
qualified as small businesses under the $15 million size standard won
263 geographic area licenses in the 900 MHz SMR band. The 800 MHz SMR
auction for the upper 200 channels began on October 28, 1997, and was
completed on December 8, 1997. Ten bidders claiming that they qualified
as small businesses under the $15 million size standard won 38
geographic area licenses for the upper 200 channels in the 800 MHz SMR
band. A second auction for the 800 MHz band was held on January 10,
2002 and closed on January 17, 2002 and included 23 BEA licenses. One
bidder claiming small business status won five licenses.
341. The auction of the 1,053 800 MHz SMR geographic area licenses
for the General Category channels began on August 16, 2000, and was
completed on September 1, 2000. Eleven bidders won 108 geographic area
licenses for the General Category channels in the 800 MHz SMR band and
qualified as small businesses under the $15 million size standard. In
an auction completed on December 5, 2000, a total of 2,800 Economic
Area licenses in the lower 80 channels of the 800 MHz SMR service were
awarded. Of the 22 winning bidders, 19 claimed small business status
and won 129 licenses. Thus, combining all four auctions, 41 winning
bidders for geographic licenses in the 800 MHz SMR band claimed status
as small businesses.
342. In addition, there are numerous incumbent site-by-site SMR
licenses and licensees with extended implementation authorizations in
the 800 and 900 MHz bands. We do not know how many firms provide 800
MHz or 900 MHz geographic area SMR service pursuant to extended
implementation authorizations, nor how many of these providers have
annual revenues of no more than $15 million. One firm has over $15
million in revenues. In addition, we do not know how many of these
firms have 1,500 or fewer employees, which is the SBA-determined size
standard. We assume, for purposes of this analysis, that all of the
remaining extended implementation authorizations are held by small
entities, as defined by the SBA.
343. Lower 700 MHz Band Licenses. The Commission previously adopted
criteria for defining three groups of small businesses for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding
credits. The Commission defined a ``small business'' as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding three years.
A ``very small business'' is defined as an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross revenues
that are not more than $15 million for the preceding three years.
Additionally, the lower 700 MHz Service had a third category of small
business status for Metropolitan/Rural Service Area (MSA/RSA)
licenses--``entrepreneur''--which is defined as an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that are not more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA approved these small size standards. An auction of
740 licenses (one license in each of the 734 MSAs/RSAs and one license
in each of the six Economic Area Groupings (EAGs)) commenced on August
27, 2002, and closed on September 18, 2002. Of the 740 licenses
available for auction, 484 licenses were won by 102 winning bidders.
Seventy-two of the winning bidders claimed small business, very small
business or entrepreneur status and won a total of 329 licenses. A
second auction commenced on May 28, 2003, closed on June 13, 2003, and
included 256 licenses: 5 EAG licenses and 476 Cellular Market Area
licenses. Seventeen winning bidders claimed small or very small
business status and won 60 licenses, and nine winning bidders claimed
entrepreneur status and won 154 licenses. On July 26, 2005, the
Commission completed an auction of 5 licenses in the Lower 700 MHz band
(Auction No. 60). There were three winning bidders for five licenses.
All three winning bidders claimed small business status.
344. In 2007, the Commission reexamined its rules governing the 700
MHz band in the 700 MHz Second Report and Order. An auction of 700 MHz
licenses commenced January 24, 2008 and closed on March 18, 2008, which
included, 176 Economic Area licenses in the A Block, 734 Cellular
Market Area licenses in the B Block, and 176 EA licenses in the E
Block. Twenty winning bidders, claiming small business status (those
with attributable average annual gross revenues that exceed $15 million
and do not exceed $40 million for the preceding three years) won 49
licenses. Thirty three winning bidders claiming very small business
status (those with attributable average annual gross revenues that do
not exceed $15 million for the preceding three years) won 325 licenses.
345. Upper 700 MHz Band Licenses. In the 700 MHz Second Report and
Order, the Commission revised its rules regarding Upper 700 MHz
licenses. On January 24, 2008, the Commission commenced Auction 73 in
which several licenses in the Upper 700 MHz band were available for
licensing: 12 Regional Economic Area Grouping licenses in the C Block,
and one nationwide license in the D Block. The auction concluded on
March 18, 2008, with 3 winning bidders claiming very small business
status (those with attributable average annual gross revenues that do
not exceed $15 million for the preceding three years) and winning five
licenses.
346. 700 MHz Guard Band Licensees. In 2000, in the 700 MHz Guard
Band Order, the Commission adopted size standards for ``small
businesses'' and ``very small businesses'' for purposes of determining
their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding credits and
installment payments. A small business in this service is an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding $40 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a very small business is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross
[[Page 25705]]
revenues that are not more than $15 million for the preceding three
years. SBA approval of these definitions is not required. An auction of
52 Major Economic Area licenses commenced on September 6, 2000, and
closed on September 21, 2000. Of the 104 licenses auctioned, 96
licenses were sold to nine bidders. Five of these bidders were small
businesses that won a total of 26 licenses. A second auction of 700 MHz
Guard Band licenses commenced on February 13, 2001, and closed on
February 21, 2001. All eight of the licenses auctioned were sold to
three bidders. One of these bidders was a small business that won a
total of two licenses.
347. Cellular Radiotelephone Service. Auction 77 was held to
resolve one group of mutually exclusive applications for Cellular
Radiotelephone Service licenses for unserved areas in New Mexico.
Bidding credits for designated entities were not available in Auction
77. In 2008, the Commission completed the closed auction of one
unserved service area in the Cellular Radiotelephone Service,
designated as Auction 77. Auction 77 concluded with one provisionally
winning bid for the unserved area totaling $25,002.
348. Private Land Mobile Radio (``PLMR''). PLMR systems serve an
essential role in a range of industrial, business, land transportation,
and public safety activities. These radios are used by companies of all
sizes operating in all U.S. business categories, and are often used in
support of the licensee's primary (non-telecommunications) business
operations. For the purpose of determining whether a licensee of a PLMR
system is a small business as defined by the SBA, we use the broad
census category, Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except
Satellite). This definition provides that a small entity is any such
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. The Commission does not
require PLMR licensees to disclose information about number of
employees, so the Commission does not have information that could be
used to determine how many PLMR licensees constitute small entities
under this definition. We note that PLMR licensees generally use the
licensed facilities in support of other business activities, and
therefore, it would also be helpful to assess PLMR licensees under the
standards applied to the particular industry subsector to which the
licensee belongs.
349. As of March 2010, there were 424,162 PLMR licensees operating
921,909 transmitters in the PLMR bands below 512 MHz. We note that any
entity engaged in a commercial activity is eligible to hold a PLMR
license, and that any revised rules in this context could therefore
potentially impact small entities covering a great variety of
industries.
350. Rural Radiotelephone Service. The Commission has not adopted a
size standard for small businesses specific to the Rural Radiotelephone
Service. A significant subset of the Rural Radiotelephone Service is
the Basic Exchange Telephone Radio System (BETRS). In the present
context, we will use the SBA's small business size standard applicable
to Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), i.e., an
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. There are approximately
1,000 licensees in the Rural Radiotelephone Service, and the Commission
estimates that there are 1,000 or fewer small entity licensees in the
Rural Radiotelephone Service that may be affected by the rules and
policies proposed herein.
351. Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service. The Commission has
previously used the SBA's small business size standard applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite), i.e., an
entity employing no more than 1,500 persons. There are approximately
100 licensees in the Air-Ground Radiotelephone Service, and under that
definition, we estimate that almost all of them qualify as small
entities under the SBA definition. For purposes of assigning Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Service licenses through competitive bidding, the
Commission has defined ``small business'' as an entity that, together
with controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual gross
revenues for the preceding three years not exceeding $40 million. A
``very small business'' is defined as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has average annual gross revenues
for the preceding three years not exceeding $15 million. These
definitions were approved by the SBA. In May 2006, the Commission
completed an auction of nationwide commercial Air-Ground Radiotelephone
Service licenses in the 800 MHz band (Auction No. 65). On June 2, 2006,
the auction closed with two winning bidders winning two Air-Ground
Radiotelephone Services licenses. Neither of the winning bidders
claimed small business status.
352. Aviation and Marine Radio Services. Small businesses in the
aviation and marine radio services use a very high frequency (VHF)
marine or aircraft radio and, as appropriate, an emergency position-
indicating radio beacon (and/or radar) or an emergency locator
transmitter. The Commission has not developed a small business size
standard specifically applicable to these small businesses. For
purposes of this analysis, the Commission uses the SBA small business
size standard for the category Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite), which is 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for
2012, which are the most recent Census data available, show that there
were 967 firms that operated that year. Of those 967, 955 had fewer
than 1,000 employees, and 12 firms had more than 1,000 employees. Most
applicants for recreational licenses are individuals. Approximately
581,000 ship station licensees and 131,000 aircraft station licensees
operate domestically and are not subject to the radio carriage
requirements of any statute or treaty. For purposes of our evaluations
in this analysis, we estimate that there are up to approximately
712,000 licensees that are small businesses (or individuals) under the
SBA standard. In addition, between December 3, 1998 and December 14,
1998, the Commission held an auction of 42 VHF Public Coast licenses in
the 157.1875-157.4500 MHz (ship transmit) and 161.775-162.0125 MHz
(coast transmit) bands. For purposes of the auction, the Commission
defined a ``small'' business as an entity that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has average gross revenues for
the preceding three years not to exceed $15 million dollars. In
addition, a ``very small'' business is one that, together with
controlling interests and affiliates, has average gross revenues for
the preceding three years not to exceed $3 million dollars. There are
approximately 10,672 licensees in the Marine Coast Service, and the
Commission estimates that almost all of them qualify as ``small''
businesses under the above special small business size standards and
may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
353. Advanced Wireless Services (AWS) (1710-1755 MHz and 2110-2155
MHz bands (AWS-1); 1915-1920 MHz, 1995-2000 MHz, 2020-2025 MHz and
2175-2180 MHz bands (AWS-2); 2155-2175 MHz band (AWS-3)). For the AWS-1
bands, the Commission has defined a ``small business'' as an entity
with average annual gross revenues for the preceding three years not
exceeding $40 million, and a ``very small business'' as an entity with
average annual gross revenues for the preceding three years not
exceeding $15 million. For AWS-2 and AWS-3, although we do not know for
certain which entities are likely to apply for these frequencies, we
note that the AWS-1 bands are
[[Page 25706]]
comparable to those used for cellular service and personal
communications service. The Commission has not yet adopted size
standards for the AWS-2 or AWS-3 bands but proposes to treat both AWS-2
and AWS-3 similarly to broadband PCS service and AWS-1 service due to
the comparable capital requirements and other factors, such as issues
involved in relocating incumbents and developing markets, technologies,
and services.
354. 3650-3700 MHz band. In March 2005, the Commission released a
Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order that provides for
nationwide, non-exclusive licensing of terrestrial operations,
utilizing contention-based technologies, in the 3650 MHz band (i.e.,
3650-3700 MHz). As of April 2010, more than 1270 licenses have been
granted and more than 7433 sites have been registered. The Commission
has not developed a definition of small entities applicable to 3650-
3700 MHz band nationwide, non-exclusive licensees. However, we estimate
that the majority of these licensees are Internet Access Service
Providers (ISPs) and that most of those licensees are small businesses.
355. Fixed Microwave Services. Microwave services include common
carrier, private-operational fixed, and broadcast auxiliary radio
services. They also include the Local Multipoint Distribution Service
(LMDS), the Digital Electronic Message Service (DEMS), and the 24 GHz
Service, where licensees can choose between common carrier and non-
common carrier status. At present, there are approximately 36,708
common carrier fixed licensees and 59,291 private operational-fixed
licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in the microwave
services. There are approximately 135 LMDS licensees, three DEMS
licensees, and three 24 GHz licensees. The Commission has not yet
defined a small business with respect to microwave services. For
purposes of the FRFA, we will use the SBA's definition applicable to
Wireless Telecommunications Carriers (except satellite)--i.e., an
entity with no more than 1,500 persons. Under the present and prior
categories, the SBA has deemed a wireless business to be small if it
has 1,500 or fewer employees. The Commission does not have data
specifying the number of these licensees that have more than 1,500
employees, and thus is unable at this time to estimate with greater
precision the number of fixed microwave service licensees that would
qualify as small business concerns under the SBA's small business size
standard. Consequently, the Commission estimates that there are up to
36,708 common carrier fixed licensees and up to 59,291 private
operational-fixed licensees and broadcast auxiliary radio licensees in
the microwave services that may be small and may be affected by the
rules and policies adopted herein. We note, however, that the common
carrier microwave fixed licensee category includes some large entities.
356. Offshore Radiotelephone Service. This service operates on
several UHF television broadcast channels that are not used for
television broadcasting in the coastal areas of states bordering the
Gulf of Mexico. There are presently approximately 55 licensees in this
service. The Commission is unable to estimate at this time the number
of licensees that would qualify as small under the SBA's small business
size standard for the category of Wireless Telecommunications Carriers
(except Satellite). Under that SBA small business size standard, a
business is small if it has 1,500 or fewer employees. Census data for
2012, which are the most recent Census data available, show that there
were 967 firms that operated that year. Of those 967, 955 had fewer
than 1,000 employees, and 12 firms had more than 1,000 employees. Thus,
under this category and the associated small business size standard,
the majority of firms can be considered small.
357. 39 GHz Service. The Commission created a special small
business size standard for 39 GHz licenses--an entity that has average
gross revenues of $40 million or less in the three previous calendar
years. An additional size standard for ``very small business'' is: An
entity that, together with affiliates, has average gross revenues of
not more than $15 million for the preceding three calendar years. The
SBA has approved these small business size standards. The auction of
the 2,173 39 GHz licenses began on April 12, 2000 and closed on May 8,
2000. The 18 bidders who claimed small business status won 849
licenses. Consequently, the Commission estimates that 18 or fewer 39
GHz licensees are small entities that may be affected by rules adopted
pursuant to the Order.
358. Broadband Radio Service and Educational Broadband Service.
Broadband Radio Service systems, previously referred to as Multipoint
Distribution Service (MDS) and Multichannel Multipoint Distribution
Service (MMDS) systems, and ``wireless cable,'' transmit video
programming to subscribers and provide two-way high speed data
operations using the microwave frequencies of the Broadband Radio
Service (BRS) and Educational Broadband Service (EBS) (previously
referred to as the Instructional Television Fixed Service (ITFS)). In
connection with the 1996 BRS auction, the Commission established a
small business size standard as an entity that had annual average gross
revenues of no more than $40 million in the previous three calendar
years. The BRS auctions resulted in 67 successful bidders obtaining
licensing opportunities for 493 Basic Trading Areas (BTAs). Of the 67
auction winners, 61 met the definition of a small business. BRS also
includes licensees of stations authorized prior to the auction. At this
time, we estimate that of the 61 small business BRS auction winners, 48
remain small business licensees. In addition to the 48 small businesses
that hold BTA authorizations, there are approximately 392 incumbent BRS
licensees that are considered small entities. After adding the number
of small business auction licensees to the number of incumbent
licensees not already counted, we find that there are currently
approximately 440 BRS licensees that are defined as small businesses
under either the SBA or the Commission's rules.
359. In 2009, the Commission conducted Auction 86, the sale of 78
licenses in the BRS areas. The Commission offered three levels of
bidding credits: (i) A bidder with attributed average annual gross
revenues that exceed $15 million and do not exceed $40 million for the
preceding three years (small business) received a 15 percent discount
on its winning bid; (ii) a bidder with attributed average annual gross
revenues that exceed $3 million and do not exceed $15 million for the
preceding three years (very small business) received a 25 percent
discount on its winning bid; and (iii) a bidder with attributed average
annual gross revenues that do not exceed $3 million for the preceding
three years (entrepreneur) received a 35 percent discount on its
winning bid. Auction 86 concluded in 2009 with the sale of 61 licenses.
Of the ten winning bidders, two bidders that claimed small business
status won 4 licenses; one bidder that claimed very small business
status won three licenses; and two bidders that claimed entrepreneur
status won six licenses.
360. In addition, the SBA's Cable Television Distribution Services
small business size standard is applicable to EBS. There are presently
2,436 EBS licensees. All but 100 of these licenses are held by
educational institutions. Educational institutions are included in this
analysis as small entities. Thus, we estimate that at least 2,336
licensees are
[[Page 25707]]
small businesses. Since 2007, Cable Television Distribution Services
have been defined within the broad economic census category of Wired
Telecommunications Carriers; that category is defined as follows:
``This industry comprises establishments primarily engaged in operating
and/or providing access to transmission facilities and infrastructure
that they own and/or lease for the transmission of voice, data, text,
sound, and video using wired telecommunications networks. Transmission
facilities may be based on a single technology or a combination of
technologies.'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for this category, which is: All such firms having 1,500 or fewer
employees. To gauge small business prevalence for these cable services
we must, however, use the most current census data that are based on
the previous category of Cable and Other Program Distribution and its
associated size standard; that size standard was: all such firms having
$13.5 million or less in annual receipts. According to Census Bureau
data for 2007, there were a total of 996 firms in this category that
operated for the entire year. Of this total, 948 firms had annual
receipts of under $10 million, and 48 firms had receipts of $10 million
or more but less than $25 million. Thus, the majority of these firms
can be considered small.
361. Narrowband Personal Communications Services. In 1994, the
Commission conducted an auction for Narrowband PCS licenses. A second
auction was also conducted later in 1994. For purposes of the first two
Narrowband PCS auctions, ``small businesses'' were entities with
average gross revenues for the prior three calendar years of $40
million or less. Through these auctions, the Commission awarded a total
of 41 licenses, 11 of which were obtained by four small businesses. To
ensure meaningful participation by small business entities in future
auctions, the Commission adopted a two-tiered small business size
standard in the Narrowband PCS Second Report and Order. A ``small
business'' is an entity that, together with affiliates and controlling
interests, has average gross revenues for the three preceding years of
not more than $40 million. A ``very small business'' is an entity that,
together with affiliates and controlling interests, has average gross
revenues for the three preceding years of not more than $15 million.
The SBA has approved these small business size standards. A third
auction was conducted in 2001. Here, five bidders won 317 (Metropolitan
Trading Areas and nationwide) licenses. Three of these claimed status
as a small or very small entity and won 311 licenses.
362. Paging (Private and Common Carrier). In the Paging Third
Report and Order, we developed a small business size standard for
``small businesses'' and ``very small businesses'' for purposes of
determining their eligibility for special provisions such as bidding
credits and installment payments. A ``small business'' is an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years. Additionally, a ``very small business'' is an entity that,
together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has average
gross revenues that are not more than $3 million for the preceding
three years. The SBA has approved these small business size standards.
According to Commission data, 291 carriers have reported that they are
engaged in Paging or Messaging Service. Of these, an estimated 289 have
1,500 or fewer employees, and two have more than 1,500 employees.
Consequently, the Commission estimates that the majority of paging
providers are small entities that may be affected by our action. An
auction of Metropolitan Economic Area licenses commenced on February
24, 2000, and closed on March 2, 2000. Of the 2,499 licenses auctioned,
985 were sold. Fifty-seven companies claiming small business status won
440 licenses. A subsequent auction of MEA and Economic Area (``EA'')
licenses was held in the year 2001. Of the 15,514 licenses auctioned,
5,323 were sold. One hundred thirty-two companies claiming small
business status purchased 3,724 licenses. A third auction, consisting
of 8,874 licenses in each of 175 EAs and 1,328 licenses in all but
three of the 51 MEAs, was held in 2003. Seventy-seven bidders claiming
small or very small business status won 2,093 licenses. A fourth
auction, consisting of 9,603 lower and upper paging band licenses was
held in the year 2010. Twenty-nine bidders claiming small or very small
business status won 3,016 licenses.
363. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase I Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. Phase I licensing was conducted
by lotteries in 1992 and 1993. There are approximately 1,515 such non-
nationwide licensees and four nationwide licensees currently authorized
to operate in the 220 MHz band. The Commission has not developed a
small business size standard for small entities specifically applicable
to such incumbent 220 MHz Phase I licensees. To estimate the number of
such licensees that are small businesses, we apply the small business
size standard under the SBA rules applicable to Wireless
Telecommunications Carriers (except Satellite). Under this category,
the SBA deems a wireless business to be small if it has 1,500 or fewer
employees. The Commission estimates that nearly all such licensees are
small businesses under the SBA's small business size standard that may
be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
364. 220 MHz Radio Service--Phase II Licensees. The 220 MHz service
has both Phase I and Phase II licenses. The Phase II 220 MHz service is
subject to spectrum auctions. In the 220 MHz Third Report and Order, we
adopted a small business size standard for ``small'' and ``very small''
businesses for purposes of determining their eligibility for special
provisions such as bidding credits and installment payments. This small
business size standard indicates that a ``small business'' is an entity
that, together with its affiliates and controlling principals, has
average gross revenues not exceeding $15 million for the preceding
three years. A ``very small business'' is an entity that, together with
its affiliates and controlling principals, has average gross revenues
that do not exceed $3 million for the preceding three years. The SBA
has approved these small business size standards. Auctions of Phase II
licenses commenced on September 15, 1998, and closed on October 22,
1998. In the first auction, 908 licenses were auctioned in three
different-sized geographic areas: three nationwide licenses, 30
Regional Economic Area Group (EAG) Licenses, and 875 Economic Area (EA)
Licenses. Of the 908 licenses auctioned, 693 were sold. Thirty-nine
small businesses won licenses in the first 220 MHz auction. The second
auction included 225 licenses: 216 EA licenses and 9 EAG licenses.
Fourteen companies claiming small business status won 158 licenses.
d. Satellite Service Providers
365. Satellite Telecommunications Providers. Two economic census
categories address the satellite industry. The first category has a
small business size standard of $32.5 million or less in average annual
receipts, under SBA rules. The second has a size standard of $30
million or less in annual receipts.
366. The first category comprises firms ``primarily engaged in
providing telecommunications services to other establishments in the
telecommunications and broadcasting industries by forwarding and
receiving communications signals via a system of satellites or
reselling satellite
[[Page 25708]]
telecommunications.'' The category has a small business size standard
of $32.5 million or less in average annual receipts, under SBA rules.
For this category, Census Bureau data for 2012 show that there were a
total of 333 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this total,
299 firms had annual receipts of less than $25 million.\1\ For this
category, Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were a total of
570 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this total, 530 firms
had annual receipts of under $30 million, and 40 firms had receipts of
over $30 million. Consequently, we estimate that the majority of
Satellite Telecommunications firms are small entities that might be
affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order.
367. The second category of Other Telecommunications comprises,
inter alia, ``establishments primarily engaged in providing specialized
telecommunications services, such as satellite tracking, communications
telemetry, and radar station operation. This industry also includes
establishments primarily engaged in providing satellite terminal
stations and associated facilities connected with one or more
terrestrial systems and capable of transmitting telecommunications to,
and receiving telecommunications from, satellite systems.'' For this
category, Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were a total of
1,274 firms that operated for the entire year. Of this total, 1,252 had
annual receipts below $25 million per year. Consequently, we estimate
that the majority of All Other Telecommunications firms are small
entities that might be affected by our action.
e. Cable Service Providers
368. The description above of wireline providers should encompass
cable service providers that also provide business data services. Out
of an abundance of caution, we describe cable service providers below
as well as other types of firms that may provide broadband services,
including MDS providers and utilities, among others.
369. Cable Companies and Systems (Rate Regulation). The Commission
has developed its own small business size standards for the purpose of
cable rate regulation. Under the Commission's rules, a ``small cable
company'' is one serving 400,000 or fewer subscribers nationwide.
Industry data indicate that there are currently 4,600 active cable
systems in the United States. Of this total, all but nine cable
operators nationwide are small under the 400,000-subscriber size
standard. In addition, under the Commission's rate regulation rules, a
``small system'' is a cable system serving 15,000 or fewer subscribers.
Current Commission records show 4,600 cable systems nationwide. Of this
total, 3,900 cable systems have fewer than 15,000 subscribers, and 700
systems have 15,000 or more subscribers, based on the same records.
Thus, under this standard as well, we estimate that most cable systems
are small entities.
370. Cable System Operators. The Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, also contains a size standard for small cable system
operators, which is ``a cable operator that, directly or through an
affiliate, serves in the aggregate fewer than 1 percent of all
subscribers in the United States and is not affiliated with any entity
or entities whose gross annual revenues in the aggregate exceed
$250,000,000.'' There are approximately 52,403,705 cable video
subscribers in the United States today. Accordingly, an operator
serving fewer than 524,037 subscribers shall be deemed a small operator
if its annual revenues, when combined with the total annual revenues of
all its affiliates, do not exceed $250 million in the aggregate. Based
on available data, we find that all but nine incumbent cable operators
are small entities under this size standard. We note that the
Commission neither requests nor collects information on whether cable
system operators are affiliated with entities whose gross annual
revenues exceed $250 million. Although it seems certain that some of
these cable system operators are affiliated with entities whose gross
annual revenues exceed $250 million, we are unable at this time to
estimate with greater precision the number of cable system operators
that would qualify as small cable operators under the definition in the
Communications Act.
371. The open video system (OVS) framework was established in 1996,
and is one of four statutorily recognized options for the provision of
video programming services by local exchange carriers. The OVS
framework provides opportunities for the distribution of video
programming other than through cable systems. Because OVS operators
provide subscription services, OVS falls within the SBA small business
size standard covering cable services, which is ``Wired
Telecommunications Carriers.'' The SBA has developed a small business
size standard for this category, which is: all such firms having 1,500
or fewer employees. According to Census Bureau data for 2007, there
were a total of 955 firms in this previous category that operated for
the entire year. Of this total, 939 firms had employment of 999 or
fewer employees, and 16 firms had employment of 1,000 employees or
more. Thus, under this second size standard, most cable systems are
small and may be affected by rules adopted pursuant to the Order. In
addition, we note that the Commission has certified some OVS operators,
with some now providing service. Broadband service providers (BSPs) are
currently the only significant holders of OVS certifications or local
OVS franchises. The Commission does not have financial or employment
information regarding the entities authorized to provide OVS, some of
which may not yet be operational. Thus, again, at least some of the OVS
operators may qualify as small entities.
f. Electric Power Generators, Transmitters, and Distributors
372. Electric Power Generators, Transmitters, and Distributors. The
Census Bureau defines an industry group comprised of ``establishments,
primarily engaged in generating, transmitting, and/or distributing
electric power. Establishments in this industry group may perform one
or more of the following activities: (1) Operate generation facilities
that produce electric energy; (2) operate transmission systems that
convey the electricity from the generation facility to the distribution
system; and (3) operate distribution systems that convey electric power
received from the generation facility or the transmission system to the
final consumer.'' The SBA has developed a small business size standard
for firms in this category: ``A firm is small if, including its
affiliates, it is primarily engaged in the generation, transmission,
and/or distribution of electric energy for sale and its total electric
output for the preceding fiscal year did not exceed 4 million megawatt
hours.'' Census Bureau data for 2007 show that there were 1,174 firms
that operated for the entire year in this category. Of these firms, 50
had 1,000 employees or more, and 1,124 had fewer than 1,000 employees.
Based on this data, a majority of these firms can be considered small.
5. Description of Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other
Compliance Requirements for Small Entities
373. Recordkeeping and Reporting. The rule revisions adopted in the
Order include changes that will necessitate affected carriers to make
various revisions to business data service tariffs and Tariff Review
Plans. For example, packet-based BDS, transport services, and DS1 and
DS3 end user channel terminations in counties that are deemed
competitive will be relieved of
[[Page 25709]]
price cap regulation and will be subject to permissive detariffing for
a period of 36 months at which time they will be subject to mandatory
detariffing. The Order also requires price cap incumbent LECs to freeze
the rates for DS1 and DS3 end-user channel terminations in newly
deregulated counties for six months. This freeze does not apply to
services that are detariffed.
374. In addition, the Commission amends the price cap rules to
allow all price cap LECs in non-competitive counties to lower their
rates through contract tariffs and volume and term discounts in a
manner consistent with the Commission's current Phase I pricing
flexibility rules. These incumbent LECs will be required to maintain
generally available tariffed price cap regulated rates available to all
subscribers. For the small number of counties that had received Phase
II pricing flexibility that are now treated as non-competitive by the
Order's competitive market test, those price cap carriers will be
permitted to retain Phase II relief for those counties but will be
required to offer generally available rates for those services as long
as those services remain under tariff.
375. The Commission also incorporates a productivity-based X-factor
of 2.0 percent for DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations, and
certain other business data services, subject to price cap regulation
on a going-forward basis. Affected LECs will be required to revise
their rates and tariff review plans, including adjustments to price cap
indices, for business data services in filings with the Commission to
reflect the new X-factor. These revisions are required of all affected
carriers, regardless of entity size. The adopted rule revisions will
facilitate Commission and public access to the most accurate and up-to-
date tariffs as well as lower rates paid by the public for the affected
services.
6. Steps Taken To Minimize the Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities and Significant Alternatives Considered
376. The RFA requires an agency to describe any significant
alternatives that it has considered in reaching its proposed approach,
which may include (among others) the following four alternatives: (1)
The establishment of differing compliance or reporting requirements or
timetables that take into account the resources available to small
entities; (2) the clarification, consolidation, or simplification of
compliance or reporting requirements under the rule for small entities;
(3) the use of performance, rather than design, standards; and (4) an
exemption from coverage of the rule, or any part thereof, for small
entities.
377. Competitive Market Test. The Commission proposed to replace
the existing framework for granting regulatory relief to incumbent LECs
in price cap areas with a multi-dimensional competitive market test to
identify specific markets as competitive or non-competitive, thereby
dictating the level of applicable regulation for both circuit-based and
packet-based business data services. The Commission also sought comment
on the separate but related issue of whether in non-competitive
markets, heightened regulation, including possible restrictions on
rates, terms and conditions, should apply to just the market leader or
additional providers, which could have potentially included a
substantial number of small businesses.
378. In the Order, the Commission explains why it adopts a test
that departs from the proposals in the Further Notice. Rather than
intrusive pricing regulation, it takes a dynamic and forward-looking
approach to evaluating the benefits and costs of regulation. It
identifies specific markets as competitive or non-competitive and
applies regulation only where competition is expected to materially
fail to ensure just and reasonable rates. The result is a simple,
sustainable framework that is far less complicated than the market test
proposal originally contemplated. The Commission adopts a structure
that eliminates unnecessary pricing regulation for a significant
portion of the business data services provided by price cap incumbent
LECs to allow competition to promote increased efficiencies,
investment, and growth in new technologies and services to benefit
consumers and business. Additionally, the Commission declines to impose
rate regulation on other business data services providers besides the
market leader. In particular, unnecessary regulation exacts
administrative compliance costs on carriers that reduce capital
available for building new networks and infrastructure, inhibiting
competitive entry and deployment.
379. Packet-based Services. The Commission declines to re-impose
any form of price cap or benchmark regulation on packet-based business
data services. The market analysis does not show compelling evidence of
market power in incumbent LEC provision of packet-based business data
services, particularly for higher bandwidth services. Moreover, even if
the record demonstrated insufficiently robust competition, proposals to
apply price cap regulation to packet-based services were complex and
not easily administrable and did not reflect the fact that costs to
serve individual customers vary.
380. Anchor or Benchmark Pricing. The Commission minimizes the
economic impact of its rules on small entities first by declining to
impose anchor or benchmark pricing regulation on incumbent LEC packet-
based business data services. This eliminates the proposed requirement
to calculate anchor or benchmark prices for a wide range of packet-
based business data services, and to post publicly generally applicable
rates, terms and conditions. Because our market analysis shows that
packet-based business data services are subject to competition, anchor
or benchmark pricing would be unnecessary and could actually inhibit
investment in this dynamic market.
381. X-factor. Incumbent LECs that file tariffs under the price cap
ratemaking methodology are required to file revised annual access
charge tariffs every year, which become effective on July 1. The annual
filings include submission of tariff review plans that are used to
support revisions to the rates, including revisions that pertain to the
X-factor. The Commission requires revised tariff review plans
implementing the X-factor to be filed with the Commission to become
effective on December 1, 2017. To ease the burden on the industry in
connection with this filing, and because base period demand and the
value of GDP-PI reflected in the price cap indices typically are not
updated during a tariff year, the Commission permits incumbent LECs to
use, in their filings implementing the 2.0 percent X-factor, the same
base period demand and value of GDP-PI as in the July 1, 2017 annual
filing.
382. Price Cap Regulation. The Commission applies price cap
regulation in the form of Phase I pricing flexibility to DS1 and DS3
end user channel termination services provided by incumbent LECs in
counties that we have determined are non-competitive. Requiring Phase I
pricing will enable incumbent LECs, including those that may be small
entities, to respond to any competition that develops in these markets
through contract tariffs and volume and term discounts. In addition,
incumbent LECs, including any small entities that previously received
Phase II pricing flexibility in counties we now deem non-competitive
will not be subject to ex ante rate regulation for end user channel
terminations and other special access services in those
[[Page 25710]]
counties, and thus will avoid incurring the significant costs of trying
to recreate price caps.
383. Periodic Data Collection. Related to the competitive market
test proposal, the Commission also proposed a future periodic data
collection to allow for market test updates for determining competitive
and non-competitive areas. The periodic collection could have resulted
in a significant reporting burden on small entities. Instead, the
Commission adopts a process for updating the competitive market test
every three years using the data from Form 477 that is already
routinely filed by providers and thus entails no additional burden.
384. Wholesale Pricing. The Commission also minimized the impact of
its rules on small entities by declining to adopt rules proposed by
certain parties that would have required business data services
providers to comply with detailed requirements regarding the pricing of
their wholesale business data services.
385. Forbearance. To help level the playing field and promote
regulatory parity for all business data services providers, the
Commission extends the forbearance from section 203 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended. This expands forbearance
previously accorded certain price cap LECs to all price cap LECs,
including those that may be small entities, in the provision of any
packet-based business data service or circuit-based business data
service above the DS3 bandwidth level. The Commission also forbears
from the application of section 203 to DS1 and DS3 end user channel
terminations, and certain other business data services, in competitive
counties. These actions are also taken to promote competition and
broadband deployment. To level the playing field among price cap LECs
providing packet-based and optical transmission business data services,
the Commission conforms the forbearance deemed granted to Verizon and
its successors in interest to that provided other price cap carriers.
386. Detariffing. To minimize economic impact, the Commission
provides a transition period to provide price cap incumbent LECs,
including those that may be small entities, with sufficient time to
adapt their business data services operations to a detariffing system.
The Commission does not intend its actions to disturb existing
contractual or other long-term arrangements, which must continue to be
adhered to for the length of the contract, and the Commission adopted a
grandfathering rules for such contracts.
D. Report to Congress
387. The Commission will send a copy of the Report and Order,
including this FRFA, in a report to be sent to Congress pursuant to the
Congressional Review Act. In addition, the Commission will send a copy
of the Report and Order, including this FRFA, to the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the SBA. A copy of the Order and FRFA (or summaries
thereof) will also be published in the Federal Register.
E. Data Quality Act
388. The Commission certifies that it has complied with the Office
of Management and Budget Final Information Quality Bulletin for Peer
Review, 70 FR 2664 (2005), and the Data Quality Act, Public Law 106-554
(2001), codified at 44 U.S.C. 3516 note, with regard to its reliance on
influential scientific information in the Report and Order in WC Docket
Nos. 16-143, 15-247, 05-25, and RM-10593.
IX. Ordering Clauses
389. Accordingly, it is ordered that, pursuant to sections 1, 2,
4(i)-(j), 10, 201(b), 202(a), 214, 303(r), 403, of the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended, and section 706 of the Telecommunications Act
of 1996, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152, 154(i)-(j), 160, 201(b), 202(a), 214,
303(r), 403, 1302, this Report and Order is adopted and shall be
effective sixty (60) days after publication in the Federal Register,
except to the extent expressly addressed below.
390. It is further ordered that parts 0, 1, 61, 63, and 69 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR parts 0, 1, 61, 63, and 69, are amended, and
that such rule amendments shall be effective sixty (60) days after
publication of this Report and Order in the Federal Register, except
for sections 1.776, 61.45, 61.201, 61.203, and 69.701, 47 CFR 1.776,
61.45, 61.201, 61.203, 69.701, which contain information collections
that require approval by the Office of Management and Budget under the
Paperwork Reduction Act and shall become effective after announcement
in the Federal Register of their approval by the Office of Management
and Budget, and on the effective dates announced therein. The Federal
Communications Commission will publish documents in the Federal
Register announcing the effective dates.
391. It is further ordered that pursuant to sections 201(b) and
202(a) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 201(b),
202(a), price cap incumbent LECs shall freeze the tariffed rates for
end-user channel terminations that any price cap incumbent LEC
continues to tariff in newly deregulated counties for six (6) months
after the effective date of this Report and Order.
392. It is further ordered that pursuant to section 61.45(b)(1)(iv)
of the Commission's rules, 47 CFR 61.45(b)(1)(iv), price cap incumbent
LECs must file with the Commission, revised tariffs and tariff review
plans implementing the X-factor for end user channel terminations and
other special access services subject to price cap regulation, to
become effective on December 1, 2017.
393. It is further ordered that pursuant to section 1.115 of the
Commission's rules, 47 CFR 1.115, the CenturyLink and USTelecom
Applications for Review are denied.
394. It is further ordered that pursuant to sections 4(i) and 4(j)
of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i),
154(j), the CenturyLink et al. Motion to Strike is denied.
395. It is further ordered that pursuant to sections 4(i) and 4(j)
of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 154(i),
154(j), the AT&T Motion Seeking Additional Information on Fiber Maps is
denied.
396. It is further ordered that the Commission's Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a
copy of this Report and Order to Congress and the Government
Accountability Office pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, see 5
U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
397. It is further ordered, that the Commission's Consumer &
Governmental Affairs Bureau, Reference Information Center, shall send a
copy of this Report and Order, including the Final Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis, to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration.
398. It is further ordered that, with regard to Docket Nos. 16-143,
05-25, and RM-10593, should no petitions for reconsideration or
petitions for judicial review be timely filed, these proceedings shall
be terminated and the dockets closed.
List of Subjects
47 CFR Part 0
Classified information, Freedom of information, Government
publications, infants and children, Organization of functions
(Government agencies), Postal Service, Privacy, Reporting and
Recordkeeping requirements, Sunshine Act.
[[Page 25711]]
47 CFR Part 1
Administrative practice and procedure, Civil rights, Communications
common carriers, Cuba, Drug abuse, Environmental impact statements,
Equal access to justice, Equal employment opportunity, Federal
buildings and facilities, Government employees, Income taxes, Indemnity
payments, Individuals with disabilities, Investigations, Lawyers,
Metric system, Penalties, Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telecommunications, Television, Wages.
47 CFR Part 61 and 69
Communications common carriers, Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Telegraph, Telephone.
47 CFR Part 63
Cable television, Communications common carriers, Radio, Reporting
and Recordkeeping requirements, Telegraph, Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission.
Marlene H. Dortch,
Secretary.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission amends 47 CFR parts 0, 1, 61, 63, and 69 as
follows:
PART 0--COMMISSION ORGANIZATION
0
1. The authority citation for part 0 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 5, 48 Stat. 1068, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 155,
unless otherwise noted.
Sec. 0.291 [Amended]
0
2. Amend Sec. 0.291 by removing and reserving paragraph (h).
PART 1--PRACTICE AND PROCEDURE
0
3. The authority citation for part 1 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 79 et seq.; 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i), 154(j),
155, 157, 225, 227, 303(r), 309, 1403, 1404, 1451, and 1452.
Sec. 1.774 [Removed and Reserved]
0
4. Remove and reserve Sec. 1.774.
0
5. Add Sec. 1.776, before the center heading ``Contracts, Reports, and
Requests Required to be Filed by Carriers,'' to read as follows:
Sec. 1.776 Pricing flexibility limited grandfathering.
Special access contract-based tariffs that were in effect on or
before August 1, 2017 are grandfathered. Such contract-based tariffs
may not be extended, renewed or revised, except that any extension or
renewal expressly provided for by the contract-based tariff may be
exercised pursuant to the terms thereof. During the period between
August 1, 2017 and the deadline to institute mandatory detariffing
under Sec. 61.201(b), upon mutual agreement, parties to a
grandfathered contract-based tariff may replace it at any time with a
new contract-based tariff or with a new or amended contract that is not
filed as a contract-based tariff.
PART 61--TARIFFS
0
6. The authority citation for part 61 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Secs. 1, 4(i), 4(j), 201-205 and 403 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 151, 154(i),
154(j), 201-205 and 403, unless otherwise noted.
0
7. Amend Sec. 61.45 by revising paragraph (b)(1)(iv) to read as
follows:
Sec. 61.45 Adjustments to the PCI for Local Exchange Carriers.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(iv) For the special access basket specified in Sec. 61.42(d)(5),
the value of X shall be 2.0% beginning December 1, 2017,
notwithstanding any language in Sec. 61.45(b)(1)(i).
* * * * *
0
8. Amend Sec. 61.55 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 61.55 Contract-based tariffs.
(a) This section shall apply to price cap local exchange carriers
permitted to offer contract-based tariffs under Sec. 1.776 or Sec.
69.805 of this chapter.
* * * * *
0
9. Add subpart K, consisting of Sec. Sec. 61.201 and 61.203, to read
as follows:
Subpart K--Detariffing of Business Data Services
Sec. 61.201 Detariffing of price cap local exchange carriers.
(a) Price cap local exchange carriers shall remove from their
interstate tariffs:
(1) Any packet-based business data service;
(2) Any circuit-based business data service above the DS3 bandwidth
level;
(3) Transport services as defined in Sec. 69.801 of this chapter;
(4) DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations, and all other
tariffed special access services, in any market deemed competitive as
defined in Sec. 69.801; and
(5) DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations, and all other
tariffed special access services, in any grandfathered market as
defined in Sec. 69.801 for which the price cap local exchange carrier
was granted Phase II pricing flexibility prior to June 2017.
(b) The detariffing must be completed thirty-six months after
August 1, 2017, but detariffing can take place at any time before the
thirty-six months is completed.
Sec. 61.203 Detariffing of competitive local exchange carriers.
(a) Competitive local exchange carriers shall remove all business
data services from their interstate tariffs.
(b) The detariffing must be completed thirty-six months August 1,
2017.
PART 63--EXTENSION OF LINES, NEW LINES, AND DISCONTINUANCE,
REDUCTION, OUTAGE AND IMPAIRMENT OF SERVICE BY COMMON CARRIERS; AND
GRANTS OF RECOGNIZED PRIVATE OPERATING AGENCY STATUS
0
10. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:
Authority: Sections 1, 4(i), 4(j), 10, 11, 201-205, 214, 218,
403 and 651 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C.
151, 154(i), 154(j), 160, 201-205, 214, 218, 403, and 571, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 63.71 [Amended]
0
11. Amend Sec. 63.71 by removing and reserving paragraph (d).
PART 69--ACCESS CHARGES
0
12. The authority citation for part 69 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 201, 202, 203, 204, 218, 220, 254,
403.
0
13. Revise Sec. 69.701 to read as follows:
Sec. 69.701 Application of the rules in this subpart.
The rules in this subpart apply to all incumbent LECs subject to
price cap regulation, as defined in Sec. 61.3(bb) of this chapter,
seeking pricing flexibility on the basis of the development of
competition in parts of its service area for switched access services
only.
0
14. Add subpart I, consisting of Sec. Sec. 69.801, 69.803, 69.805,
69.807, and 69.809, to read as follows:
[[Page 25712]]
Subpart I--Business Data Services
Sec.
Sec. 69.801 Definitions.
Sec. 69.803 Competitive market test.
Sec. 69.805 Prohibition on certain non-disclosure agreement
conditions.
Sec. 69.807 Regulatory relief.
Sec. 69.809 Low-end adjustment mechanism.
Subpart I--Business Data Services
Sec. 69.801 Definitions.
(a) Business data services. The dedicated point-to-point
transmission of data at certain guaranteed speeds and service levels
using high-capacity connections.
(b) Competitive market test. The competitive market test is defined
in Sec. 69.803.
(c) County. A county or county equivalent as defined in Sec. 10.10
of this chapter. County-equivalents include parishes, boroughs,
independent cities, census areas, the District of Columbia, and various
entities in the territories.
(d) End user channel termination. A dedicated channel connecting a
local exchange carrier end office and a customer premises, offered for
purposes of carrying special access traffic.
(e) Grandfathered market. A county that does not satisfy the
competitive market test set forth in Sec. 69.803 for which a price cap
local exchange carrier obtained Phase II relief pursuant to Sec.
69.711(c).
(f) Market deemed competitive. A county that satisfies the
competitive market test set forth in Sec. 69.803.
(g) Market deemed non-competitive. A county that does not satisfy
the competitive market test set forth in Sec. 69.803.
(h) Non-disclosure agreement. A non-disclosure agreement is a
contract, contractual provision, or tariff provision wherein a party
agrees not to disclose certain information shared by the other party.
(i) Special access data collection. The special access data
collection refers to the data and other information the Commission
collected from business data services providers and purchasers pursuant
to its December 18, 2012 Report and Order in WC Docket 05-25.
(j) Transport includes interoffice facilities, channel terminations
between the serving wire center and point of presence, and all special
access services that are described in Sec. 69.114 other than end user
channel terminations.
Sec. 69.803 Competitive market test.
(a) The competitive market test is used to determine which counties
served by a price cap local exchange carrier, as defined in Sec.
61.3(bb) of this chapter, are deemed competitive and therefore warrant
relief from price cap regulation and detariffing of DS1 and DS3 end
user channel terminations, and certain other business data services,
sold by such carriers.
(b) Initial test. A county is deemed competitive in the initial
competitive market test if:
(1) Either 50 percent of the locations with business data services
demand within the county are within one half mile of a location served
by a competitive provider based on data from the special access data
collection, or 75 percent of the census blocks within the county are
reported to have broadband connection availability by a cable operator
based on Form 477 data as of December 2016. Lists of counties deemed
competitive, non-competitive or grandfathered by the initial
competitive market test are published on the Commission's Web site.
(2) The DS1 and DS3 end user channel terminations sold by price cap
local exchange carriers in counties deemed competitive are no longer
subject to price cap regulation and are detariffed according to Sec.
61.201.
(c) Subsequent tests. The results of the initial competitive market
test will be updated every three years following the effective date of
the initial test.
(1) A county will be deemed competitive in a subsequent competitive
market test if 75 percent of the census blocks within the county are
reported to have broadband connection availability by a cable operator
based on Form 477 data as of the date of the most recent collection.
(2) No later than three years following the effective date of the
previous test, the Wireline Competition Bureau will conclude a
subsequent test and will publish a revised list of counties deemed
competitive at the conclusion of the test.
(3) A county deemed competitive in the competitive market test will
retain its status in subsequent tests.
Sec. 69.805 Prohibition on certain non-disclosure agreement
conditions.
(a) In markets deemed non-competitive, buyers and sellers of
business data services shall not enter into a tariff, contract-based
tariff, or commercial agreement, including but not limited to master
service agreement, that contains a non-disclosure agreement as defined
in Sec. 69.801(g), that restricts or prohibits disclosure of
information to the Commission, or requires a prior request or legal
compulsion by the Commission to effect such disclosure.
(b) Confidential information subject to a protective order as
defined in Sec. 0.461 of this chapter in effect as of the effective
date of a tariff, contract-based tariff, or commercial agreement must
be submitted pursuant to the terms of that protective order or
otherwise pursuant to the Commission's rules regarding submission of
confidential data in Sec. Sec. 0.457(d) and 0.459.
Sec. 69.807 Regulatory relief.
(a) Price cap local exchange carrier transport and end user channel
terminations in markets deemed competitive and in grandfathered markets
for a price cap carrier that was granted Phase II pricing flexibility
prior to June 2017 are granted the following regulatory relief:
(1) Elimination of the rate structure requirements in subpart B of
this part;
(2) Elimination of price cap regulation; and
(3) Elimination of tariffing requirements as specified in Sec.
61.201 of this chapter.
(b) Price cap local exchange carrier end user channel terminations
in markets deemed non-competitive are granted the following regulatory
relief:
(1) Ability to offer volume and term discounts;
(2) Ability to enter into contract-based tariffs, provided that:
(i) Contract-based tariff services are made generally available to
all similarly situated customers;
(ii) The price cap local exchange carrier excludes all contract-
based tariff offerings from price cap regulation pursuant to Sec.
61.42(f) of this chapter;
(3) Ability to file tariff revisions on at least one day's notice,
notwithstanding the notice requirements for tariff filings specified in
Sec. 61.58 of this chapter.
(c) A price cap local exchange carrier that was granted Phase II
pricing flexibility prior to June 2017 in a grandfathered market must
retain its business data services rates at levels no higher than those
in effect as of April 20, 2017, pending the detariffing of those
services pursuant to Sec. 61.201 of this chapter.
Sec. 69.809 Low-end adjustment mechanism.
(a) Any price cap local exchange carrier or any affiliate of any
price cap local exchange carrier that had obtained Phase II pricing
flexibility under Sec. 69.709 or Sec. 69.711 for any service in any
MSA in its service region, or for the non-MSA portion of any study area
in its service region, shall be prohibited from making any low-end
adjustment pursuant to Sec. 61.45(d)(1)(vii) of this
[[Page 25713]]
chapter in all or part of its service region.
(b) Any price cap local exchange carrier or any affiliate of any
price cap local exchange carrier that exercises the regulatory relief
pursuant to Sec. 69.807 in any part of its service region shall be
prohibited from making any low-end adjustment pursuant to Sec.
61.45(d)(1)(vii) of this chapter in all or part of its service region.
(c) Any price cap local exchange carrier or any affiliate of any
price cap local exchange carrier that exercises the option to use
generally accepted accounting principles rather than the uniform system
of accounts pursuant to Sec. 32.11(g) of this chapter shall be
prohibited from making any low-end adjustment pursuant to Sec.
61.45(d)(1)(vii) of this chapter in all or part of its service region.
[FR Doc. 2017-10713 Filed 6-1-17; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P